beloved Venus and received their blessing. As each gift is put in place, it is automatically absorbed into the great Threefold Flame, which grows larger and larger with each offering, until, by the time the breath starts around the world, the Thanksgiving Flame should be world-engulfing in its size and intensity.
Beloved Morya is resplendent tonight in the dress of an Indian prince, his blue turban high, with a tall feather and great diamond in front. He is all smiles, so happy and grateful at the accomplishment and showing of the beloved students. Saint Germain, in gorgeous purple at- tire, has been invited by Sanat Kumara to sit beside him on the throne of state. The beloved Venus has stepped down and is sitting with Portia immediately below them. The beloved Lord Maitreya, his beautiful violet eyes shining with love and happiness, occupies a chair of state to the left of the flame. The Lord Buddha is seated facing the altar, seemingly oblivious to the entire activity. The radiation passing out from his body is a tremendous magnetization, which he has drawn from the Sun.
WE HAVE WITH US TONIGHT ALPHA AND OMEGA, GOD AND GOD-
DESS FROM THE CENTRAL SUN, IN BLAZING LIGHT, ACCOMPANIED BY
THE SUN GODS AND GODDESSES FROM THE LESSER SUNS. God bless
you. KUTHUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 5, 1954
Beloved Children,
That which people call “The Day of Judgment” is an individual af- fair, as I shall try to explain to you.
When the lifestream chooses to finish with the human will, and re- turn the outer vehicles and outer man to the use of the God-Identity, he, by that act, signifies that he has found himself unhappy in his self- chosen path of separateness, and wishes to identify himself with the God-principle that governs the universe, and which lives by the Law of Harmony.
Students of the Law of Life are people who have signified their will- ingness to relinquish these stolen vehicles back to the God-Identity that has sustained them through the long centuries. This noble gesture im- mediately brings the individual to the attention of the Hierarchy, and the book of life, or the book of judgment, is brought out and his account is read therein.
Every electron that the individual has taken from the unformed light in the Heart of God and sent out into the universe stamped by the light pattern of his lifestream must be accounted for. If the electrons went forth in harmony, for a constructive purpose, to fulfill at least a fair pro- portion of that person's reason for being, those electrons are released from the debit side of his “ledger” and become a part of the storehouse for good in the Causal Body. But, the countless hundreds of thousands of tons of energy that the individual has so boldly drawn forth from God's heart, where it was resting in ease and peace and sent forth dis- cordantly qualified by the willful and selfish thoughts and feelings of the personal self, must be returned to the individual in one form or another until that lifestream REDEEMS that energy and sends it forth in love, for it is the Law of Life that any energy sent forth which does not comply with the Law of Harmony, must be cleansed and purified by the dis- penser.
Now, when I say “returned in one form or another,” I mean that
IN SOME PERSON AROUND HIM,WHICH IS PARTICULARLY ANNOYING OR
DISTRESSING,AND THAT ENERGY COMING FROM ANOTHER LIFESTREAM
WHICH ‘BAITS’ THE TEMPER MUST BE LOVED INTO HARMONY, or it will
appear again in another lifestream some place on that individual's path. No two people are annoyed by the same traits, habits and characteristics of people, animals, or circumstances. Why? Because each one is only prodded by the energy which corresponds to his own “failing” in some lifetime, and which life, in mercy, brings back to him in order that he may redeem it and so set both himself and the other one free.
SION IS IN VIEW,THE RETURN OF THIS ENERGY IS GREATLY ACCELER-
ATED, AND CONDITIONS AND INDIVIDUALS SEEM TO POP OUT OF THE
VERY EARTH THAT CAUSE EVERY CONCEIVABLE TYPE OF ANNOYANCE. If
one could only realize that this “bombardment” is but the return of one's own energy which is “called in” by the Cosmic Law ere one can pass through the portals of freedom, that one would not feel so resentful and rebellious. A realization of this, beloved ones, would save you from depression and doubt, and you would know that in that very pressure and stress of circumstances there was a promise that the Hierarchy knew you were ready to “handle” the energy, and to have the glory of the ascension—so every moment becomes an OPPORTUNITY TO ‘BAL-
ANCE YOUR ACCOUNT’ UNTIL THE ‘RED INK’ RUNS DRY.
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 12, 1954
Beloved Children,
The approach of the Christmas holidays brings the presence of the Masters and the angelic host very much closer to the consciousness of the people of Earth than at other times; therefore we shall appreciate any calls you may choose to give for the unfoldment of the higher nature of the race during the next few weeks.
As this season is most advantageous for our spiritual harvest, we press into the seven holy-week period all the light that the Cosmic Law will allow us to give, in balance for mankind's up-reaching thought and feeling to the octave of celestial giving. Therefore, the intensification of the calls ad invocation of conscious students at this time doubles and trebles our opportunities to give, so if you care to lift your thought heav- enward, beloved ones, particularly during Christmas week itself, you will have afforded us a personal blessing, as the greatest gift we can give to mankind is more of ourselves.
When a man has a plan in his mind which he would choose to fulfill, and which would be of benefit and comfort to a group of people, he is grateful for the dedication of the service, energy and talent of any indi- vidual who can quicken his accomplishment and bring to fruition more speedily his plan. As two can accomplish more than one here on the planet Earth, so can two—an Ascended Being and a human being, when they are united—accomplish more than the Ascended Being who is work- ing alone.
This sounds like a startling statement, for the Master is considered omnipotent and omniscient, which of course he is in his own sphere of activity, but there is no such thing as a power for good that cannot be amplified by another created being's effort. For instance, in a beautiful field of calla lilies, one more blossom adds to the perfume and the per- fection of the visual piece. The Ascended Being, therefore, in his cosmic task find his service greatly amplified if even one unascended being gives him the energy of his life unreservedly, with the silent design to help the Master's purpose. The gratitude and devotion of such an Ascended Being for the energy of an unascended friend is one of the most beautiful and heart-stirring experiences that one can look upon.
Not so long ago, I stood in a conclave of Cosmic Beings around the throne of the Great Central Sun. Our company numbered in the hun- dreds of thousands, and I was one of the least among them. We had come to find His will regarding a certain group of stars in our system. As
we faced this Exquisite One, I shall never forget the outpouring of love from his heart in gratitude for the voluntary service of our energy to his purpose, nor shall I forget the particular benediction that I shared with all assembled there that hour, nor shall any of us, so privileged to be chosen as his messengers, forget, in our service to our lesser brothers, what His gratitude to us meant. They say it is even so in the realms to which my consciousness has not yet achieved a waking remembrance. Therefore, I would like to assure the people of Earth that any service they can give our cause would be the most beautiful Christmas gift they could offer us.
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 19, 1954
In the great South African mines, where men are trained in the great art of discerning precious gems that are both valuable and beautiful when properly finished, it takes a trained eye and a power of discern- ment above average to choose that portion of the rock which would yield the exquisite members of the jewel kingdom. The uncut gems, when raised to the surface, look, to the average men, of no more import than pieces of granite or blocks of ordinary stone, yet when carefully chiseled, cut and polished so as to reflect light, they become gems of beauty and priceless value. Their ability to reflect the light of God from their individ- ual facets and the amount of fire within them, determine their worth. It is thus we work with the souls of men. Where unascended men see but clods, we see the exquisite potential gods and goddesses who—with the proper polishing—will not only reflect great light, but emit great light.
As the priceless gem is put upon the grindstone, and goes through a process of extreme discomfort to itself, so it is often with the greatest souls, who are being prepared for their spiritual mission.
If you would ask me to help you to see with the eyes of the Master when looking at an individual, especially perhaps at someone who seems to have an irritating effect upon you, it would soften your opinion and widen the vista of your sight, so that you may see the potential beauty of that soul and what it is yet to become.
Even as there are certain eye-glasses provided, through which the novice may discern the fire within an uncut gem so easily seen by the expert in that line, SO ALSO CAN THE GIFT OF THE MASTER’S DISCERN- MENT (WHICH YOU MAY HAVE FOR THE ASKING) help you to discern the
hidden beauty in the souls around you. It is all a matter of development. Every unascended being on Earth is in some period and process of pol- ishing, development and unfoldment which will enable the inner bodies to emit more light and reflect more light, and which one day will become a gem of beauty in the celestial diadem or crown.
Beloved children, you are in training to become experts in the dis- cernment and careful handling of the souls of men, and cannot afford to allow your own personal prejudice or outer public opinion to warp your judgment, and perhaps retard the spiritual progress of an upward strug- gling spirit. Search rather for the potential fire and light that is the God Nature of every living soul. Train yourself to overlook the seeming de- fects, and thus become myself in action. Love and blessings.
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 26, 1954
Beloved Children,
At the Great Teton gathering, held at the beginning of each year, one of the most beautiful ceremonies represents the presence of the “shepherds” who have been given the responsibility of guarding and guiding souls through the preceding year. These shepherds comprise unascended beings from the simplest orthodox mind to the greatest Master of energy, still wearing a third-dimensional garment of flesh.
Each such spiritual shepherd receives great honor from the assem- bled Brotherhood, for these spiritual teachers are the voice, the heart, and the mind of the Brotherhood before men. They represent the body of the Lord Maitreya and, according to their particular evolution, are they pure or limited channels for his cosmic truth. Therefore, at these yearly meetings, all these friends of truth pass in a mighty procession before the great Sanat Kumara, Lord Maitreya, the Great Divine Director, myself and the whole assembled Brotherhood, from whom they receive a mighty ovation.
In the aura of every teacher is the etheric record of the progress and unfoldment of each soul entrusted to his care. As the light of heaven blazes upon the aura, the progress of the entire group is revealed in a flash, both individually and collectively, and the assembled Masters are then able to pour their spiritual force into whatever preparations and capacities are required to help both the teacher and the student towards a great unity and enlightenment for the coming year.
The progress of the world and its people is dependent upon the pro- tection and care given to EVERY AVENUE OF EFFORT OF ALL OUTER MANIFESTATION by the Spiritual Hierarchy and their conscious and un- conscious co-workers.
The plans for the year, relative to the Earth, are presented at the Teton gathering, and delegated to the Ascended Brothers and Sisters, who form the natural channel for their expression. Then, from the unas- cended mankind, volunteers are chosen who form the contact with the world of form and matter, whose province it is to wield the unyielding three-dimensional plane into as close a facsimile of the inner plane as is possible.
Conscious chelas of the Masters, who sit in at the councils held in January and July of each year, are acutely aware, in their inner bodies, of the plans to be followed by the nations of the world and their individ- ual peoples. Once you have taken your place as a member of these councils, your responsibility becomes far greater than that of the masses who are benefited by these conclaves, but have not yet any part in the privilege of working for the fulfillment of the divine plan in cooperation with the Great White Brotherhood.
Ofttimes a chela who has been admitted to the conclave and has seen the great plan and how he MIGHT ATTUNE HIMSELF TO BECOMING PART OF ITS FULFILLMENT wishes that he could have remained ignorant of the tremendous responsibility involved in the knowledge. However, when the consciousness is awakened, and the inner bodies are prepared to be co-workers with the Gods, the outer self cannot restrain the inner consciousness from attendance and service at these conclaves, and the strength of the spirit then becomes the pressure and responsibility of the outer self to fulfill the inner vows and promises made at the altar of the Brotherhood.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 2, 1955
Beloved Children,
Once again the brothers have gathered at the great Rocky Mountain Retreat, where inventory is taken, so to speak, of the year's activities and new assignments are given the Brotherhood for the coming year. I am happy to tell you that the Hierarchy is greatly pleased with the har- vest gleaned through cooperative endeavor by both ascended and unas-
cended beings working in conscious unison. We have made tremendous strides this past year in all branches of service through this conscious, cooperative action, and look for even greater achievement in the year that is ahead. My beloved son, Kuthumi, will now give you a “bird's eye view” of what took place on the evening of the Transmission Flame Ac- tivity. Weary not, beloved ones, in your well-doing, for through it the veil that has so long hidden our octave from yours is being steadily dis- solved.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Tonight, above the majestic cathedral of the Royal Teton, sit the mighty divine presences whom you have come to know and love as the members of the Karmic Board. Their thrones are constructed of carved emerald, in a most exquisite design, and they all wear deep royal purple in honor of the New Age and Era. As a rule, the Karmic Board, as a body, does not sit through this pre-Christmas season, but because of the tremendous activities at inner levels due to the opportunity which the decrees and applications have made for the release of so many impris- oned lifestreams from the compound, the sleepers' realm, and the earth- bound, the Board has chosen to sit through the entire period up to and through the incoming of the New Year.
Each retreat is assigned a council chamber, and either the Hierarch of the retreat himself or his representative places on the door of the chamber a list of the various petitions, dispensations, plans, and pro- grams which the retreat, through its members, hopes to advance in the twelve-month cycle. All who attend are free to examine these, and de- cide whether they care to offer their energies on their behalf.
The seven great chambers around the original audience chamber have been thrown open for this great occasion. They are decorated in the seven colors of the Elohim. The altar in the central chamber is deco- rated in snow white. The calla and Madonna lilies, and every known flower, which, in the outer world does not come in white, has been given a white dress for this evening, and becomes part of the living pedestal which honors the Transmission Flame of the beloved Lanto and the Brotherhood, who are primarily concerned in sending both the gifts of God, and the Messengers of God into the world of form.
As guests of honor, closing their year as sponsors for 1954, the Mas-
ter Morya and the beloved Mary are seated upon the center platform below the altar proper. The beloved Mary wears snow white, her gar- ments encrusted with silver stars and the beloved Morya wears a long robe—different from his accustomed Eastern attire—also encrusted in silver stars, symbolic of the Christmas season. This evening each of them wears a magnificent crown of similar design and construction.
The great All-Seeing-Eye activity of Cyclopea is blazing its rays through the assembled guests, clearing the inner sight, hearing and brain structure, and the blazing star of yellow diamonds, surrounded by the discs representative of the seven major planets of our system, are sending their spiritual currents through the seven ganglionic centers of the entire race.
The Brotherhood of the Royal Teton wear their usual garments of white, banded with green. Beloved Lanto requested Saint Germain to act as presiding Master of the Transmission Flame Ceremony.
Sanat Kumara and Saint Germain are seated together in the very first row facing the altar. Both wear identical garments of deep royal purple and only the bands of color in the outer vestments denote the seniority of the Lord of the World. Each one wears an amethyst crown and both are deep now in the heart of the silence, drawing into the flame as much potent power from the inner realms as the magnetic power of their own hearts can evoke.
Lord Maitreya mingles with the guests, pouring the blessings of the Cosmic Christ upon the assembly. The beloved Jesus wears a rob of snow white, with the over-cape studded in silver stars like his mother's. None of the Seven Chohans wears the crown, except the Master Morya and Saint Germain. The Lord Buddha is in the heart of the silence mak- ing certain petitions for dispensations which he would like to have grant- ed New Year's Eve and will not be present on this occasion.
Our Lord Maha Chohan now enters. He wears, as usual, the magnifi- cent white turban with the great golden topaz, and with him tonight is a great assembly of Eastern Masters. The Lady Masters seem to have come as a group, and are seated to the left of the altar enjoying the glo- rious music presented by an orchestra of two hundred Ascended Masters and members of the angelic host.
As we have said on previous occasions, there are more unascended individuals present at these half-yearly conferences than at any other Transmission Flame Meetings, because the student body is more ac- quainted with the Teton activities than any other.
Tonight we will experiment with the direction of a projected ray into the realm of the sleepers, the compound, and the entire realm of the discarnates, which should carry a great blessing.
The great harvest gathered at Shamballa has been sealed by the seraphim in a magnificent shining sphere of light. This represents the efforts of every member of the three kingdoms—the angelic, human and elemental—for the year 1954. I do not know whether this sphere will be opened tonight, but the fact that it has been lowered and stands pulsat- ing in the atmosphere directly in front of the Karmic Board would make it seem that its contents will be placed before this august assembly for examination, shortly.
The incoming children, whose bodies have been greatly perfected through the calls of the student body, will appear before the Karmic Board to show the purification that has taken place in their inner bodies through the Sacred Fire directed by the students' application.
The discarnates who were given the grant by Lord Michael as mem- bers of the families of chelas are also to be given an opportunity to show how far they have progressed as a result of the grant, in the hope that more lifestreams who pass from the body this coming year will enter these Ascension Temples and will not have to return to earthforms.
The members of the compound, who have voluntarily left that place of confinement, will also be given an opportunity to show their endeav- ors to make things right, in the hope that more from this realm will fol- low their example. Those from the sleepers' realm and the earth-bound, who have become workers, will also be heard from and seen.
The great green and gold flame on the center of the altar is repre- sentative of the Brotherhood of the Royal Teton, whose mission is spir- itual service to men through every channel of expression, including both orthodox and esoteric.
As you draw this flame into your hearts now and every time you choose to let your attention dwell upon it for the next thirty days, may it touch every possible soul who can be utilized in the great harmony that brings the consciousness of the Christ again to men. Now, I must hasten to my own station. May God's blessings rest upon us all.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 9, 1955
Beloved Children of My Heart,
The birth of the new year, depicted as an infant, is really significant of a new beginning—the individual rising up to begin that year as if he had just stepped forth from the womb of time without even record or memory of imperfection of the past. Man would do well to carry with him, in the days ahead, the feeling of hope of new and better opportuni- ty that he experienced as the new day dawned. The man who does this can progress much more rapidly than he who insists upon carrying with him the memory of that entire Earth embodiment with its fluctuations, seeming injustices and failures.
The Great Cosmic Law, in its kindness, has divided man's earthly ex- perience through a great number of lives. At the close of each span the individual is taken to an abode of love, where he is imbued with courage, strength, and power to enable him to continue his earthly pilgrimage in greater freedom. The Cosmic Law is constantly alert to securing and pre- senting advantages whereby the aspiring soul of man can progress, un- fold and unite with its Source in the most perfect and easy manner pos- sible.
Within one life span the Law has again provided a surcease from the pressure of experiences by separating the life span into yearly cycles. At the close of each year the Cosmic Law, itself, the Goddess of Mercy, and
the Lords of Karma EXPIATE A LARGE PERCENTAGE OF THE SINS,MIS-
TAKES,FALSE APPEARANCES AND OTHER MANIFESTATIONS OF ALL PEO-
PLE, AND THEY ARE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE NEW YEAR WITH MUCH
GREATER FREEDOM FROM THE FETTERS OF THEIR OWN CREATION.
However, if they insist upon holding onto the grudges, unpleasant expe- riences, so-called injustices, and limitations of the past, they will RE- CREATE THEM upon the clean pages of the book of the new year. You will note that it is the custom with men to make “new year resolutions,” with a clearly distinguishing goal which is the BETTERING OF THEIR NATURE. The weight and momentum of their human nature, however, usually makes these resolutions short-lived. If, this year, you could SEIZE upon the purification that has affected your inner nature and try to live in the new year as if there had never been an old, the limitations and evils would drop away, because they are not eternal, and ONLY THE GOOD FROM THE PAST YEAR would endure and become a mantle of fragrance around you. BE MASTER OF YOUR ENERGY AND DO
YOU IN THE PAST. Use that energy to paint constructive pictures.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 16, 1955
Beloved Children,
The great half-yearly conclave at the Royal Teton, which ushers in the new year, is attended always by Sanat Kumara, whose spiritual ser- vice it is to receive the thoughtform which will serve the pattern for the next twelve-month cycle.
This year the sponsors for 1954—beloved Mother Mary and Master Morya—wore white star-embroidered robes and diamond-studded crowns. Just before the descent of the new thoughtform, these beloved beings knelt before Sanat Kumara, who gently lifted the crowns from their heads and placed them on the heads of the kneeling figures of the new sponsors for 1955—our beloved Master Saint Germain and his com- plement, the Goddess of Justice and Opportunity.
The thoughtform, which is to govern the Spiritual Hierarchy as a body and its individual members, is designed to be a directive signal to the initiative of each member who qualifies primal life in a manner to best externalize THE IDEA HELD WITHIN THE FORM. Thus all members of the Great White Brotherhood focus their individual and collective ener- gies into ONE pattern rather than losing the force of cooperative action through too great a diversity of endeavor.
The entire service of the Brotherhood expresses UNITY of THOUGHT, FEELING, AND ACTION. Loving cooperation is the very nature of each member, who is always willing to lay aside individual projects and plans to lend his or her energies to the greater good of the entire endeavor.
Each year the beings who represent the Sun of the system design a plan of action for the twelve-month cycle, and in a solemn ceremony allow the form to literally ride into the consciousness of each Planetary Silent Watcher on the first vital energies of the new year. THE ENERGIES
TIDES,AND IN JANUARY AND JULY THEIR PRESSURE IS STRONGEST.
As the various planets belonging to a universe usually require differ- ent brands of assistance, the designed thoughtform given to the Plane- tary Silent Watcher of each one differs. This year, however, a most unu- sual activity took place. The Great Beings who represent the Central Sun of our system, Alpha and Omega, decreed that ONE thoughtform should be released, not only through each universal scheme, but also through- out the Galaxy. Thus, all the Suns of the system, as well as their respec- tive Planetary Silent Watchers, stood at attention awaiting the spiritual holy communion as Alpha and Omega released the divine design which
would be stepped downward until each Sun and its system received the blessing. The ceremony observed the following order:
Sun Gods & Goddesses
Alpha and Omega Isis and Osiris Apollo and Diana Krishna and Sophia Helios and Vesta
Each pair of God-parents, as before stated, in turn released the thoughtform to their own Planetary Silent Watcher.
At the Teton, Sanat Kumara stood upon the central altar, Saint Ger- main and the Goddess of Justice kneeling before him. Suddenly Sanat Kumara's entire being dissolved into the Freedom Flame (Thoughtform of 1955) with the balanced scales of the Goddess of Justice outlined within it. Immediately Saint Germain, the Goddess of Justice and all pre- sent at the Teton joined in this cosmic communion by drawing the thoughtform into their own consciousness. They then strengthened it by their own gathered momentum, and projected it forth into the mental and feeling world of all mankind.
We shall see NOW what that Freedom Flame means to each chela. According to the individual's initiative to become that flame, expand its gifts, and embody its message in 1955 will God's Plan for the planet be nearer fulfillment.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 23, 1955
Beloved Children,
It is with great pleasure that I turn the energies of this week's publi- cation over to my beloved son, Kuthumi, who will give you an eye- picture of the events at the last Transmission Flame Ceremony held in the Mercy Temple at Peiping, January 15th, 1955, which I am sure you will enjoy.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Dearly Beloved Friends of Great Light,
I come to bring you into the presence of the FEELING of God's com- passionate heart—to bring you, each one, from the periphery of the cir- cle of your own world of experience, from the turbulent surge of the en- ergies of your feelings, from the many thoughts of your minds, into the peace which is the prevailing quality of the heart of the universe to which we belong.
Have you thought that THE PREVIOUS CHOHAN OF THE SEVENTH
RAY, THE BELOVED KWAN YIN, represents the feminine aspect of the Freedom Flame, the compassion, the gentleness, the reverence and the grace of the motherhood of God, and that Saint Germain, in the direction of the mighty, invocative powers of being, represents the masculine as- pect of that flame and of that ray?
As we enter into the first acknowledgment of the great Freedom Flame for 1955, it is right and just that we bow before the Goddess of Mercy, and acknowledge the activity and radiation which is hers to give.
Ah, little ones, here and there, little shining sparks, part of the great Mercy Flame! On behalf of Lord Maitreya and Lord Buddha, on behalf of the entire Celestial Hierarchy, I say, for fidelity, for constancy and faith, we love you, and no matter how small your flame may be this night, we can expand and expand and expand it, for we but require one electron self-consciously given to blanket a planet.
Tonight, as you turn your attention and love toward the Orient, deep within your etheric bodies are written the memories of Golden Ages, ag- es when beauty and grace, courtesy and dignity and honor were the stamp of every man and every woman—when such beauty was brought forth as the outer world could not conceive possible, and which is still sustained in the Akashic Records.
The great Orient itself, you know, represents in its whole conscious- ness the feminine aspect of the Deity, the consciousness in which is em- bodied all of the known knowledge of the Cosmic Law, awaiting the great drive of the Occident to bring that knowledge into actual manifest form for the blessing of the mass of mankind.
Look you now toward the Orient and see those temples of blazing light which are the foci of Kwan Yin's Mercy Flame! As you look you will see the shining flags that have been embroidered in exquisite colored silk by the members of the Mercy Temples. From the roof of each temple
these flags are attached to the flag on the dome of the great central temple by means of ropes of gaily-colored silk. As each flag, in its vary- ing colors, flutters in the breeze, it carries to the consciousness of the initiate the particular activity to which that lesser temple is dedicated.
As we stand looking toward the main temple tonight, through its wide open doors, we see enter the lovely lady chelas in Chinese dress. All approach without the sound of a footfall, walking on the soft, grassy path. No sound breaks the stillness and serenity of this holy place, the people of the Occident removing their footwear before they enter, so as not to mar the silence. As we come closer now, through the open door we get a view of the great altar, on which burns the Mercy Flame in all its magnificence, all its beauty and all its peace.
The beloved Kwan Yin is in deep royal purple tonight. From the left shoulder down to the very hem of her garment are embroidered exquis- ite crystal butterflies, representative of carrying the light into the world of form. Her hair is done in a high coronet, on each side of which is ar- ranged a great diamond butterfly. Her kimono sleeves are caught at the wrist by silver bands, and she wears an exquisite ring in the form of a butterfly. She stands facing the altar tonight, with her attention upon the flame, and from her presence pours the radiation and power which she has gathered through the centuries in which she has lived, feeding that flame with her mercy and love.
The beloved Sanat Kumara has come with the Lord Buddha, who is to be his successor. The Lord Gautama wears, tonight, the deep purple silk of the royal family, banded heavily at the hem and cuff with three rows of gold, representative of the Holy Trinity. On his shoulder-length hair he wears a golden band with the open lotus upon the forehead. It is very evident to us who have seen him for the first time in this form of attire that he prepares, in some measure, for part of the authority and part of the investment of Sanat Kumara's great office, before this eight- een-year period has expended itself. You will remember, those of you who were among us, that it was at Peiping that the tremendous calls for mercy, rising from the hearts of individuals like yourselves, and also from the Great White Brotherhood, brought the attention of the Buddha earthward and that the Lord Buddha, himself, entered the temple that evening, to the great surprise of Kwan Yin and the assembled guests.
The beloved Saint Germain wears, tonight, the robe with which you are so familiar in the picture where he uses the gold braid of the House of Rakoczi on his garments. The beloved Portia is dressed most simply in soft mauve pink—no adornment and no jewelry—with the exception of the crown which she received from the hands of Sanat Kumara as co-
sponsor for 1955. The beloved Zadkiel and holy Amethyst are in the at- mosphere, holding the radiation flame of mercy, love, and compassion over China.
The beloved Maha Chohan is now entering. He is wearing purple to- night, with a magnificent purple turban, fastened by a great amethyst instead of the usual topaz. It would look as though the entire Hierarchy is beginning to conform to the color of whichever ray is active. This is an innovation in itself. Pallas Athena wears a violet that is almost blue, and with her lovely golden hair, she is a glorious complement to the beloved Maha Chohan.
The beloved Morya is in white, but wears a deep purple sash and a great amethyst adorns his index finger instead of the usual diamond or sapphire. The beloved Paul, the Venetian , is also in purple tonight, with an cape lined with gold. Beloved Serapis wears the magnificent purple silken attire of a High Priest of the Zoroastrian Court. Beloved Hilarion is in white, banded in deep purple. The beloved Jesus is also in white, but over his robe he wears the royal purple cape of the Prince of the House of David, on the back of which is embroidered the open-ended golden cross of Saint Germain. Mary is in soft mauve pink, without adornment.
The entire atmosphere is bathed in deep purple fire. Bathe in it, be- loved ones, for the entire month, and see it enfolding the Earth in its flame of love, compassion and mercy. May God's love enfold you, each one.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 30, 1955
Beloved Children,
The REQUIREMENT of the present day and hour in the evolution of the planet Earth and its mankind is for the presence and subsequent cooperation of lifestreams who have the capacity to identify themselves with the God-Presence as an individual, potent and powerful force, active and alive in every facet of expression of the individual.
There are two groups of spiritual seekers—those who enjoy the con- templation of the perfection of the Higher Spheres ABSTRACTLY, and the builders who are willing to make REAL (which word is synonymous with precipitation) the IDEAS of the higher spheres.
To realize a need or a requirement is, in itself, a gift, as well as an
instruction from the Cosmic Christ Intelligence, for among a cross-section of human beings, you will find one among a hundred who can realize, even mentally, the need for assistance, whether it be spiritual, material, emotional, or mental. The capacity to realize the requirement sets those lifestreams apart from the indifferent and the unheeding, but then, again, we have a diminishing number of souls who, having the capacity to feel the realization of the specific need, are willing to set into motion the forces, gifts, capacities and powers of their own nature TO BRING INTO MANIFESTATION that which the Divine Omnipresence has revealed
to them as the REQUIREMENT OF THE MOMENT.
A million men in India, among the countless millions, realize, per- haps, her need for education—for the bare necessities of life—but among this minority there may be only several hundred persons who are willing to “accept their portfolio from the universal” which the RESPONSIBILITY OF REALIZATION gives to such men and women and, according to their capacities, begin to make REAL OR MANIFEST those physical manifesta- tions which form the channels by which the ABSENCE of good or God is replaced by His PRESENCE.
There are men and women of tremendous mental energies who, looking abstractly upon organizations and movements, find themselves closely attuned to the Universal Cosmic Mind in sensing ways and means by which improvements may occur, but among them we find few WHO WILL CHOOSE TO COUPLE THE ENERGIES of their own nature to the
MAKING MANIFEST SUCH REQUIREMENTS.
Beloved children, begin without delay TO PRACTICE THE OMNIPRES- ENCE OF GOD. As you enter this exercise, you will open your minds and feelings to the entrance of many beautiful and perfect ways and means of increasing the efficiency and perfection of the manifestation of good, not only in your personal experience, but nationally and even universally. Then, from the strength of your own God-source and the collective pow- ers of the universal Cosmic Christ, you may couple your own realization
WITH THE PRESSURE AND POWER OF THEIR LIGHT to bring concrete
manifestations into being, which are the fulfillment of God's divine plan for the planet Earth. This is the REQUIREMENT for which the Great White Brotherhood and the Holy Christ Self of all mankind are striving. You are blessed, dear ones, to be among those chosen to make REAL YOUR FAITH. Such instruments are few, but more valued by reason of their scarcity.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 6, 1955
Dearly Beloved Children,
Let us make the basis of our exercises for this coming week the CONTEMPLATION and REALIZATION of the Presence of God as related to the individual student through the instrument of the OUTER SELF.
Silent contemplation and reflection as to your PRESENT RELATION- SHIP with this omnipresent spirit, coupled with a realization of his capaci- ty to help you, will yield to each one of you, beloved ones, a comprehen- sive basis for your individual exercise. The actual analysis of the outer mind's concept of the Presence within your various vehicles, your facul- ties and your every-day affairs, will enable you through prayer, medita- tion and earnest solicitation, to draw closer to the understanding and
realization of this INDIVIDUALIZED PRESENCE, ALIVE AND ACTIVE,
through all your avenues of expression.
The acceptance of the divine I AM Presence as the basis of the MENTAL truths which form the foundation of your life's belief must be superseded eventually by a REALIZATION of this Presence within the FEELING NATURE as well. The word “realize” means to make real, to draw substance from the abstract into the concrete or outer world of form. Individuals REALIZE PROFIT on investments and, in the larger sense, realization means the sudden ILLUMINATION OF CONSCIOUSNESS which allows the personal ego to accept through ALL its instruments this powerful, potent, and divine force.
The Presence of God WAS IN THE BEGINNING, IS NOW, AND EVER
SHALL BE, but the evolving mankind of Earth do not enjoy the fullness of that Presence and will not until they come into A REALIZATION of its omniscience and omnipresence. It was this REALIZATION that dawned upon and became the predominant factor in the life of the Master Jesus whereby he accomplished all his victorious manifestations; BY WHICH HE MADE REAL the abstract principles which both the masses and the elite have affirmed for centuries, but not REALIZED.
It was the realization, or the making real of his contemplations, by which the Lord Buddha came to an understanding of the universal truth that transmuted his being into a full expression of God-accomplish-ment. This is also the reason that man, through ignorance, carelessness or in- difference, very often proceeds through life performing injustices of judgment as well as action, because he has not realized the true state of his being or of his actual spiritual relationship with similarly-evolving egos.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 13, 1955
Beloved Children of the Omnipresent Good,
The contemplation of the Presence of God as an individual focus of intelligence, alive and connected with your own ego, forms the basis for all the contemplative studies that are the heart center of the initiate's training in every retreat and focus of light upon the planet Earth.
The use of powers developed, the capacities unfolded, and the knowledge, which becomes part of the lifestream's heritage, vary accord- ing to the particular retreat and service to which he has dedicated his being, and as he evolves through the powers and capacities which come from a realization of this Presence, does such a one increase the service of the channel to which he has dedicated himself.
However, to FEEL the Presence of God is more than a KNOWING, which is a faculty of the outer mind. The lifestream FEELING that active Presence as anything and everything that he wishes to be,comes to a place of “peace in action.” Limitation, for instance, is the ABSENCE ra- ther than the PRESENCE of good. Now, this absence occurs only in CON- SCIOUSNESS, and somewhere or other there is a LACK OF THE REALIZA- TION of the PRESENCE OF SUPPLY. In the case of health of mind or body, that which manifests as an imperfect or unhappy expression is the result of the lack of the realization of the presence of beauty, balance, harmony, security, and poised peace within the consciousness of the
individual ego. IT IS A LACK OF REALIZATION.
Now, it is possible for one individual to realize this Presence for an- other. Here let me affirm with a pressure of MY FEELING,that when you realize beauty, symmetry, balance, and poise for another you are not, through mental force, CREATING SOMETHING THAT IS ABSENT, but you are simply recognizing the Presence for that other one, which, before you called, WAS ALREADY ESTABLISHED—”Before they call, I have an- swered.”
Let us take a homely illustration. A child in a dark room, looking up- on a clothes rack, sees one of the evil figures of a fairy tale brooding upon it. The adult, entering the room, realizes instantly that it is merely an inanimate object provided for the hanging of clothes, and the child's fear is immediately allayed both by the turning on of the light and by the mature person's making real to the infant the true state of affairs. Now nothing has changed EXCEPT THE CONCEPT IN THE MIND of the smaller person. It has been an entirely mental and emotional metamorphosis.
When we look at you, beloved ones, we see you as you really ARE. We realize you as God in the first instance created you. WHEN YOU
BEGIN TO REALIZE YOURSELVES AS THAT ACTIVE PRESENCE,NOTHING
WILL CHANGE, MIND YOU, BUT YOUR CONCEPT. That is why those de-
crees, which include making REAL of the I AM Presence in physical ac- tion, are a tremendous force for good when the essence of them is real- ized.
To say, “I AM the presence of supply, alive and active in every channel and faucet of my being,” is not to affirm something that is not already a truth, but it is TO DRAW THE REALIZATION INTO THE FEELING BODY through the contemplation of that which is a POSITIVE FACT. To
affirm, dear ones, CONSTANTLY and DETERMINEDLY, ‘I AM THE PRES-
ENCE OF GOD,LIVING AND BREATHING NOW IN MY MIND,BODY,BEING,
WORLD, AND AFFAIRS,” is to draw into your feelings that which I see and know for you as truth now, for one can swing the balance of truth for another.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 20,1955
Dearly Beloved Children,
Every time you speak, there rushes forth from your mouth—energy. Energy makes a picture at inner levels, representative of the words spo- ken. For instance, the word “cat” would immediately cut out of the uni- versal light substance a small form of one of the feline kingdom. The individual speaking the word would determine the mould from which the form was created. You have seen cats made of tile and laid on a bath- room floor, you have seen them made of glass and placed upon the lapel of a coat or dress, and you have seen cats made of calico clutched in the hands of a little child. In exactly the same manner every individual has a particular pattern which makes up his life energy.
For instance, if Saint Germain were to pronounce the word “cat,” the tiny creature formed would be made up of millions of tiny little open- end crosses, because the open-end cross is the pattern of his electrons. Every electron that Saint Germain draws from the Great Central Sun through his lifestream is in the form of an open-end cross. Every electron that the Lord Buddha draws is in the form of an open lotus or water lily. If the Lord Buddha were to say the word “cat,” his cat would be formed of myriads of little lotuses.
Now, the form of the cat, as determined by the WORD,is made up
of the PATTERN OF THE ENERGY of the LIFESTREAM WHO IS SPEAKING,
but the RADIATION from the form is determined by the FEELING behind the word. The Master, speaking that word in love, would send forth that tiny thoughtform clothed with light, while an individual predisposed to dislike would create the thoughtform according to the pattern of his en- ergy but, on account of the FEELING OF DISLIKE,it would go forth pul- sating with unpleasantness.
Both forms created would affect the entire feline world constructively or conversely and, furthermore, both forms would live in the world of their creators and affect them in like manner. Therefore, an aversion or
ROOT IN THE LIFESTREAM, because some time or another they will be sent forth, and are bound to return to the sender by the law of their life.
Of course, this is but one example of the Law of the Circle. Govern- mental affairs and world figures give you a marvelous opportunity to send forth constructive thoughtforms. The thoughtforms created by the consciousness of the people, when they think or speak of national or international figures, contain the combined energy of every person who makes the outline, and the FEELING behind the thoughtform determines not only the pressure behind the individual, but also affect his actions, whether good, bad, or indifferent, so there is absolutely no justification for condemnation by anyone.
Now, you will say immediately, “How can we outgrow these condi- tions if we condone the destructive actions of some of these people?” When the individual is conscious of error on the part of another, the thoughtform concerning him can be used as a radiating center through which the strong feeling of that which is right and just can be charged. In this way you will be giving that individual a treatment which will be a pressure of good in his future actions. Always be sure to charge the en- ergy that goes out from you with the invincible love of justice and right, and then you will not tie yourself to the hate that the recoil of these electrons would bring if charged with anything less than love.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 27, 1955
Beloved Ones,
It is my pleasure to offer you the report of my beloved son, Kuthu- mi, on the activities of the Transmission Flame, which was held, as you know, this month at my retreat in Ceylon.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Dearly Beloved Brothers and Sisters on the Path toward Mastery,
You, who have been marked on the Book of Life as the shepherds who will guard, guide and protect the great masses of mankind in the days and years ahead, little understand how much of our vital energies are woven into the endeavor to give you understanding, balance, illumi- nation, discrimination, discretion, diplomacy, insight, foresight, and the capacity to act upon a moment's notice, pliable enough to obey the prompting of your God Flame DURING THE CRISIS THAT MIGHT FLARE
AT ANY PLACE WHERE YOU MIGHT BE LOCATED,giving you the capacity,
through your own mind and feeling, to be the master control of hysteria, chaos, and confusion.
Beloved ones, you are in a definite period of spiritual training, wherein the energies of your world are constantly put to the test to see how much restraint and control is manifest through your surrender to the Holy Christ Self, in allowing that flame—through the direction of its mighty rays through you—to create and sustain an aura as strong as steel, as unchanging as the Sun in the heavens, and yet, withal, as com- forting, as merciful, and as tolerant as that of the Lord Maha Chohan, whom we honor tonight, as the Lord Buddha, whom we have served and loved through the centuries; the beloved Master Jesus, and every being, who—while yet in the minority on the Earth plane—controlled vast num- bers of people, through love.
There is such a wide divergence between love and sentiment! How wise is love—how balanced! And yet, with all it holds in the compass of that radiant pressure, the God-control of energy, surges like tides through minds and feelings that know not whither to turn when anything that is apart from the usual occurrence manifests.
Individuals who feel that life must follow a certain definite pattern, who are discomfited by any change in the orderly rhythm, have much to learn before they come to a point where they can be used by us in cos- mic emergency. I do not wish you to believe that I deplore rhythm and
system and balance, and the orderly procession of your duties of the day. These are all manifestations in the life of your Saint Germain, who represents the light of the ceremonial activity, where every service, from the moment you rise in the morning until you place your body on its bed at night, becomes a ceremony of worship to God, and service to your fellowman—but I mean to convey to you that you must be so PLIABLE,
SO ALERT, AND SO CAPABLE IN THE HANDLING OF EMERGENCIES that
the pressure of their energies do not throw you off balance. You will see, dear ones, if you cannot handle the pressure of energies of the lifestreams with whom you are associated in homes and in business,
HANDLE THE SURGING TIDES OF AN ENTIRE CITY,OR A NATION,OR A
CONTINENT OR A PLANET?
Early upon the path toward mastery, when the Guru takes the chela for his own, and the chela touches the hem of the Guru's garment (his aura), he learns that the virtue, momentum, power, and radiation of the Guru become, through association, part of his heritage, and the vest- ment of the Guru, which is his life qualified, falls upon the chela. The chela then moves not only through his own electronic circle, but also
AND GURU, having the full power of that Master's light, balance and peace.
During this thirty-day period, we are going to endeavor to anchor cosmic peace through the chelas and students, in concentrated light rays of Golden Flame, which will be such a powerful pressure of peace, be- loved ones, that all of the outer minds, all of the selfish interests, and all of the intrigues that lie behind war will be melted away as nothing. Therefore, for this thirty days we are depending on you to be peace- conductors, peace magnetizers and peace radiators, and if we can se- cure from you enough cooperation in this respect, we may be able to
AVERT A PLANETARY CRISIS ON THE SCREEN OF LIFE. We shall see
now, by your cooperation, how much you love us, how much you love your planet and your fellowman.
Here in the Maha Chohan's retreat this evening, the builders of form have done a magnificent job in the creation of a marvelous amphithea- ter, to hold the countless souls that are drawn here. This, of course, is in the atmosphere over the permanent retreat of the Master. In passing, I might say that these beautiful places last only for the duration of the activity of the retreat, the devas releasing the electronic substance out of which they are formed, back into the universal after they have served their purpose. They have built the altar in the form of a gigantic dove of
peace—the out-spread wings, the head lifted high with the olive branch in its mouth, and the great tail feathers forming the steps up to the high altar at the top of the head, where the flame is burning.
The ceremony is representative of the Holy Trinity this evening, the Maha Chohan's place, as Cosmic Holy Spirit, being at the head of the dove, the Lord Himalaya, a representative of the Manu or Father, at the tip of the left wing, and the Lord Maitreya as representative of the Cos- mic Christ, at the tip of the right wing.
The Celestial Hierarchy are entering now. The entrance is at the back of the dove, and as they enter they circle outward, making a com- plete ring around this magnificent figure. As each one enters he is given a living dove made of light, which each places either on the back of the wrist or on the finger. Some of the birds are raising and lowering their bright wings, but they do not leave their perch. They will be released on the first breath of the Comfort Flame, and will fly north, south, east, and west, encircling the planet round with peace and love.
Most of the Celestial Company are wearing pink tonight, in its vary- ing shades. The Lord Maha Chohan is in beautiful shell pink, a pink tur- ban with pink brush of fire and a magnificent pink diamond at the fore- head. The Lord Himalaya wears a Mandarin costume of deep rose, with a dove woven into the breast, in honor of our Lord, the Maha Chohan. The Lord Maitreya is in pure white, as he seldom wears anything else, but instead of the gold which he usually wears at the hem and sleeves, to- night he has embroidered in pink, at the hem and sleeves, the Sanscrit words, “O Mani Padme Hum.”
Paul, the Venetian, wears a beautiful robe and cape in pink, with a dove embroidered on the breast. The beloved Morya is resplendent to- night in a long, flowing robe of pink, with a deep hem of gorgeous pink diamonds at the hem and sleeves, and a magnificent sunburst of dia- monds over the solar plexus. The dove rests happily on his shoulder. Serapis is in white, with pink at the hem and sleeves, and a pink band of silk on the head, fastened at the forehead with a large pink diamond.
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 6, 1955
Beloved Children,
This month, as we play host to the people of Earth and to their guardians, at our retreat in Ceylon, we take advantage of the holy sea- son of Lent, when the attention of the entire Christian world is focused, more or less, on the life and teaching of the beloved Master Jesus, to imbue upon the consciousness and the inner bodies of the people of Earth, the grace of the Holy Spirit through the expansion of the Trans- mission Flame.
The magic and mystic properties of the Flame of the Holy Spirit may most easily be described by saying that they stimulate within the soul and self of everyone who touches the periphery of that cosmic aura, a deep desire to be all that the flame is. Whether that flame is in its primal essence within the heart of the Ceylon Retreat, or in modulated form within the hearts of the men and women of Earth, its magic properties are a stimulant to all that is good, and one who has touched even the fringe of the garment of the Holy Spirit can never know peace or rest until he has become the fullness of it.
Now, there are occasions when individuals can enjoy great beauty, admire fine development, observe talent of a superior nature in art or music, without being stimulated within the feeling nature to like accom- plishment, but individuals who are privileged to abide in the presence of the Holy Spirit, even in its most modified form, become those restless sons of men whose thirst is never assuaged—whose hunger is never filled, until they have become all that it is.
It has been said by certain members, who have temporarily stepped from the path, that it is a curse to look upon the fire of the Holy Spirit— for it breeds discontent. These individuals, to an extent, present truth,
SOUL makes for a very unpleasant habitation, until that soul finally sur- renders and abides in love. When we draw the attention of mankind to the Ceylon Retreat, where the most concentrated powerful focus of this flame is, we do it with the full knowledge that we are arousing within the natures of men, that required HUNGER AND THIRST,which presages the accomplishment.
Because of the peculiar magnetic pull that is within this Flame of the Holy Spirit, each individual who is taken within the Holy of Holies and allowed to drink from the brim of the chalice, is immediately given a guardian presence, because that instant they have set their foot upon
the path, and MUST proceed thereon to their victorious accomplishment. These become the wanderers and the searchers, and ultimately the FINDERS of the purpose of life, until the fulfilled soul finally enters into that alliance with the I AM Presence in God-union.
All the teachers and leaders of men today, from the obscure to the great, have been summoned to this retreat in no uncertain terms, and by the time the month changes, we shall have definitely impressed upon them THE IMPORTANCE OF THE COSMIC HOUR, as well as the necessity for cooperative action along every branch of endeavor, IF THE PLANET
IMMINENT. WE NEED ALL YOUR PRAYERS AND CALLS, BELOVED ONES,
IN THIS HOUR OF PLANETARY CHANGES.
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 13, 1955
Beloved and Precious Children of the One God,
You, whom it is my privilege and honor to comfort—not only in this world of form, but also while your dear souls are freed from the body in sleep, even up through those eras between embodiments, when you enter the Halls of Karma and when you are assigned, each one, to your respective sphere of endeavor at inner levels—do you know how deeply grateful I am to you for the opportunity to develop the quality which is mine to give to life, the quality of bringing comfort and peace and ease to spirit, soul, and body?
In my activity and service in the universe, it is the gifts of the great God who made me, that enable me to bring comfort, not only to the human kingdom, but to the elemental kingdom, the four-footed crea- tures and all the animal kingdom, to the members of the angelic host who are embodied and all manifest life everywhere that seeks and de- sires the happiness and harmony which is the natural activity of life.
You will truly only be comfortable, permanently, when you live within the harmony of your own being. You will only be truly comfortable when you have fulfilled your own destiny, when you have, upon your knees, faced your God within, and made the great surrender of the outer self to his will. When you proceed through the universe like a shining star or comet, the radiance of your Presence bringing light, fragrance, and com- fort to all life you contact—only then will you know what true comfort means, for until that hour all the experiences of life prod you onward,
ever onward toward your own great destiny.
During the few hours you spend in meditation and in the contempla- tion of our instruction, you are within the radiation of our Presence. Dur- ing these hours do you know and taste the comfort which will be yours eternally, when you take your rightful place as God intends.
The activity and quality of comfort, and the comfortable way of living are NOW within the center of your own being. As you read my words, I am going to ask you to gently settle within that exquisite and majestic flame within your own heart. Have you seen a leaf blown from the tree by the autumn breezes, and watched as it settles gently down on the bosom of the Earth? Have you seen a bird in flight making graceful cir- cles ere it alights upon its appointed spot? Now, in the same way, just settle your soul into that immortal, flaming chalice within your heart. Rest awhile in the secret place of the Most High, and FEEL the comfort which may be yours when you are truly centered within the heart of your own being.
That FEELING OF COMFORT comes only when you are centered with- in your own Immortal Flame of Life. YOU CAN AND SHALL MAINTAIN IT, as you proceed in mastery along your given pathway, radiating your light to the periphery of your sphere of influence and REFUSING TO BE
DRAWN FROM THE CENTER OF YOUR BEING BY ANY PERSON, PLACE,
CONDITION OR THING. I tell you, dear ones, the moment you release your consciousness from that central point—that place of inner comfort
SCIOUSNESS TO BECOME ATTACHED,and your peace for the moment is shattered. Here may I gently refer you to the Ninety-first Psalm!
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 20, 1955
Beloved Children of My Heart,
Do you know that I am depending on each one of you to be a com- forting presence in action to all the life you contact, through your close affiliation with your own Holy Christ Self, which is the mainspring of your existence, and which abides in the very center of your being! Every Cosmic Being, every Ascended Master, and every angelic being always works from the extreme center of his own Godhood, and that is why the virtue streaming out from him or her carries a blessing and comfort to all the life it touches.
Also remember, beloved ones, that any being who has attained to the perfection of the higher octaves, or who has come to an understand- ing of the life principle before he has reached the ascended state, never allows the energy of any of his vehicles to act independently of the juris- diction of his divine intelligence—neither does he allow the energy of another, no matter how it expresses itself, to draw him out from the center of his being. He that abideth in the Secret Place of the Most High shall abide under the light, under the radiation, under the magnificent Presence and Power of the All-Mighty—and all things shall he then do through that Presence, which HE IS.
When you are so centered within the heart of your own being, be- loved ones, you are in control of the vibrant energies that flow in a pris- tine stream from the Central Sun; you are magnetized by the Immortal Flame within your heart, which but awaits your direction to flow forth carrying the perfume of your true being, and the quality with which you were endowed at the beginning, and which was the reason for your hav- ing taken embodiment. Then you, “rising in action,” in the center of that secret and sanctified heart, become a power that can never be thrown off balance.
Beloved hearts of light, you desire to be a comforting presence to the universe, and in that very desire you rush forth from the center of your being and attach your energies through thought and feeling and the very flesh, to the consciousness of those who require help and assis- tance—but, thereby you forfeit your mastery and the capacity to help and serve them. Abide now, my children, in the CENTER of your being, and let your light and the power of the Father, flowing through your light, beam forth and BE THE HEALING, BE THE PEACE, BE THE BAL- ANCED CONTROL,BE THE MASTER PRESENCE of whatsoever is required at any given moment. There shall be no fear, no uncertainty, no doubt, when you dwell WITHIN that Presence. You can be ALL things and do ALL things when you dwell within its heart.
When you abide within the center of the great heart of God, then does the Father move forth through you. Your eyes become beams through which his light may shine, your hands become conductors of his all-mighty power, your lips become the instruments by which his words are fashioned and directed into the world of form, your feet become the feet of the Master Presence moving through the universe, and your en- ergy becomes a conductor, always, of whatsoever the Godhead desires to do through you at your point in the universe.
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 27, 1955
Beloved Children of my Heart,
It is my pleasure and happiness to give you our beloved Kuthumi's report of activities in the Resurrection Temple in Arabia, presided over by the beloved Jesus and Mary, on the evening of the Transmission Flame Ceremony, March 19th, 1955.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Brothers and Sisters of Light,
I come tonight accompanied by the Brothers of the Golden Robe. We bring for each one of you a magic, mystic robe of light, into which is woven the lily, symbol of the resurrection and ascension. This garment will be placed about you as we transport you, consciously and collective- ly, to the heart of the Resurrection Temple, where the mighty activities are engaging the interest of the Ascended Host of Light, the angelic host of light, and the seraphic and cherubic beings.
For just a little while you shall be free, God-free, of this flesh—free of the limitations of your individual worlds and orbits. We have bathed you in light We have washed your consciousness clean, and now we place upon your feet the winged sandals, upon on your bodies the seamless robe, and we will transport you in consciousness into the heart of that temple where burns the Resurrection Flame, which is the hope of each returned springtime accepted and manifested by the nature kingdom, but by so few, so very few, of mankind.
The great temple of the Resurrection Flame has been designed, as you know, in large circular corridors surrounding the central flame, to give assistance to the graded consciousness of the mankind of Earth who are interested in learning the powers of the resurrection. As they graduate in consciousness and development, they are drawn in from one corridor to another, until they come to those which are in closer proximi- ty to the power of that mighty flame.
The great Archangel Gabriel, who represents the Angel of the Resur- rection, stands within the center of the flame tonight. He is clothed in the most exquisite garments of opalescent light colors, his golden hair blazing in living fire. Standing by his side is the Cosmic Spirit of the Res- urrection herself, who is even now directing that flame through the na- ture kingdom. The beloved Master Jesus and Mother Mary are standing below the flame, giving the place of honor to the angelic kingdom and
the Spirit of the Resurrection.
As we are going to celebrate again this evening the activity in which you joined us last year—the Festival of the Incoming Spring—we will render honor to those beings who are primarily concerned with confer- ring on the planet Earth each year a new and precious Springtime.
The beloved Amaryllis, the Spirit of Spring, who came to Earth long, long before the first inhabitants, and who looks now even more fresh and beautiful and magnificent in her glory than she looked when man first took embodiment, will lead the procession. Even as I speak, this cortege is forming in the outer corridors of the temple. This lovely lady is wearing this evening, a fern-green garment of a substance something like your chiffon, over which is a magnificent train at least sixty or seven- ty feet in length, attached to her shoulders by gorgeous yellow butter- flies of living fire. This entire train is made-up of tier after tier of small yellow flowers, in the most magnificent shades. It is upheld by tiny sylphs in bright yellow garments. They wear full skirts and have wreaths of small yellow buttercups upon their bright hems.
As the beloved Amaryllis takes her position at the head of the pro- cession, our beloved Maha Chohan, as representative of the power of nature in springtime, takes his place beside her. He lovingly places her hand within his arm, and will honor her by presenting her to the assem- bly as they proceed.
Next in line comes the beloved Neptune (who is in the process of turning the cycle over to the beloved Aries). He is in magnificent white garments and walks alone. Behind him come the undines who represent his kingdom. Some of these are no larger than your thumbnail, others as large as a seventy-foot wave at sea. These are clothed in garments of green, representing the color of the sea in her varying moods and climes.
Next comes the beloved Aries, followed by her sylphs. She is clothed magnificently in blue. The sylphs, express in their raiment, all the bril- liance of the flower kingdom and come dancing on tiptoe. They do not walk—they dance—because they are joyous and free.
Now comes the beloved Zarathustra followed by his salamanders. The activities of these beings of fire are most interesting to behold. You very seldom see the form and seem to be only conscious of flowing flame. They proceed, undulating up and down, yet remaining miracu- lously in line.
Next come the fairies and the gnomes, dressed according to their service, the fairies looking like bright flowers, some with little bells on
their hats and the toes of their shoes, the gnomes clothed in more som- ber colors of the shades of the rocks and trees and shrubs with which they work.
After these walks a being who has guarded the elemental kingdom for a long, long time. He is accompanied by representatives of the four
elemental kingdoms WHO HAVE PASSED THROUGH EXPLOSIONS OF THE
ATOM BOMB,and I would not care to describe their appearance to you. The distorted and distressed appearance of these beautiful, delicate and fine little beings is a disgrace to the human race as a whole and I would ask you to make calls that these atrocities cease.
The beloved Chohans are now entering, magnificently robed, as usual. They will take their positions in the first circle surrounding the flame.
The beloved Cosmic Spirit of the Resurrection Flame will now speak. God bless you and good night.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 3, 1955
Beloved Hearts of Light,
We are singularly blessed and I might also say delightfully surprised during this current month's Transmission Flame Ceremony to find that the beloved Spirit of the Resurrection Flame chose to address the as- sembled gathering. The essence of her outpouring was projected into the mental and emotional bodies of mankind, everywhere, through the medium of the outgoing breath and should bring wonderful results in the quickening of the flame in their hearts, which causes, in turn, a hunger and thirst on the part of the individual for the things of the spirit. Her radiation during the entire month should be tangibly felt by the sensitive chelas and students throughout the world.
The mental and emotional bodies are the instruments through which man's freedom is gained; therefore, these should be educated, con- trolled and consciously raised by the indwelling presiding intelligence. The quickest and surest way to accomplish this is to keep the attention trained on the instruction of the God-free, for where the consciousness is encouraged to dwell, the mental and feeling worlds will follow. As it is the nature of these bodies to bring into manifestation that upon which the attention rests, the steadfast and persistent student will find himself being cut free quickly from the tribulations and discords of the outer world. This exercise should always be accompanied, of course, by the
use of the Sacred Fire of Purification, which cleanses and purifies the four lower bodies, particularly the etheric envelope. It also illumines the mind through the transmutation of the conglomerate mass of superflu- ous knowledge and ideas accumulated through past ages of living.
I give you now, dear ones, for your edification and comfort, the words of the beloved Spirit of the Resurrection Flame.
THE BELOVED SPIRIT OF RESURRECTION speaks:
I am the Cosmic Spirit Of Resurrection, servant of the Most High Liv- ing God, come tonight from the heart of the universal.
Why does not mankind command me? Why does not mankind seek me? Why am I not welcome within the breast of the human race—when the smallest blossom, the tiniest seed, the smallest bulb, invokes me, draws me into its bosom, bursts its bonds and becomes a magnificent, fragrant and flowerful manifestation of the glory of God?
I have been sent from the House of the Lord to a recalcitrant race, in which death, disintegration, disease and decay are written across the bodies that should be immortal, shining and blazing like the Sun—and who has welcomed me? The daffodil, the crocus and the early forsythia! Wherefore, man, are thy non-mastery and thy inhospitality!
I am the Cosmic Spirit of Resurrection, the hope of Eternal Life and Light, invoked in the tomb of Jesus and, BLAZING through his transfig- ured flesh, drew him into immortality. I am the Cosmic Spirit of Resur- rection BLAZING through the nature kingdom! Wherefore, man, is thy inhospitality to me!
Command ye me, oh mankind of this Earth! Why linger longer in de- cay! Why linger longer in those bonds of disintegration! I Am speaking to your hearts! What seek ye, man? Hope! Wealth! Illumination! Peace! Purity! Beauty! God Supply! Ye had it all once! Within your life it dwells— dormant, true—but I am that spark which, kindled with your life essence, can resurrect for you the Immortality that you once knew!
Come ye back from the dead, oh man, and grasp my hand in love and light! Let me enter into your imprisoned consciousness, which you hug so tightly that it becomes a repellent force to all that would set you free! O, burst asunder, man, and let the flames which WE represent— and which are intelligent, conscious life—enter in, mingle with your life essence and SET YOU FREE! You, the tinder, we the cosmic spark of life—and yet we stand with hands folded, with eyes downcast, with no
summons and no purpose, although servants of man and servants of God!
Think not that the flame is an intangible and senseless ephemeral dream! Every flame is an EMBODIED CONSCIOUSNESS of light and life,
RUSHING FORTH to serve!
I am the Cosmic Flame, the Spirit of Resurrection, charging through, charging through, charging through that shell of unbelief, that shell of non-acceptance, that shell of lethargy!
I am willing myself into your hearts, and where my flame meets your heart flame, resurrection of divinity occurs. Because you have had sight once and hearing and intelligence and youth once, there is hope, be- cause I am the resurrecting power BRINGING BACK that which was given you of God! Oh, when God gives once, remember he never takes it away! It is you who have temporarily pushed your gift aside.
Oh mankind—everyone, everywhere—while the Spirit of Resurrection is honored during this holy Easter season and while this retreat, in which my flame stands visible, is active, I am going to knock upon the door of your consciousness and knock and knock and knock ceaselessly, day and night, until you let me in.
In the darkness of the night you will hear my voice calling—
LIFE! LET ME IN! LET ME IN! LET ME IN!
(I believe this is the first time in the history of the Transmission Flame Activity that the spirit of the flame has spoken—Kuthumi)
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 10, 1955
Beloved Children,
When we look at the flow of energy from the heart of the Presence into the physical heart, we see a rapidly-pulsating river of prismatic light. If we were to slow down the vibratory action of that life energy, we would see that the electrons making up the flame of the Presence of each one carry a distinct design, which differs from all others, even as the geometrical perfection of each snowflake is different from all the other countless millions of snowflakes.
As this energy is molded into form by the thought and feeling body
and sent forth into the universe, it carries the plan of the original design
of the lifestream. THAT ENERGY GOES FORTH IN A HAND CLASP, SO
THAT THE INDIVIDUAL RECEIVING THE HAND CLASP,when the hand is
removed, has upon the palm superimposed over his own energy, many thousands of these tiny forms representative of the lifestream of the ini- tial giver. The second individual then goes on his way, perhaps he combs his hair or clasps another hand, and in this way the electronic particles of the first person go on in an almost endless chain to many, many parts of the universe.
The outer world has touched the fringe of this in their science of personal magnetism, but they refer to the human effluvia which covers the pure particles of light, whereas we refer to the life structure and pic- ture WITHIN.
The manner in which the particles are charged forth determines the resulting effect upon the lifestream releasing them. While through the hand they may pass in a hand clasp, the DOMINANT FEELING of energy, as they go forth on their journey, will determine whether their passage through the universe carries friendship and love, or otherwise, and on their return journey, of course, they will pick up only the vibrations simi- lar to their own, so they return in due time to their source, bringing the initial vibration with which they were sent forth, amplified a million-fold with their own kind. If the hand is used to strike in anger, those same particles carry that same vibratory action over their complete circle, in- fluencing all the life they touch with the same destructive vibration and when they have reached the farthest point of their orbit, they start back to their source with more of their kind, bringing distress to the one who sent them forth.
If you were to look at an individual with the inner eye, you would see the electrons going out and coming in, in circles of all sizes, small and large and even universal, and these returning circles often account for the change of feeling in the individual, as each returning wave brings the result of previous kindness or unkindness into the lower vehicles. According to the manner of sending forth these electrons, dear ones, do we receive happiness, or otherwise, in their return orbit.
It is to withdraw, reclaim and purify those light particles released in the process of living, thinking, feeling, and acting that Saint Germain, in his mercy, has presented the use of the flame of purification. WISE IS
GINNING OF TIME, and bids it flow through the nations of the world,
through the psychic and astral realm and all kingdoms, because until every particle is redeemed, there is a certain portion of the lifestream unascended.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 17, 1955
Beloved Ones,
If you were privileged to look upon the Electronic Presence of every person belonging to the human race, you would be amazed at the beau- ty, perfection and radiation of light which each one expresses. When you had become accustomed to the perfection of face and form, the gentle- ness of spirit and the beauty of the light, you would be able to distin- guish one from the other by the particular shape of the electrons that make up each one's vehicles and you would find that those of each lifestream expressing beauty and perfection, in themselves, were com- posed of tiny geometrical designs, differing from each other.
These designs form the KEYNOTE and pattern of the lifestream. The electrons of the Master Saint Germain, we know, are in the form of the Maltese cross, those of the Lord Buddha the open lotus and myself, the dove. As the energy passes from your Presence into your heart, it main- tains those beautiful designs and thence it proceeds into your universe carrying that perfection into the form of your thought, your feeling and your action.
When individuals like the Master Saint Germain or the Lord Buddha speak, the words that proceed from their mouths and set up a vibration in the universe are made up of countless millions of tiny crosses or flow- ers. When they raise their hands, the electrons passing from the hand are composed of myriads of tiny forms representative of their lifestreams. The atmosphere around them is filled with millions and mil- lions of these same tiny forms. The places where their feet have stood have the imprint of these infinitesimal electronic patterns and that sub- stance was imposed upon the garments that they wore, the rooms in which they lived, the trees that shaded them, the beds that they laid upon.
WOMEN ACHIEVED KNOWLEDGE AND SPIRITUAL VICTORIES.
YOUR HOME, ENVIRONMENT, AND PERSONAL EFFECTS ARE LIKE-
INDIVIDUAL LIFESTREAMS. THAT PATTERN, ITSELF, IS NEUTRAL, BUT
THE FEELING THAT YOUR ENERGY RELEASES THROUGH IT,DETERMINES
ITS RADIATION. IT IS LIKE YOUR FANCY COOKIE CUTTER, THAT WILL
MAKE A FORM OUT OF MUD OR DOUGH.WHEN THE PATTERN OF YOUR
LIFESTREAM IS CHARGED INTO THE UNIVERSAL LIGHT SUBSTANCE, IF
YOUR FEELING IS HARMONIOUS, ITS RADIATION WILL BE OF BENEFIT
TO ALL LIFE; IF THE FEELING BE INHARMONIOUS, IT STILL CARRIES
ADVERSELY,BEFORE IT RETURNS IN ITS CIRCLE TO YOUR WORLD.
There is no man who can stand before the All-Seeing Eye of God and deny that pattern of his own life energy imposed upon any part of life, either constructively or destructively, for where your “STAMP” is, like your footprint, there you have been, and to life you must answer for what was done there. Dear ones, I implore you, USE, USE, USE Saint Germain's Flame of Freedom, which is the thoughtform for the year, to purify the electrons that have gone forth from your lifestream that still remain unredeemed, which bear your stamp and seal, BEFORE THEY
START ON THEIR RETURN JOURNEY BACK INTO YOUR WORLD,bringing
with them the unhappy vibrations that manifest as “trouble” in its countless forms.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 24, 1955
Beloved Children of God,
You will not realize until you are free from the bondage of the outer senses, the gratitude that we in the Ascended State feel toward those of you who have faith and confidence enough in our living reality, to be willing to take pen and paper or other means of communication to corre- spond with us personally. It is many, many centuries indeed since mem- bers of the Ascended Host have enjoyed the almost unprecedented privi- lege of received “mail,” as you call it, from people of Earth and to say that we both enjoy and look forward to its reception, is putting it mildly.
The receipt of these letters, by those of us so privileged, calls forth great diplomacy and tact on our part in order to counteract the almost wistful expression of those on whom the “celestial postmen” do not call. I long for the day when the human veil will be completely shattered, and
angels, Gods and men will walk and talk together, hand in hand in loving comradeship.
I now submit for your enjoyment and contemplation beloved Ku- thumi's report on the activity of the Transmission Flame, by which means we hope to awaken the slumbering consciousness of the mass of man- kind. God bless and keep you each one.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Brothers and Sisters,
Do you realize (in comparison to the rest of mankind) how much freedom you really enjoy? You have stood within the Sacred Heart Tem- ple when the Great Buddha made the dedication of his life to incarna- tion. You have stood in Shamballa, where the footstep of an unascended being has not resounded for many ages. You have stood in the presence of the Lord of Light and the King of Kings, before whom even the Great Maha Chohan, himself, bows his head in honor. You have stood with bared head, open eyes and alert consciousness, within that mystic chamber in the heart of Ceylon to which the Chohans alone have had access. You have stood in the Chateau de Liberte' and in the Royal Mas- ter's Retreat in Darjeeling. Have you thought of that?
It is not the flesh, beloved ones, but the CONSCIOUSNESS that expe- riences all, even in this world of form. While the body is unconscious the flesh records nothing, but you, through the gifts of the Master Saint Germain, can and have opportunity to be lifted in consciousness above this physical appearance world and, through the direction of some God- free Being, you are brought into these sacred retreats, one after the other, and enjoy the presence of the august assembly gathered there. Have you considered the freedom that is yours?
Beloved ones, I CANNOT EMPHASIZE TOO STRONGLY HOW IM-
SCIOUSNESS THAT TAKES PLACE THROUGH THE PROJECTED VISION, and
now through the magnificent endeavor where you move from place to place on the surface of the Earth, you are receiving training similar to that given only within the retreats under the direction of some Ascended Being.
Now, tonight I will ask you to turn your attention to the magnificent Temple of Cosmic Truth which pulsates in the ethers over the Island of Crete. Tonight, all of the activity of the Fifth Ray is pouring its radiation into the atmosphere of Earth, which needs so much to know and under-
stand truth.
Over the planet stands the great presence of the beloved Elohim Cy- clopea. His radiation covers the entire Earth. In comparison to his magni- tude, the planet looks no larger than the balls of his feet. He has as- sumed this stature tonight in his efforts to draw forth and concentrate the power of the Fifth Ray through the beloved Hilarion, Chohan of that ray.
In the atmosphere above the temple stands the beloved Archangel Raphael, with outstretched wings, dressed in shimmering garments of light apple green. Around him are gathered seven tiers of seraphic be- ings. All hold emerald green swords of flame with the points down. Back of them are the cherubic beings and the angels comprising Raphael's Legions. The activity of the angelic host appears to be particularly em- phasized this evening. Raphael's legions do not ordinarily carry swords. They are connected primarily, you know, with the elixirs of healing, and generally carry beautiful grails, containing the healing essence taken from the Temples of Healing around the Sun and the various foci of light where healing concentrates are gathered.
The temple is magnificent tonight. The great altar seems to be made of just one immense emerald, on which blazes a pillar of crystal white fire enfolded in green, which is the concentrate of cosmic truth.
The beloved Pallas Athena, as Priestess of Cosmic Truth, presides for the evening. She and the beloved Maha Chohan lead the procession up the green-carpeted aisle to the altar. The beautiful lady is robed in a white garment, over which is a long train of emerald green held up by a group of the Angels of Truth who accompany her. The Maha Chohan is also in white, acknowledging the activity of the retreat by a great emer- ald on his turban. The beloved Morya wears emerald green with a mag- nificent girdle of white diamonds. Beloved Paul, the Venetian, is in apple green with an cape of emerald green lined with gold which he wears thrown back over the left shoulder. Beloved Serapis is receiving special honors tonight. He is being preceded by a group of cherubic beings who are scattering white flower petals in his path, in appreciation of his te- nacity in bringing the vision of this beautiful temple from the higher oc- taves into the physical appearance world many centuries ago, the etheric replica of which we all enjoy this evening. He is in crystal white, as usual.
The beloved Master Jesus is in a pure white robe embroidered round the cuffs and hem with gold letter-leaf. Many of the Lord Maitreya's robes are banded like this, and it would appear that Jesus must have gone through some initiation to permit of his wearing garments like the
Lord Maitreya. Beloved Saint Germain is in white tonight, wearing a robe similar to that of Jesus, except that it does not have the gold lettering. The Brotherhood of Crete are all in white robes, with the emblazoned emblem of truth in emerald green over the left breast. They stand to- night as honored guard of the flame. Last year the angelic host com- prised the guard of honor.
Now comes the beloved Hilarion, walking with those to whom he has dedicated his life and purpose. They are the agnostics, and others who have passed through the change called death in bitterness, suspicion and doubt. The Lord Buddha is functioning in a cosmic capacity in a form that cannot be described and Sanat Kumara is pouring his radiance from the atmosphere above, as is Lord Raphael.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 1, 1955
My Beloved Children,
It is with great joy that I offer you this week's study and contempla- tion of the address to the Cosmic Flame of Cosmic Truth by the beloved Pallas Athena, representative of Cosmic Truth to the planet Earth. This address was made on the evening of the last Transmission Flame Cere- mony, held in the beloved Hilarion's Retreat at Crete, on April 16, 1955.
BELOVED PALLAS ATHENA, GODDESS OF TRUTH, speaks:
HAIL! Thou flame of eternal truth of love and life and light—I salute thee in the name of the mankind of Earth, as I enter deep within thy cosmic heart! I feel thee as myself, for thou art my life, that life which has been drawn from the eternal first cause and qualified and charged; qualified and charged; qualified and charged to go forth and carry the Law of life and the truth of life to mankind—everyone, everywhere.
As I stand within your radiance, o mighty flame of truth. I feel the momentum, the essence and the spirit of every atom of truth that has been drawn forth from the Great Central Sun and the Solar Sun by every Master, angel, deva and man who has magnetized and insisted upon knowing truth, who have, through their own consciousness, drawn that truth forth and SPREAD IT to dissolve the human shadows and bring the light.
I feel within this Flame of Truth the life-beat of the Buddha! I feel the life-beat of Moses! I feel the life-beat of Jesus of Nazareth! I feel the
life-beat of Krishna and Zarathustra! I feel the life-beat of every individu- al, not only of those Ascended, but of many who yet walk the ways of Earth.
O Flame! Thou art the coalescence of ALL TRUTH drawn forth. Thou art a living, breathing, powerful and palpable presence. Many men and women, many angels and devas from afar have breathed in thy radiance and then returned to the far-distant realms whence they came. They have also poured their momentum of truth into thee, o flame, and be- cause of their coming into thy presence, because of their spark of light and life added to thy flame, thou art greater! Thou art greater in each passing hour, in each passing year and as mankind grows in the knowledge of truth, that truth in turn becomes part of thee again, oh living, blazing presence!
O mighty Flame of Truth and Light!—O mighty concentrate of all that is good—I now speak directly to thee.
In the name of God almighty! In the name of the ascended Jesus Christ! In the name of mercy and of love, I speak to thee now, oh intel- ligent flame—everywhere on this planet where man calls for truth, I bid thee GO! Flash thy fire! Shatter the human concepts within the mental body! Remove and wash free all narrow and bigoted ideas within that mental form! Sweep the emotional body free from all impurities! Wash from the etheric body all those human concepts that have been builded century after century! O flame of truth, flash through the flesh form and remove from the outer mind all capacity to accept imperfection! Beloved Flame of Truth, thou which art the servant of the “I AM,” go forth now—go North! Go South! Go East! Go West! And on the breath of those beloved ones who have answered the call of my beloved Maha Chohan, go forth now and give to mankind, everywhere, that truth which will bring freedom within their hearts, within their souls and within their minds. I call particularly for those who have answered the call of my beloved. They have asked to know truth. They have chosen to come forth from the masses and be stripped of every rate of vibratory action that is less than truth. Because they so desire it, oh mighty cosmic flame, give them now eternal truth and then expand it to cover all man- kind.
May this Cosmic Flame of Truth drive and fire, drive and fire, drive and fire, every human concept back into the sea of oblivion, bringing the will to do, the perception to know, the love to accomplish, the purity to bring forth, the concentration to follow through, the rhythm to stay with a manifestation until it occurs, and then the peace to sustain that which has been drawn forth.
In the name of life I speak tonight through the concentrated ener- gies of these beings assembled within this great Temple of Truth, and I ask you now, O Brothers and Sisters, as you stand and look upon this flame and as you breathe it into your very selves, send it forth to the “dark star”—send it forth to the mankind who mill about in confusion, wondering where they may find the doorway that leads back HOME.
O beloved ones, as I speak to you, concentrate within yourselves a beam of light from this magnificent temple and play it upon the Earth. Show each soul who is praying within itself, the way back home, and how to follow that illumination with the will to do, until that soul arises and comes home in harmony and freedom.
To You, O Mighty Vista, to You, O Beloved Raphael, to You, O Lord Sanat Kumara, to You, Mighty Lord Buddha and to you, O Mighty Sera- phim, assembled around this magnificent focus tonight—to you we give our honor and our gratitude for your great and mighty presence!
Beloved seraphim of Raphael's legions, as you send the mighty pow- er of those swords of flame into all bigotry and intolerance—into all those qualities that deny truth its opportunity—we ask you, with all the intensity of our being, to cause all persecution—religious, racial and polit- ical or in whatever form it may be acting—to cease to be.
In the name of the great hierarch of this retreat (Hilarion), who has dedicated his life to rectifying an error made long ago, we call that man- kind everywhere be illumined on the point that “might never makes right,” and that all persecution of every kind and description be ban- ished from the Earth.
May all religious orders that work for the good of mankind— metaphysical, occult and orthodox, Protestant, Catholic and Jewish— unite, and, standing shoulder to shoulder, a solid and conscious phalanx, dissolve Earth's shadows by the power of light. SEPARATENESS IS NOT TRUTH. In the name of life, beloved Raphael, as your legions use their
swords of flame,SEE THAT THIS IS ACCOMPLISHED.
To you, beloved students everywhere, to you who stand within the compass of our love and of our light, to you do we send a beam of our life energy straight from the Heart of the Temple of Truth. Truth is the full manifestation of your own Holy Christ Self. There is nothing less than the perfection which the beloved Jesus manifested—that is the fullness of truth. ARE YOU WILLING TO BECOME THAT? Whenever appearances arise that are less than truth, call to me and I will help you. God bless you, each one.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 8, 1955
Beloved Children of My Heart,
I am eternally grateful to you for responding so quickly to my re- quest to be a Comfort Flame in action, and for your heroic efforts in try- ing to remain within the center of your being, the only place in heaven or on Earth where you will experience that peace “that passeth the un- derstanding of the human mind.”
The association between unascended beings and the Ascended Mas- ters, beloved ones, is not fully understood EVEN BY THE MOST EARNEST CHELA. Mankind that starts out on the spiritual path becomes mentally intrigued when it first hears of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Then there comes a period of tremendous zeal, in an endeavor to make contact with some of this superhuman mankind. Much disillusionment ensues, many blind alleys are followed, and many of mankind, unable to attain this goal, are disillusioned at the end of a lifetime.
But, when once there stirs within the soul and spirit a desire TO KNOW THE WORK of the Ascended Host—that instant the individual comes under my supervision, then he or she is placed on probation and put under the care and guidance of some angel deva or spiritual being who can assist the lifestream, and who has the capacity to give assis- tance until the one is developed far enough to where he needs and re- quires more advanced instruction. We are naturally eager and desirous of securing individuals who have an interest in us and our work, but we are more desirous of making a conscious contact between the outer mind of those individuals and ourselves, because such an association is mature, and in its maturity it enables the chela to cooperate with us in- telligently, and to assist us in the fulfillment of the divine plan both for himself and for the planet.
It may surprise you to learn, dear ones, that SOMETIMES A HUN-
DRED EMBODIMENTS, OFTEN A THOUSAND EMBODIMENTS, ARE EN-
ASCENDED HOST, either through his own consciousness or another's. Then the first conscious association, the first word, the first visitation, the first parting of the veil, fills the chela with enthusiasm, zeal, and a tremendous acceleration of spiritual desire, but very often, alas, the proximity of the Master, the very naturalness of the association, the comradeship, soon becomes so “humanly natural” to the outer sense, that the chela loses the import of the partnership, and is inclined to “take for granted” the investment of the energies of a Divine Being. He
then is inclined to slip again into a lethargic state, wherein the ac- ceptance of such association does not draw forth the light which the
ORIGINAL CONTACT WAS DESIGNED TO MANIFEST.
Again and again have I seen this happen through the ages. THAT IS
UNDER ME MAY CONSCIOUSLY CONTACT UNASCENDED BEINGS. I find,
as a rule, that in their great love and generosity, they are bound to in- vest more energy than they get in return through the application of the chela and the disappointment to the Master as well as the necessity OF
CONCENTRATED SERVICE is such that wisdom has caused me to forbear often from allowing some dear and blessed being to reach a chela, even of great merit.
I speak of this because, in the designing of the “Bulletin,” it was my specific idea to create ‘A TIE THAT BINDS’ between my heart, my con- sciousness, and my presence, and every individual who found my words, my light and my energy worthwhile, and then I hoped on their return current, through the replies of the students, to further strengthen that bond, building for a day that is coming when mankind, the animal and nature kingdoms will require comfort more than I care to describe to you in words. The Cosmic Law demands, beloved ones, that the frail span between our lifestreams and yours be sustained BY THE ENERGY OF YOUR WORLDS,if the light, love, inspiration and divine comfort from our octave is to reach yours, because the conscious beam of your sustained attention, interest and energy provides the bridge over which our rays travel.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 15, 1955
Beloved Children on the Path,
When a Perfected Being focuses his attention on an unascended member of the race, there flows from the consciousness of the Master a steady stream of pure, electronic substance, which is filled with the feel- ing, the thought, and the very being of the Master directing the light ray to his attention. If you could, with the inner eye, watch the process when the Master chooses to pour his consciousness into the aspirant, you would see passing from the Master, waves of light and color, which flow into the four lower bodies of the individual, enlarging each one of those bodies, and also changing the color and tone of the energy re- leased by the chela. During this process, MUCH OF THE PSYCHIC AND
STUDENT,AND NEW HOPE FILLS HIS INNER BODIES.
If it were not for such a spiritual connection between Master and chela, the weight of the individual's accumulation of psychic substance would soon draw him back into the mass mind, because the heavy pres- sure of human creation around the Earth plane at present is more than the strength of any unascended being can pierce through unaided. It is this spiritual transfusion (so to speak) of the Master, that gives the add- ed impetus of courage, inspiration, strength, and love of the light to the imprisoned soul, which enables that soul to hold the pathway open be- fore him.
THEIR ATTENTION UNDIVIDED UPON THE ASCENDED MASTERS’ OCTAVE,
THE OMNIPRESENT HOLY SPIRIT OF GOD,THE ANGELIC HOST,OR ANY
MEMBER OF THE SPIRITUAL BROTHERHOOD, AS OFTEN AS POSSIBLE—
THE SPIRITUAL FOOD which sustains the interest of the soul and makes that soul a radiating center of inspiration to others. WITHOUT SUCH A
LINK, DEAR ONES, THE SOUL-SLEEP OF THE CENTURIES WOULD AGAIN
ENGULF THE PEOPLE OF EARTH.
The particular service of the Ascended Master is to intensify the light in the heart of the seeker, that its more powerful and expanded voltage might throw a greater radiance upon his path. The amount of light with- in the chela will determine his capacity to perceive and cognize truth, and the constant increase of that light, through the consciously- projected rays of the Ascended Master, represents the way and means by which the seeker's light may have sufficient intensity to enable him to find the object of his search, which is the realization of his own oneness with the Eternal Father of All.
As the traveler can proceed with greater ease when the light of the noonday sun illumines his pathway than during the night hours, when every crevasse and stone is shadowed over, so can the wayfarer upon
the spiritual path ACCOMPLISH HIS JOURNEY WITH GREATER EASE AND
SAFETY,WHEN THE COMBINED FOCUSED AND SUSTAINED RAYS OF THE
ASCENDED HOST MAKE FOR HIM A SPIRITUAL LIGHT ON HIS PATH,
WHICH SHOWS UP THE HURDLES,THE OBSTACLES AND THE STRAIGHT-
WAY.
The individual who seeks to proceed without the assistance of the Masters may do so, but then it is only his own soul-light that can guide him—which may be likened to one traveling through a forest in the dark with only the flickering, uncertain light of a penny candle—whereas one may proceed in safety with the light of the noonday sun.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 22,1955
Beloved Children,
All unascended beings must come to the place upon life's pathway where they become the master control of the energy of their lifestreams, sending it forth into the universe in a harmonious manner. This is the reason for which every man took incarnation, and there will be no hap- piness, no contentment, no bliss until each lifestream becomes the con- trolling power of the energy which is his life essence.
By calling to the Ascended Masters, to the angelic host and the pow- ers of light, they will anchor their energy into your inner bodies, and they will help you by radiating through you, their feelings, which will gradually transform and transmute the momentum of energy that you have gathered and qualified imperfectly.
There are very few unascended beings, at this time, in the Western Hemisphere who have mastered the energy of their lifestreams. Most people are endeavoring, according to their particular capabilities, to come to a point of harmonious expression. In the course of one's experi- ence, a person contacts not only his own discordant energy, but also that of the lifestreams around him. However, there is no point in becom- ing discouraged by the presence of disharmony, when all conscious stu- dents know that it is their duty and responsibility, each one, to try to harmonize, as much as possible, the thoughts and feelings of their own lifestream, and to give whatever they can of silent radiation to those in their vicinity.
The Ascended Masters and Perfected Beings are willing to ensoul
and canopy any lifestream who sincerely desires harmonious expression. They will clothe them in the fullness of their love and light, which will disconnect such a one from any unpleasant vibrations that may be di- rected toward them, and will also melt away the cores of disharmony that are liable to manifest as unhappiness and distress.
There is one established Law for unascended beings and all must remain on the path of experience, struggling with the results of cause and effect, until such time as the keynote of balance, love, light, harmo- ny, tolerance and understanding flow through the radiation of the ener- gy which each one has drawn directly from God, the Father, and for which each must render a personal and separate accounting.
Each opportunity you take to tune into the Masters, their words, their pictures, or their songs, gives us opportunity to pour down the necessary spiritual food, to sustain not only yourself, but also those in your locality. This is a more important service than the outer mind can
conceive, because OUR ABILITY TO HELP DEPENDS UPON THE SELF-
CONSCIOUS INVITATION that comes from YOU, and I am happy to say that since the human veil has been lifted, to some extent, through this inter-communion between our octave and yours, we have been given a wider invitation than at any time since the sinking of Atlantis.
However, because the human mind and heart have not learned per- severance and tenacity, it means more effort must be made by those who are aware of—and have faith in—our presence to make calls for the release of the amount of energy that the Cosmic Law requires for the illumination of mankind in its entirety. A call to the Ascended Host, be- loved ones, for humanity, not only increases your own soul-light a thou- sand-fold, but gives us an opportunity to render the service for which we have forsworn Nirvana.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 29, 1955
Beloved Children of the One Beneficent Father,
It is my privilege to offer this week, for your study and contempla- tion, an address delivered by my son, El Morya, Chohan of the First Ray, and Representative of the divine will of God to this planet, on the occa- sion of the recent Transmission Flame Ceremony, held in his beautiful retreat at Darjeeling, India (May 21st, 1955), together with the beloved Kuthumi's report of the activities of the same evening.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Ladies and Gentlemen, Friends of My Heart,
I bring you the greetings of one who is well pleased—well pleased— that among the men and women of Earth there are some willing enough to stand and ask for a knowledge of the will of God and to desire, when knowing that will, to incorporate even the most reluctant energies of their feelings into the divine pattern and tapestry of life, to make of this planet, Freedom's Star.
I would like, while I have the opportunity, and while all the Brothers and Sisters who have come to Darjeeling are honoring the Flame of the Will of God, to announce to the mental and feeling world of mankind the cosmic truth that the will of God for all created things is good, that there is no such thing as a negative aspect to the will of the All-Mighty God, who created this planet, who filled it with sunshine, that it may bring forth its magnificent crops, and who created the great seas and moun- tains for the pleasure of its people.
Disease, old age, disintegration, poverty and even death, itself, are in INSULT to a Father of Love who would not create a beautiful planet, and then will upon the dearest of his creations—the souls of men—those appearances before which the proud heads of kings have bowed, as well as the humble heads of peasants, under the superstitious belief that the infliction of punishment was the will of a God of love.
A human father, bound round as he is with karma and a certain amount of selfishness, wills only good for his children—a human mother likewise. These human parents would not will disease, disintegrating forms, the bent backs of age, the sightless eyes, senility and death upon
their offspring—HOW THEN, IN THE NAME OF RELIGION, IN THE NAME
OF TRUTH,CAN THOSE WHO PROFESS TO REPRESENT THE GOD OF LIFE
AND LOVE, WIPE ASIDE THE TEARS OF THEIR CONGREGATIONS WITH
THE STATEMENT—”Accept ye the will of God!”
In the name of the All-Mighty God, I say—this shall cease to be! Mankind must—sometime in the near future—come to an understanding that the decadent flesh, the erring senses, the ebbing flow of life, the
halting footsteps ARE A RESULT OF CAUSES SET UP BY THEMSELVES,
through the use of free will in thought, in feeling, in spoken word and action which, through the fulfillment of the Law of the Circle, return to their creators for redemption—and not place before the throne of the Almighty the RESPONSIBILITY for the individual and collective, the na- tional, international and planetary crimes which come back for redemp- tion.
It is my service in the Celestial Hierarchy to convince those WHO WILL TO KNOW,that the God who made myself, the Elohim, the Archan- gels, the seraphim, and the cherubim; who made the universe with its galaxies and suns; who made each one of you; who made each bird and
each flower—WILLED FOR EACH CREATED EXPRESSION THE MOST EX-
QUISITE PERFECTION—for a God that could EVEN THINK imperfection would be a travesty.
The will of God is for every man to be Master, a sun of freedom, the crown of the Elohim upon his head, the scepter of magnetization in his hand, the seamless robe of achievement upon his body, and the per- fume of holiness—which is the reason for his being—radiating out through him as a benediction and a blessing to all life.
Every woman was created a Goddess, a vestal virgin, guarding the Sacred Fire within the homes, through love, through understanding, through kindness—every woman a priestess at her own hearth, the heal- ing power flowing through her hands.
Every lifestream was created for this destiny—yet in hospitals, in mental institutions, in leper colonies, all over this green Earth, the le- thargic consciousness of the masses has accepted the appearances of decay and distress, calling it “the will of God.” When man, through su- perstition and persuasion by his superiors, accepts an imperfect condi- tion as the “will of God,” all effort to overcome ceases. The individual, lying down in the midst of his human creation, finds a certain solace and, forgive me, a certain spiritual pride in accepting the cross, the shackles, and the load, saying, “It is the will of my Father.”
You who have looked upon a cancerous wound, you who have seen a body attacked by leprosy—can you believe in your heart that such is the WILL OF GOD? that such is the will of the Father whom you have been taught is LOVE—LOVE INCONCEIVABLE—LOVE that has created you in its own likeness? Oh, my dear ones, look at your concept of God, straighten your spine, and recognize these human appearances for what they are—the spume of uncontrolled thoughts and feelings, stamped with the energy pattern of the individual in whose world they were cre- ated, sweeping out into the universe, collecting more of their kind, and returning into the mind and body of their creator, because this energy has to come back through the door whence it went out, for redemption. Remember that this energy returns in accordance with the Law of the Circle, and a man's karma may not necessarily be the returning energy of the present embodiment, but may be that sent out in the far distant past, because all energy sent out must return, sooner or later, to its pro- jector for redemption.
Now, through the grace of God, you have the use of the magnificent activity of the Violet Transmuting Flame of Freedom's Love. Therefore, calmly go about setting your individual house in order, and refrain from the tendency of enjoying the returning karma of another, LEST YOU TIE INTO THAT KARMA by your very enjoyment—for that upon which you allow your attention to rest, YOU DRAW INTO YOUR WORLD. Some man is handling today the results of misspent energy in the past, another man stands straight and firm, financially secure, and can afford (?) to look with scorn upon the individual whose karmic retribution is at hand.
I can but say with Jesus, “Let him that is without sin cast the first stone!” No man, until he is Ascended, knows all that he has done in the past, thank God, and many, even in the Ascended State, do not choose to look back. I do not blame them. However, those of us in the Celestial Hierarchy who are working with the mankind of Earth, have the unenvi- able position of HAVING TO STUDY lifestreams before we can proffer our friendship, comradeship, and assistance—because, even as steel is test- ed before it leaves the refinery, lest a weak spot be found when it is builded into some great edifice, and that weakness endanger the whole, so when a new pattern is set up in the minds and hearts of the Hierar- chy to bring truth to mankind—the lifestreams through whom they work, must be studied.
Just as you press upon a board before you stand on it to see if it will bear your weight, so do the Ascended Masters exert a certain pressure upon individuals, long before they even place their names before the Lord Maha Chohan, asking for an opportunity to reach them, and when those lifestreams are found, believe me, dear ones, we know every “knot hole” only too well. We know every strength, and every weak- ness, and how much weight it can bear, and do not think but that there are times when the pressure of human energy is so heavy that it takes our own hands and bodies to uphold the individual's weakness, until that particular crisis is past. As much as the Cosmic Law permits, beloved ones, we give—and ofttimes we entreat it for more.
I have represented to Sanat Kumara, Lord Maitreya and our Lord, the Maha Chohan, the logic which brought forth this present activity.
DOING IT—AND ARE GIVEN AN OPPORTUNITY, AT LEAST, TO EITHER
ACCEPT OR REFUSE COOPERATION WITH THE ENDEAVOR (THE BRIDGE
TO FREEDOM).
Intuition is fine, the inspirational way is magnificent, but man does
not realize what a complex creation he is, nor how many thoughts and feelings rise, like smoke from his etheric past, from his emotional nature, from his mental accretions, and from his desire for personal power and his own aggrandizement. Therefore, for the ONE pure enough to live within his own heart flame in communion with his God-Self and, through the intuitive faculties, to complete his course, there are BILLIONS that have no way of getting back home except through the stumbling, blind mazes of human creation, running up and down without ever finding the way out.
IT WAS, THEREFORE, TO HELP THOSE WHO (I felt within myself)
WOULD COOPERATE, THAT I APPROACHED THE KARMIC BOARD, the
Cosmic Law itself, and my superiors, ASKING FOR JUST A LIMITED OP-
GAGED, TO SEE IF SOME SMALL ENERGIES WOULD CHOOSE TO COOP-
ERATE WITH US. As I have told you before, even the great Maha Cho- han, himself, was a bit skeptical, knowing the travails and disappoint- ments I had endured on former occasions, when I had tried to bring cosmic truths to mankind—through their human prejudices, differing opinions and unbeliefs. Yet, I said I would try, and I have tried. I have reached your minds, your hearts and your feelings. I have made you my friend, and—because you are my friends—you have stood with us, you have opened the door through the magnetization of your decrees to the members of the Heavenly Host, and have drawn the words and the
power of beings, SOME OF WHOM HAVE NOT SPOKEN TO THE MANKIND
OF EARTH FOR MILLIONS OF YEARS.
This is what I desired to prove before the Karmic Board. This is a partnership in which men and women (karma-bound) and the God-free unite in one common purpose, that purpose so dear to my heart—TO
MANY AGES AGO TO SAVE HER AND HER PEOPLE, WHEN SHE WAS
ABOUT TO BE DISSOLVED BY COSMIC LAW.Sanat Kumara, Lord of Love
and Compassion, IS NOW, BY COSMIC LAW AND ORDER, RELEASED
FROM HIS VOW OF SERVICE TO OUR PLANET, AND WILL BE FREE TO
TWENTY YEARS OR LESS.
Beloved friends, I offer to the Karmic Board your many accomplish- ments in this new endeavor as PROOF to the Hierarchy that mankind— enlightened—WILL SERVE.
Thank you, and God bless you forever. EL MORYA
BELOVED KUTHUMI'S REPORT
Beloved Brothers and Sisters of Light,
Would that the beloved Morya, himself, could describe to you the beauties of Darjeeling, set like a great jewel in the great heart of India. India! land of mighty opposites—extreme wealth and extreme poverty. It is to this India that you now come, with your love and light. Hold her people in your thoughts of love and light and freedom when you think of her. India, beloved, America is loving you tonight.
As we approach the beloved El Morya's beautiful palace, the magnifi- cent doors, with the golden crest MR inscribed upon them, are thrown wide open in loving hospitality. We find the assembly hall already filled. Morya has had to resort to the same expedient as the other Masters in creating a vast amphitheater above his retreat, to take care of the great numbers of souls, incarnate and discarnate, drawn by the magnetic pull of attraction to the various Transmission Classes.
In the assembly hall, itself, the altar is composed of diamonds and sapphires, and the blazing flame of the Will of God stands upon it. In the amphitheater above, a replica of this altar has been erected, but of much larger size, made up of plain white and sapphire blue jewels, which are constantly emitting fire from their centers, so that this altar looks as though it were made of white and blue flame.
In the atmosphere above the planet stands the Elohim Hercules, who represents the cosmic force and fire of the will of God to this Earth.
All the members of the Celestial Hierarchy (with the exception of Sanat Kumara and the Lord Buddha) are in sapphire blue tonight. El Morya, himself is magnificent in this royal color, turban and all. Around his waist he wears a girdle of blue sapphires, and a gorgeous jewel of the same kind adorns his index finger, as he stands directing the action of the flame.
Many people have asked why I do not describe my own garments. The reason is, dear friends, that most of the time I just wear a long, plain, yellow robe.
The conscious chelas (present in their Higher Mental Bodies) wear, according to their rank, date of admission to the cause, and service, the color blue in its varying lighter shades. The somnambulant friends, who, by reason of some vague desire to know the will of God, hover about and become attached to the amphitheater, are in pale blue, shading into white.
The discarnates are also gathered here in great numbers, because of
our efforts to remove the remaining number of these spirits from the atmosphere of Earth. A goodly number from the compound are also gathered here in one section.
Now as we start the service, and you breathe in and out the essence of the flame of the Will of God, try to visualize yourself as part of this magnificent activity at Darjeeling, and please, dear friends, if you have a moment tonight or through the month, think of our beloved India.
Good night and God bless you, each one.
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 12, 1955
Beloved Children of the One Father,
“Consciousness” is a word that has muddled the minds of meta- physical students almost since the beginning of time by its vagueness of expression, yet every lifestream in and out of the flesh, and every per- fected being in God's Kingdom, is but a “state of consciousness.”
It is a very simple and clear expression, when carefully thought through and understood. WHAT YOU ARE CONSCIOUS OF IS YOUR STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS. The man who is conscious only of the phys- ical body and the appetites and passions of the senses, lives in the state of consciousness of the animal-man, or what is called the BODY CON- SCIOUSNESS. The whole purpose of evolution is to develop a GODLY state of consciousness, in which the individual is only aware of that which is true and good and eternal.
When you come under the direction of the Spiritual Hierarchy, be- loved ones, we begin to feed your consciousness, just as you would feed a very young mammal with a “medicine dropper,” and IF THE MIND IS
OPEN TO NEW IDEAS,THE CONSCIOUSNESS BEGINS TO WIDEN. For in-
stance, you are aware now that there are other spiritual beings who are interested in man's spiritual progress besides the Master Jesus, you are aware of the activities of the Sacred Fire provided by life for the undoing of your misdeeds, and the Sacred Fire of Mercy, which can be invoked to change your human qualities. Thus, the students under this activity have undergone an enlargement of consciousness, in their awareness of a broader and truer vision of the universe and, to use an earthly phrase, have learned to understand “what makes it tick.”
When Jesus admonished the people not to lay up riches on Earth, he meant to convey to them that the only activity of any lasting value to the
lifestream's journey through the Earth plane was THE ENRICHING AND EXPANDING OF THE CONSCIOUSNESS, which would one day leave the body sheath for another realm, and again expand the consciousness in the new field. What a man does to perpetuate his body, his earthly fruit- fulness, the physical comforts of himself or others, is unimportant except as it allows the consciousness of himself or those whom he serves to be enriched and unfolded thereby.
Here you have a fine line of demarcation: If you do physical labor to satisfy the outer self and the consciousness of either yourself or those for whom you labor, and it becomes filled with selfishness or vanity, you have STOLEN AND USED GOD’S LIFE IN VAIN—but if you do physical la- bor to relieve or release another lifestream from the pressure of that la- bor, that their consciousness of God might grow, and you perpetuate a higher state of being in a series of lifestreams aspiring Godward, then YOU ARE SERVING A GOOD PURPOSE. Remember always, that man's only true service is to EXPAND THE GODLY CONSCIOUSNESS through ALL life, and this includes the three kingdoms simultaneously evolving on the Earth plane. ANY OTHER SERVICE IS A MISTAKEN ONE. If you will ask, beloved ones, for the Ascended Jesus Christ consciousness, you will find that much revelation and illumination will flow into your thinking and feeling worlds in a natural manner, that will be truly the greatest teacher you could have.
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 19, 1955
Beloved Ones of Light,
I have thought you might enjoy an account of the activities that take place at inner levels during the great ceremony preceding the initiation of birth. This scene is enacted each year in the month of May, WHEN ALL
FICE CALLED THE TEMPLE OF THE SACRED HEART, so named because it
is here that the hearts which hold the life spark of the physical bodies, in which these souls will dwell during their sojourn on the Earth plane, are blessed by the beloved Master Mary, which loving service to life has earned for her the title of “Universal Mother.”
I now offer you, in the words of the mighty Uriel, an eye-picture of what goes on during the solemn ceremony when these millions of souls take the vow of obedience to life, DEDICATE THEIR ENERGIES WHILE IN
EMBODIMENT TO THE SERVICE OF THEIR INDIVIDUAL GOD-PRESENCES,
and are blessed by various members of the Celestial Hierarchy, before they retire for a short while in preparation for the great initiation of physical birth.
As you read it, beloved ones, do not dismiss it from your minds as just so much knowledge given for your entertainment, but rather hold these souls in your prayers, asking that the proper parents, homes and environment await these hopeful hearts. They come from the octaves of light to serve mankind, but—with the bands of forgetfulness on their brows, many, through the homes and environments in which they find
themselves, DO NOT REMEMBER THEIR MISSION DURING THE ENTIRE
EMBODIMENT. Call for their awakening and illumination, and in this way you will be doing your share in helping to fulfill the divine plan for our beloved planet.
(Dictation given on May 8, 1955)
Beloved Friends,
Today we have the magnificent service which it is my honor to de- scribe to you—the service of drawing forth in the Sacred Heart Temple the millions of souls who will be called upon to pass through the gates of birth during this next twelve-month period.
Let me take you now on the wings of your own free consciousness, to leave for a little while the fetters of flesh, the worries of mind, the turmoil of human feelings, and—dressed in your seamless robes of white—be, not only spectators, but a part of the blessing upon those lifestreams who are coming into the Earth theater at a time when great strength and great love shall be required of them.
This Temple of the Sacred Heart is under the direction of the be- loved Mary, mother of the Master Jesus. Great fields of long, waving, green grass stretch out from the building in all directions, and immedi- ately surrounding it are gardens filled with all the beautiful flowers repre- sentative of those which bloom in your own gardens.
The souls destined for re-embodiment and dedication may be seen now, dressed in white garments, making their way singly and in groups through these pleasant meadows, and so we approach the temple.
As we come closer, we see the beloved Mary, whose service to life is to fashion the heart, the actual physical heart of the body in which each
soul destined for re-embodiment on Earth will dwell. She stands at the great open doors of the temple with arms stretched out in welcome, and is smiling as she looks upon the approaching souls, who are shortly to be born through pain into the world of form, WRAPPED IN THE BONDS OF FORGETFULNESS—bringing with them vows, talents, accomplishments, developed capacities and gifts which only God, alone, knows they will ever develop. She looks radiantly beautiful, robed in garments of soft, delicate pink, her golden hair lying loosely upon her shoulders. Upon her head is a wreath of small, pink violets.
At Mary's right stands the beloved Vesta, beautiful Goddess of our physical Sun, dressed in snowy white garments, a garland of white blos- soms on her lovely head. On Mary's left stands the Lady Venus, beautiful mother of love, robed in cerulean blue, flowers of the same celestial col- or adorning her long, golden hair.
Now, as these souls approach the temple, beloved ones, they are those who have been summoned for rebirth. In each year, so much of the karma that remains in the atmosphere of Earth must be dissolved; therefore, it is necessary that many of the lifestreams who created it must be sent back into the world of form, and be given opportunities to face conditions, and find acquittal for that karma. These are the ones who are SUMMONED by the Karmic Board and are reluctant to go.
Then there are the conscious chelas of the Masters, those who rep- resent the Chohans of the Rays and others who have studied at the temples in the inner spheres. These latter are filled with the blazing light of zeal and enthusiasm, that enthusiasm which you, too, once knew be- fore you found the flesh so heavy and reluctant. These are the souls who have applied to and petitioned the Karmic Board for opportunity to re- embody, and as there is no favoritism in divine justice, these also come under the law that out of every three applicants, two are rejected and one accepted.
Now, as we approach the ceremony, I would like you to stop and think, dear ones, and feel deep within yourselves what it means when you have lived in the “Elysian fields,” when you have looked upon the face of the Father, when you have felt the enveloping love of the angels, when you have seen NOT “through a glass darkly,” but face to face, when you have experimented with and completed some magnificent mu- sical composition, some daring invention, some glorious architectural temple, some magnificent religious contribution, or perhaps some politi- cal manifestation, and you stand in your full freedom offering your all to life—then to be born into this world of form a helpless infant without
even the gift of focused sight, working by sense, by instinct, coming gradually into possession just of the faculties of the body—what a deg- radation that is for a proud intelligence.
Sometimes a whole lifetime goes by without the soul ever getting conscious possession of the dream, the vision, the vow, for which the Lords of Karma allowed it embodiment—denying two others, who, per- haps had they come, might have had tenacity enough of spirit, selfless- ness enough of purpose, vocation deep enough within the heart to have done that which the one who came had left undone.
You, for whom the veil has been rent, you, who have enjoyed the Elysian fields, you, who have been reminded in the days of your strength of that which is your purpose and design, I say you are more fortunate than the millions who have gone before, who have stumbled in darkness and blindness, century after century, feeling in their hearts the unrest and the hidden knowledge THAT THERE WAS SOMETHING TO BE DONE, but finding no door of consciousness open to tell them what to do and how to do it.
May God grant that there may be some individuals still in embodi- ment advanced enough and interested enough to spark the light of the souls who stand before Mary today, and fan it into living flame when they reach maturity on the Earth plane—that they might be able to say with the beloved Jesus, “For this was I born, for this reason came I into the world of form—that I may manifest the truth.” May each one be able to pray within himself, “O! All glory be to the One Eternal Father, that his mercy has caused me to remember my obligations to life before the sands of my time have run out, while here is still breath in these nostrils, life in these loins, while I have yet strength and energy, the power of speech and feeling and the capacity to make things right!”
Oh, lovely ones, I have so often seen souls return who, like these standing here today at inner levels, had much light, which had been swallowed up by the riptides of billions of men and women's thinking, the effluvia of the age attaching itself to their various weaknesses, wrap- ping itself around them, until the day of opportunity had come and gone. Then, their brief time upon the stage of life past, their speeches unsaid, their compositions unplayed, their role unfilled, they returned home. Your poet spoke truly when he said, “Of all sad words of tongue or pen, the saddest are these: “It might have been.”
Oh, beloved ones, on behalf of those who come to Earth now, I ask a heart-prayer from deep within your being, that each incoming soul
shall be such a light and fire, such a presence, that within the course of that one Earth life, not only one, but millions of Christ Beings will be de- veloped.
Now, if you will notice, the seven Chohans stand within the center of the great group of souls who are seeking re-embodiment. As we de- scribed it to you last year, their formation takes the appearance of a gi- gantic seven-pointed star, each group looking something like the wedge of a great pie, the wide part forming the circle at the center within which the Chohans stand, each One confronting his own people, the formation narrowing outward until it reaches the point of the star.
Viewed from a distance, this great start-shaped formation of human souls presents a most magnificent aspect, each section appearing in the color of the ray under which it is developing. Last year, all the partici- pants wore pink, but this year it was decided that each individual wear the color of his or her ray, each of the seven great Chohans appearing in the deepest and truest color of his respective ray.
Every member of this vast concourse of souls faces inward, toward the circle in the center of the star where the seven Chohans stand facing outward, toward their people. Those closest in proximity to the Masters are the trained, developed chelas, who will be the leaders of the future, in their particular fields of endeavor.
Facing the Master Morya, mighty Chohan of the First Ray, are the great statesmen and governmental heads of tomorrow. These are dressed in deep sapphire blue, blending into the lighter shades as this section of the star reaches the outermost point.
Next, we have the beloved Kuthumi, great Chohan of the Second Ray. This Master is in deep gold, as are also his trained chelas in the first rows, who are the teachers and educators of the future. The gold in this section gradually changes to almost white at the point.
Facing Paul, known as The Venetian, beloved Chohan of the Third Ray, are the exponents of universal brotherhood, the utopia that is to manifest on Earth. In this group, also, are all those interested in the var- ious arts. The color of this section runs from the deep, deep rose of the Master and his close disciples, to the very pale pink at the farthest point.
Fronting Serapis, great Chohan of the Fourth Ray, are all those vital- ly interested in the resurrection and the ascension, the ones nearest to him, of course, being his trained chelas. The majority of souls in this class will gravitate to the esoteric circles of the future. This section is all
white, from the sparkling garments of those in front, to the almost egg- shell shade farther out.
The great Hilarion, Chohan of the Fifth Ray, is next. Both he and his trained chelas in the front row are in deep emerald green, graduating to the paler shades near the point. In this group are the future scientists, missionaries, men of medicine and inventors, the hope of the New Age.
In the next section we have the beloved Jesus, great Chohan of the Sixth Ray. His chelas are those who will work in the same activity as my own—ministration. In this portion of the star we have a two-fold color scheme—ruby and gold—the Master, himself, appearing in deep pink- ruby in honor of the Sacred Heart Temple, and beloved Mary, who is the presiding Master of that temple.
The beloved Saint Germain, Chohan of the great Seventh Ray, occu- pies the section between the beloved Jesus and El Morya. He looks mag- nificent, as usual, in deep royal purple, his chelas appearing in a slightly lighter shade. The balance of people in his section will, he hopes, feed into his activity in the days to come. This portion of the star presents a most beautiful aspect, ranging as it does from the deep purple to a deli- cate violet at the point.
In each section, a fairly wide aisle separates the “volunteer souls” from those summoned by Cosmic Law to fulfill part of their unfinished obligations to life by re-incarnation on the Earth plane. A great band of angelic beings from each of the seven spheres, clothed in the magnifi- cent colors of their rays, surrounds each section of the star.
While the souls in the seven divisions have been getting into place, and the seven Chohans have been taking their positions, a great band of mighty spirits has been convening in the very center of the star, to offer their blessing and encouragement to the departing units. These include the beloved Vesta and the Lady Venus, the Lord Buddha and Lord Mait- reya, the Maha Chohan with Pallas Athena, the Archangels and Archaii, the beloved Mary, beloved Portia, and many other Great Ones.
Following the procedure of last year, I will now ask the group to sing of the opportunities to serve offered on the Earth plane, which, coming from incarnated spirits, should give certain encouragement to those about to go thither (audience rises and sings “Opportunity to Call”).
Thank you, beloved ones. Will you now sing the “RESPONSE” in that beautiful consecration song, dedicated to the beloved Raphael? Please render this verse SEVEN TIMES. As you sing, each Chohan will have his
people bend the knee before the mighty beings at the center of the star to receive their blessing and benediction (audience sings “Consecrate me to Earth's great victory, Lift her strain and her stress, By Light's great happiness. Every heart sings, as our Raphael brings, Healing in his great wings.”).
Thank you, beloved ones. As this great ceremony proceeds and the activity of benediction enfolds everyone present, we have with us again the visitors from other stars and planets, volunteers, willing to take in- carnation on Earth for the purpose of setting the beloved Sanat Kumara free. They all stand to one side, their eyes like great luminous orbs and their whole beings brilliant with inner light. They wear shimmering robes of dazzling whiteness, studded with stars. The Karmic Board accepts very few of these great spirits due to the great sacrifice it would entail on their part. Last year a beautiful golden-haired Buddha was accepted and lives somewhere on Earth today in a child's body. May God protect
him. URIEL
Beloved Maha Chohan
July 3, 1955
Beloved Children,
This month, as we honor the Flame of Precipitation within the be- loved Lanto's retreat in the heart of the Royal Teton, I would remind you that this flame holds within itself every good thing that the heart of man could desire and that the manifestations of every conscious individual, whether they still walk the Earth or enjoy the glories of heaven, come through the use of this great gift of God.
It has been said, “Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man, the things that God hath prepared for those who love him.” Know you not, dear ones, that the glory of God's Kingdom is LIMITLESS; you do not deplete it by drawing it forth—rather do you add to its splendor, when you expand its borders through your conscious use of the power of precipitation, the flame of which burns in the secret chamber of your heart, and to which you have free access every moment of your lives. Call it forth, and command it to bring into manifestation for you the peace, the happiness, the health of mind and body and the prosperity which you desire, possession of which is your divine birthright.
As you study beloved Kuthumi's report of the activities of the
Transmission Flame Ceremony, will you go in consciousness to where this Precipitating Flame is exposed and active, and let it stimulate and expand the power of acceptance of its beneficent presence in your be- ings and worlds. USE THIS FLAME,I IMPLORE YOU, my children, and free yourselves from the limitations of the flesh.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved and Blessed Friends of Light and Love,
I bring you greetings and blessings from the hosts of heaven, the beloved Lanto and the Brotherhood of the Royal Teton, as well as their gratitude for your sincere and deep interest in these half-yearly councils where the Great Karmic Board meets to listen to the ideas, the petitions, the visions and plans of members of the Ascended Host who have dedi- cated themselves to the upliftment of the mankind of Earth, as well as to the petitions and ideas of unascended beings who are now consciously aware of these activities.
As I stood here this evening, my thoughts went back a FEW SHORT
YEARS AGO,WHEN VIRTUALLY NO UNASCENDED BEING EVER ATTENDED
THESE COUNCILS, OR KNEW OF THESE PETITIONS, OR, IF THEY DID,
WOULD HAVE THE AUDACITY TO PETITION THE KARMIC BOARD,them-
selves, while yet wearing the chains of karma in the flesh, and, more important still, before unascended beings stood in their inner bodies be- fore this august, impersonal, impassive body and actually CONVINCED them that there were embodied men and women willing to make great enough sacrifice that dispensations, grants, and gifts of mercy, for which petitions have been made for thousands of years without success, have been handed down within the period of the LAST THREE YEARS in such proportion that it certainly makes our Earth a happier place from the inner standpoint, and as that radiation flows, a happier place without, as well.
As you proceed on your holy pilgrimage now to honor the Great Te- ton Gathering, each of you investing your time, money, and energies— nay, your very selves—in the endeavor, may the infinite blessings of the Lord Buddha, Lord Maitreya and the entire Heavenly Host go with you, and may you return rested in body, strengthened in spirit, and with a record of “work well done” written across your etheric body.
Tonight, we turn our attention Westward—to the Great Teton— where so many of you gathered one short year ago. We honor that
magnificent, natural cathedral, rising like a beautiful spire into the heart of heaven, and visualize over it that invisible ladder of light, down which Lord Michael walked, accompanied by the Manu and the children of the first root race who trod this Earth, so many long ages ago.
The Karmic Board has assembled ahead of their usual time this year, in order to attend the Transmission Flame Class. Their thrones are all constructed of deep, green emerald. On the back of each is a great jew- el, representative of the color of the ray to which the occupant belongs. The central throne, occupied by the beloved Portia, as spokesman for the board, is decorated with a large purple amethyst, the color of her ray. She, herself, is robed in the same deep royal purple. The other members of the board are in that exquisite Chinese green, in honor of the beloved Lanto and his brotherhood.
You will remember, we told you last year that seven great chambers had been hewn out of the mountain around the central chamber, so that now the entire effect resembles a gigantic sunflower, the large central room representing the stamen and the surrounding chambers, the pet- als.
The added rooms are closed, except on very important occasions. They are shut off by means of beautiful tapestry curtains, woven by che- las in Persia and India, with a picture of an Archangel and his Archaii in the exquisite colors of their rays depicted on each curtain, making seven in all. These figures are woven into each side of the curtains so that when they are drawn back from the center, as they are tonight, you see the beautiful Archangel figures seeming to guard the entrance to each of these seven chambers.
The great altar is in Chinese ivory, and around its base are plaques on which the story of creation is featured in embossed gold. First you see the coming of Lord Michael and the first Manu, with his people, next the second Manu with his people, and after that the third. The frieze is not completed, as only the first, second and third root races have com- pleted their mission and returned home—the fourth, fifth and sixth still walk the Earth, while the seventh is yet to come. When all these have fulfilled their mission, the remaining plaques will be filled in.
The Hierarchy has presented the Brotherhood with a magnificent brazier of the purest jade, encrusted with emeralds, to hold the flame which is blazing high now, showing a center of gold with an outer radia- tion of green.
The seven Chohans, with their chelas and constituents, occupy the
side chapels. They are all clothed in the glorious colors of their respective rays.
In the central chamber are placed the thrones of Sanat Kumara, the Lord Buddha, Lord Maitreya and the Archangels. Three messengers from the Sun of Helios and Vesta are also enthroned here and thrones have been prepared likewise for messengers from the Great Central Sun, who, the council hopes, will attend before the assembly is dismissed.
Saint Germain is at the organ tonight, looking the very embodiment of music as he sends forth the delightful melodies of the inner realms. He also plays your Freedom Flame song.
The radiation around Sanat Kumara is tremendous. Already the room is filled with countless tiny duplicates of the Precipitation Flame, which will be catapulted over the entire Earth when the breathing activity be- gins. Accept them as a gift from the Lord of Life, dear ones.
God bless you, each one.
Beloved Maha Chohan
July 24, 1955
Beloved Children,
For our Transmission Flame Ceremony this month (July 16th, 1955), the angel devas erected over the beautiful Manor House in Transylvania, a magnificent amphitheater of a deep purple marble-like substance, studded with amethysts, sufficiently large to accommodate the vast numbers of visitors from the various realms (Ascended and unascended), who now honor us with their presence each month, drawn by their inter- est in what this activity means to the evolution of life on the planet Earth and its possibilities in hastening evolution on other stars.
The Archangel Zadkiel, in his glorious robes of royal purple, stood in the atmosphere over the structure, pouring his radiance over the entire European Continent.
Officiating as directors of the Freedom Flame, were the Great Divine Director and the Goddess of Opportunity (the beloved Lady Portia).
Saint Germain, himself, addressed the assembly, using the amplified energy of the flame to project his words into the consciousness of the gathered multitude, as well as into that of mankind in general, directing It particularly to the chelas in their various sanctuaries and homes, who
were turned into the proceedings.
In his discourse he stressed—forcibly—the power that lies within the flame that beats every human heart. Give careful attention to his words, beloved ones, for within them is the freedom that all mankind is seeking.
BELOVED ASCENDED MASTER SAINT GERMAIN speaks:
Beloved Friends,
I AM THE SPIRIT OF FREEDOM! I bring to you tonight a REMEM- BRANCE of the fact that you are FREE-BORN—free-born out of the bosom of the Eternal Father, invested with the same Immortal Flame of Life by which every God-Intelligence that has ever attained perfection won his or her freedom. Within your hearts is the flame by which the Archangels soar, in their passage from one sphere to another, to the realms of the Sun behind the Sun.
Within your hearts is the flame by which the Mighty Elohim of Crea- tion project their ideas into the manifest world. Within your hearts is the flame by which every sun god and goddess in the universe create and sustain their solar systems.
You are free-born, dear people, in the use of life and light, in the use of thought and feeling, which are your instruments of creation. You are also free to walk either in the ways of men, or of angels, and to trans- fer—through radiation and example—this freedom to others.
Through the atmosphere of Earth tonight, I CALL, in the great NAME OF FREEDOM, to every man, woman, and child, every angel and ele- mental evolving in one form or another on the Earth's surface—
YE ARE FREE-BORN! ARISE NOW AND ASSERT YOUR DOMINION’
THROW OFF THE SHACKLES OF YOUR INDIVIDUAL IMAGININGS! SQUARE
YOUR SHOULDERS! PREPARE TO WEAR THE ROBES OF FREEDOM! AND
TO YOUR FELLOWMAN! I CHARGE AND CHARGE AND CHARGE YOU THIS
THAT HAS EVER BEEN KNOWN OUTSIDE OF A RETREAT.
FEEL THAT FLAME REGULATE, FOR YOU, THE ATMOSPHERIC CONDI-
TIONS IN WHICH YOU LIVE,YOUR PERSONAL AFFAIRS,YOUR RELATION-
SCIOUSNESS WHILE YOU STILL WALK THE EARTH! THE COSMIC LAW
PLANET, WHICH IS DESTINED BY SANAT KUMARA TO BE FREEDOM’S
STAR,BUT YOU ARE ALSO MY LIPS,MY VOICE,MY MESSAGE.YOU ARE
MANKIND,BY YOUR WORD AND EXAMPLE,THE FREEDOM THAT IS WITH-
IN THE VIOLET RAY. UPON YOU I DEPEND FOR THAT FREEDOM EX-
PRESSED.
Now, beloved friends, with your permission, I will give you an object lesson on the power of precipitation:
First, you must realize that in order to become masters of energy, it is necessary TO USE THE INSTRUMENTS OF POWER with which we were endowed in the beginning, to both draw and dispense energy. These powers, beloved ones, are symbolized by the CROWN and the SCEPTER.
The SCEPTER is the symbol of the Rod of POWER. This is the same symbol that Sanat Kumara uses to keep this planet and its people from flying off into space. It is also symbolical of the Rod of Aaron, mentioned in your Scriptures.
The CROWN is symbolical of the RAISED CONSCIOUSNESS.
Within yourself, the scepter is your POWER OF INVOCATION, the power of concentrating your energies in mental or physical invocation on the higher octaves, by which concentration the currents from above are drawn down and charged and charged and charged into the condition to be rectified.
At the same time, the heart and mind (consciousness) MUST BE- COME STILL LONG ENOUGH to let the Presence of God reveal to and through you, that which should be done in the particular situation which prompted your call.
All the power of the scepter is worthless unless there is a receptacle (crown) into which the concentrated energies may be released, transub- stantiated and prepared for dissemination to mankind.
The power of the crown is likewise worthless without the invocative power of the scepter.
When you combine the two activities—the power of invocation (scepter) with the quiet and reverent listening of the raised conscious- ness (crown)—you will have a completed operation, otherwise it is only half-finished, which is the main reason there are not more satisfactory results from calls.
You see, dear ones, if you are so busy with your “scepter” that your “crown” is in a constant state of motion, making it impossible for your brain to catch the message from above, WHAT GOOD WOULD YOU BE IN
AN EMERGENCY?
On the other hand, if you are busy visualizing ephemeral temples, flitting from cloud to cloud in a “personal escape,” not willing to draw down the light either from your Presence or from the angels, you have also “missed the mark.” It is the MIDDLE WAY ALONE that brings results and marks a safe pathway for your journey.
Beloved Maha Chohan
August 14, 1955
Beloved Children, So Dear to My Heart,
Will you please open your minds and hearts this day to the stream of love which I consciously direct to you from my own God-free heart and consciousness, which holds within it the desire of the Cosmic Holy Spirit (whose representative I have the great honor to be) for your full illumi- nation and freedom from all the limitation of the appearance world, through the authority of the Immortal Flame in your hearts, which is your real self?
Beloved ones, the cooperation on the planet Earth today between unascended beings and the Brotherhood of Ascended, God-free Beings,
IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN IT HAS EVER BEEN. The great Chohans and
all those who have taken upon themselves the responsibility of hastening the evolution of the race, are so cognizant and aware of the SHORT TIME given them in which to imbue, develop, and bring to full maturity every embryonic spirit capable of taking its place as a light bearer, that
they are STRAINING EVERY EFFORT IN THEIR ENDEAVORS TO ACQUAINT
MANKIND WITH NOT ONLY THE IMPORTANCE, BUT ALSO THE LATENESS,
OF THE HOUR.
The Earth people (incarnate and discarnate) are divided into seven types, and the Lords of Karma, themselves, have issued a fiat to the rep- resentatives of the seven rays (the Chohans) that they MUST, in some
way, SECURE THE COOPERATION OF THE MEMBERS OF THE RACE who
are evolving under their rays, that these people, through understanding and the desire to cooperate with life, may render all the assistance pos- sible, in the awakening of their fellowmen to the need of fulfilling their divine plan in the short period of time allotted for this purpose.
IN LIKE MANNER,THE SEVEN ARCHANGELS HAVE BEEN DIRECTED BY
OF THE ANGELIC KINGDOM,AND THE GREAT DEVIC LORDS HAVE BEEN
ELEMENTAL KINGDOMS.
It is what you may call a “COSMIC ULTIMATUM” to all those who took the responsibility of developing an evolution, and these beings, in turn, are pushing the outer representatives of themselves to their fullest capacity, inspiring them to do all that is humanly possible to make a per- sonable presentation before the Cosmic Law. So you will see, dear ones, that there is “hustle and bustle” in heaven, compared to which the “hustle and bustle” of the physical octave is as a straw before the wind.
That which is required of the awakened individual is simply that he abide by the Law of Love in his everyday existence, as was exemplified by the beloved Jesus at the beginning of the Christian Dispensation. In this way, he will encourage his fellowman to put on the garment of grace, as well as increase, by his own presence, the luminosity of the Earth, MAKING IT POSSIBLE FOR HER TO FULFILL THE FIAT OF THE COS-
HOLD HER RIGHTFUL PLACE IN THE SOLAR SYSTEM. Mankind, as a whole,
rarely recognizes a “cosmic moment” until after it has passed, and the Earth and her people are called upon to pass such an initiation at the present time. The admonition, “He that hath ears to hear, let him hear,” might be heeded with advantage by the present generation.
Beloved Maha Chohan
August 21, 1955
Beloved Children,
When an individual THINKS of an Ascended Master, the light ray, (which is his thought), proceeds immediately to the heart center of that Master's presence, with the same degree of accuracy that a telegraphic beam is directed from the wires to a distant city, or to a boat in mid- ocean. From the heart of the aspirant there flows forth a steady stream of electrons without number, and these form a beam or current, which connects the thinker with the Master's heart, and so provides a natural current over which the Master's assistance and radiation ride back into the life, the experience and the consciousness of the student. Thus, of- ten, in times of stress or strain, when one has not the time to phrase a specified request or requirement, the chela, by directing his attention to
the Master, can set up this connection with just a simple prayer or invo- cation, and the Master's light will return on that current of energy to give the protection, the illumination, or the radiation required.
If the student could realize how instantaneous is the connection es- tablished with the Master by his call, and the return of protection of- fered, he would truly know that the statement of the beloved Jesus, “Lo, 'I AM' with you always,” was more than a mere paraphrase of the words
“I AM.”
Once an individual, unascended, has the privilege of becoming cog- nizant of any group of Perfected Beings, the angelic host or the Spiritual Hierarchy, HE IS NEVER ALONE AGAIN, because he knows that every time he requires definite guidance or assistance, the response to his call will bring immediate help, and the Master's radiation will flow into his life and out through him, into the condition requiring assistance (if he is making the call on behalf of someone else).
If the students were to practice making this contact with the pres- ence of the Masters more often, they would find themselves much less influenced by the appearance world, and free from the terror and uncer- tainty that the outer world creates in the feeling nature, when they allow their thoughts to dwell on discordant expressions.
Many people have felt the instantaneous release of light by the use of just the NAME OF JESUS, and the ancient members of the human race were in constant communication with Sanat Kumara through the rever- ent repetition of that august title. The use of these holy names later be- came degraded into curses, but we are hoping now that the use of the words representative of the sacred titles and names of the Ascended Host may come again to mean a powerful and potent force in the lifestream choosing to EXPERIMENT with this portion of the Cosmic Law.
Beloved ones, in traveling life's pathway, upon which are found many obstacles due to past karma, it is a wise student who accepts the advice and guidance of those of us who have trod the same highway and successfully finished our journey. As one joyfully anticipates the visit of a well-loved friend, SO DO WE LISTEN FOR THE SOUND OF OUR
NAMES VIBRATING THROUGH THE ETHERS,WHICH TELLS US THAT SOME
THOUGHTS OF LOVE OR ASKING OUR ASSISTANCE,TO BOTH OF WHICH
WE INSTANTLY RESPOND.
Beloved Maha Chohan
August 28, 1955
Beloved Children,
Our beloved Morya acted as commentator on the occasion of the current month's Transmission Flame Ceremony, and it gives me pleasure to present his description of these activities to you. He also delivered a most timely and pertinent address on the PLANETARY CHANGES TAKING
EARTH’S AXIS, resulting, as you are aware, in hurricanes and other dis- turbances of a destructive nature on the Earth's surface, and he gave
ENERGIES OF THE STUDENTS, IN DECREES. This important address will go to you in next week's “Bulletin,” but now I know you are all eager to get the monthly report on the Transmission Flame Ceremony, so dear to all our hearts. But in the meantime, make your calls to the great beings who govern the elements, for the forgiveness, purification, peace, and cooperation of the forces of nature.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Let us now project our consciousness (see note) to the beloved Ve- netian's retreat in the heart of France. It is approximately two-forty-five in the morning over there, and the sleeping inhabitants are not aware of the friends from all over the world who have landed in their midst. Look for a moment with your mind's eye at the beauty of the Chateau de Liberte', home of our beloved Paul, and listen to the music and song of the magnificent choir, combined of the energies of the greatest artists of the musical world, as well as those of the Ascended Beings particularly concerned with the Third Ray.
The Chateau, itself, is ablaze with light, for the great occasion of the Transmission Flame Ceremony, which enhances the beauty of the marble columns, entwined with climbing roses, and see you the stars reflected in the shining water of the beautiful fountains and clear pools.
As we enter the great hall, I will ask you FEEL the pulsation of the Liberty Flame on the tessellated marble floor, coming from the subterra- nean chamber where It is focused. Feel the vibration of that flame, which has inspired every pioneer and patriot who has ever followed the Flame of Freedom. Feel the subtle radiation pulsating from within the heart of France, which inspired the pilgrim fathers and others to follow
their destiny to the new world of freedom. We will now ascend to the great balcony, where our beloved host greets us lovingly, and where many of the great guests of the evening are assembled.
The devic builders of form have erected over the Chateau an amphi- theater as large as the whole Continent of Europe, including Russia. This is circular in form and on an altar of exquisite pink marble in its exact center stands the Great Freedom Flame, pouring its radiation over the assembled guests. Above it, in the atmosphere, stands the Archangel Chamuel with the beloved Nada in attitudes of adoration and the be- loved Paul himself is now preparing the enter the heart of the Great Lib- erty Flame.
Around the flame stand the Ascended Masters, members of the an- gelic host, and the inner bodies of the chelas who have consciously pro- jected themselves here. These form a wall of protection for the millions of distressed souls from all over the planet who are calling secretly to the God of Light for freedom. They cluster close around the flame like moths around a candle, and their inner bodies would be singed, were it not for the protection given by the Spiritual Hierarchy.
As the members of the Heavenly Host and conscious chelas pour the wealth of their consciousness into the flame, the glorious plumes of pink and gold and blue surge up into the atmosphere, and as the breathing activity commences, its radiation enfolds the entire planet in its liberating essence.
My love and gratitude enfolds you, each one.
NOTE ON PROJECTED CONSCIOUSNESS: ALL THE STUDENTS PARTIC-
VENETIAN’S RETREAT, EITHER SINGLY OR IN GROUPS, PROJECTED ON
THE WINGS OF THEIR OWN FORCEFIELDS. THESE FORCEFIELDS, CON-
SCIOUSLY DRAWN OVER THEIR HOMES OR SANCTUARIES, AND BUILT
THROUGH THE ENERGIES OF THEIR CALLS, ACT IN EACH CASE AS A
ENERGIES ARE NEEDED, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE LEADER. WHEN
THE SERVICE IS RENDERED, THE STUDENTS CONSCIOUSLY ENTER THE
TURN TO THEIR STARTING POINT.
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 4, 1955
Beloved Children on the Path,
It is my pleasure to submit for your contemplation and instruction my beloved Morya's address, delivered on the evening of the Transmis- sion Flame Activity at the beloved Paul's retreat. ACCORDING TO YOUR
LEASE OF YOUR ENERGIES THROUGH YOUR CALLS, WILL THE PRESENT
THER TO THE EARTH OR TO ITS PEOPLE.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Ladies and Gentlemen of Spirit,
I come to you tonight on the wings of love, for love has secured for me (through certain, gentle persuasion) permission to be your spokes- man this evening. I would like to tell you that of all the qualities I desire most in a chela, is that of Spirit, for the chela with spirit can become the chela WITH LOVE. From among the mankind of Earth, whom, as Chohan, I have the honor and privilege to represent, I have always chosen those lifestreams who have shown a momentum of spirit to become the “spearhead” of any activity, because their fire and enthusiasm are needed to break through the lethargic radiation of the masses, and cre- ate the fire and flame in those whom they contact, which transmutes that lethargy into LIGHT. In any important undertaking an individual MUST have spirit if he is to succeed.
In the past, in India and in the Orient, when looking over a great number of wild horses, I would always choose those with spirit—those which others would be of the opinion could not be broken to harness or saddle—those that I knew, WITH TRAINING, COULD LEARN when love and trust in their master were grounded in their hearts.
That love and trust, I shall, with the help of God, establish within the center of your beings, beloved ones, with such intensity, that when I speak, you know that which I give to you is the Word of the Eternal God and for the furtherance of the evolution of the race. I have no other rea- son for being but to interpret the will of God through the Great White Brotherhood, the angelic host, the elemental kingdom, and those few alert, free and strong individuals who have raised their heads above the masses and desire to know that will first hand.
Without a reason for being, an individual is like a piece of driftwood cast upon the current, and riding upon the prevailing tide. With a defi- nite reason for being, I have known individuals to even forswear the mercy and rest of so-called death, remaining for hundreds of years in one embodiment ONLY that the anchorage of their flame might carry the radiation and the power of THEIR REASON FOR BEING,into the mental, feeling, etheric, and physical substance of the Earth.
Beloved ones, you have done well. You have now the wisdom born of understanding. You have a workable knowledge of the Law. You are learning the mastery of invocation, builded through many years of self- less service, and you have developed the capacity to recognize the indi- vidual as being important to the whole race, in the new spiritual frontier that you face.
One day, upon my path, I, myself, learned the lesson that the indi- vidual soul, the individual heart, and the separate “selves” that made up my company (as part of an army), were important too. It was then that I began to emphasize and expand the capacity of developing and refin- ing the individual unit, and thus I learned that the power which I held within my hands was a thousand times more effective than the power I wielded before. That is the activity in which you are presently engaged, for the mankind of Earth (who are to be the light of the world) are these individuals, each part of the great whole, who must be cultivated and won—by kindness, understanding, and tolerance—into self-mastery. Each individual's flame as it expands through the understanding radiance of your word and example, becomes the light of the world—a part of the ransom to be paid for the Lord of the World. Working together now with all the power of your combined and determined tenacity and with all the power of your controlled will, blended in a pressure of love, tolerance and understanding, you will develop, individually and collectively, an even balance of that Immortal Threefold Flame which we honor tonight.
I AM DELIGHTED IN THE EXTREME, WITH THE EFFICACY OF YOUR
HOUR OF PLANETARY CRISIS. It has proven before the Karmic Board and before all the sons of heaven what unascended beings can do in wielding the power of their forcefields, and in the projection of a wall of light along the coast. The alert and combined group endeavors have done much to stop the onrushing waves and winds that have been created by mankind's discord. What you have done is a mere experiment and pre- paratory endeavor to that which you will do—and shall have opportunity
to do—in the days, months, and years ahead. In the meantime, I offer you the commendation of the most sincere and deepest sort, and this is from one not given to idle praise.
Beloved ones, you have been told we are in a period of world change. I would like to explain this to you so that your application, indi- vidually and collectively, may be more effective.
As the Great Cosmic Law requires the return of the Suns of the solar system into the Great Central Sun of the Galaxy, each Sun begins to regulate its centripetal force in order to balance the planets belonging to its system. The planet Earth, as you know, as been bent on her axis for many ages, and is responding now to the magnetic pull sent forth from the hearts of Helios and Vesta, which force is gradually straightening the
axis. THIS IS BEING DONE GRADUALLY AND WITH LOVING CARE, SO
THAT THE GREAT POLAR ICE CAPS WILL NOT BE VIOLENTLY DISPLACED,
resulting in the inundation of the continental surface of the planet.
This could very well cause the bodily removal of many of the chelas who have accepted our existence, before the efficacy of their service is made manifest. I know something, beloved ones, of the energy of each of us who has passed “through the veil,” and, believe me, not a little of that energy has been expended in making you aware of our presence. Therefore, we are eager to hold the advantage we have gained.
As there are rivers flowing through your great oceans in their own direct currents (like the Gulf Stream), so you have, in the atmosphere around and above the Earth, established currents of air. These are the air currents that the aeronautic profession hopes to utilize to carry the man-made satellites around the planet, by which they hope to investi- gate interplanetary space and to explore the heavens.
These channels of air are as well formed and flow as rapidly as any one of your great rivers. When the planet is moved the least fraction out of its orbit, the currents in the oceans are jarred out of place (you know how the Gulf Stream has changed course with resulting change in climat- ic conditions), and the air channels are jolted out of position, as well.
One of these great air channels, which has recently moved over the Eastern coast of the United States, now forms the corridor through which these hurricanes sweep up from the Caribbean Sea (where they are spawned)—creating havoc and destruction in their wake. As a bowl- ing ball runs down an alley, the sides of the alley holding the ball within it, so does the vortex of destructive energy (representative of the hate, anger, and lust of mankind gathered together by elemental life) rush
through this natural channel.
AREAS THREATENED BY THE RECENT HURRICANES,MANY OF YOU HAVE
OF THE ONRUSHING ENERGIES OF THESE STORMS,TRANSMUTING AND
OF EARTH, WATER, AND AIR. Now it becomes the responsibility of the interested students to move the air channel, which has become dis- lodged, and which presently lies across the Eastern seaboard, back into its rightful place. You can trace the course that previous storms of like nature have taken, and—if the actual channel of air over which they travel can be redirected and funneled into the upper stratosphere, where it can be transmuted and absorbed into a pure and natural element—you will save mankind and yourselves from innumerable battles with succes- sive storms and the tragedies that ensue from such storms of wind, sea, and earth upheavals (see note at end of address).
You have, within your own bodies, beloved ones, similar deeply- embedded channels through which the energies of life flow almost au- tomatically. It is as though the surface of your inner bodies were like corrugated paper. Each deep channel is the result of your repeated qual- ification of primal life with the same destructive rate of vibration throughout the ages. These expressions of human nature are what are called “tendencies.”
They form the channels through which the life magnetized by the Threefold Flame in your heart flows into the destructive expressions of thought, word, action, and feeling, which you so deplore. It is the same principle that causes water to flow through an already-created channel, rather than over a smooth surface. It is to remove these corrugated channels of destructively-qualified energy that we are dedicating our present endeavors. Then the primal life, magnetized by the flame in your hearts, will not sweep out etherically, mentally, emotionally, or physically before the conscious mind has had time to control, qualify and direct that energy harmoniously and constructively.
Even as a hurricane follows on an already-established path and man- ifests itself in destruction, so does the life energy of the individual follow the already-created channels in the inner or physical bodies, to the pe- riphery of their worlds. If there are tendencies toward temper, jealousy, discord, and other human qualities in your personality, primal life sweeps through these corrugated channels and acts before the conscious self of
the individual can control it.
Because of the greater powers you have voluntarily drawn and mag- netized, you have greatly increased the intensification of energy flowing through the channels of your inner and physical bodies—and the thoughts, feelings, words, and deeds which you would not express for the world are often manifest before you have time to check and subli- mate those energies. Be patient in your perseverance. Keep an imper- sonal attitude with regard to the inharmoniously-qualified energies of yourselves and others, and you will find that many of these embedded channels will be removed or at least “smoothed out” to some degree. At the same time, you are learning to consciously create new and construc- tive channels over which harmoniously-qualified energy will flow almost as automatically as the destructive expressions have heretofore. BE AS
LIKE THEM TO BE WITH YOURS.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING DECREE FOR ADJUSTMENT OF AIR CUR-
TION GIVEN BY THE BELOVED EL MORYA AS SET FORTH ABOVE. REMEM-
AXIS, BUT ALSO WATER CHANNELS AND THE CHANNELS BENEATH THE
SURFACE OF THE EARTH THROUGH WHICH THE GAS BELTS FLOW,
ERUPTING AS VOLCANOES, EARTHQUAKES, ETC. THERE SHOULD BE NO
MANKIND. RATHER, AN IMPERSONAL, BUOYANT BUT DETERMINED CON-
SCIOUSNESS SHOULD BE EVOKED AND SUSTAINED IN THIS SERVICE.
Beloved Presence of God, “I AM” in me, Holy Christ Selves of all man- kind, beloved Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Jesus, and all great beings, powers, angels and activities of the Sacred Fire! In the Name of the Presence of God which “I AM,” and through the magnetic power of the Sacred Fire vested in me, I decree:
COSMIC PEACE!
COMPEL THE PERFECT BALANCE OF THE EARTH AND AIR AND SEAS!
Beloved “I AM”! (3x) By Cosmic Christ Command! (3x) By Maha Chohan's hand! (3x) By Aries' hand! (3x) By Neptune's hand! (3x) By Virgo's hand! (3x) By All Who Govern the elements' hands! (3x) By Michael's hand! (3x) By Mercy's Ray! (3x)
I command it done today! I command it done to stay! I command it done God's way!
Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM! I accept it done today! I accept it done to stay! I accept it done God's way!
Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM! It is done today! It is done to stay! It is done God's way! Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM! Beloved I AM!
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 18, 1955
Beloved Children,
I bring to you this week a description of the establishment of the As- cension Flame at Luxor, as told by my beloved son, Serapis, who was entrusted to carry that flame from Poseidonis before the sinking of that last remnant of the Atlantean Continent.
Blessings and love
BELOVED SERAPIS BEY speaks:
We are again celebrating and honoring the Transmission of the As- cension Flame, which we have guarded at Luxor since that long ago era when Poseidonis sank beneath the waves. I ask you to enter consciously within your own forcefields, and travel with me in consciousness across the great Atlantic Ocean to Luxor.
Look down, as we cross the ocean that still bears the name of the
Atlantis we loved so well, long ago. You can see, beneath the waves, the tall minarets of the temples, the hermetically-sealed mansions of a civili- zation that prospered in the long ago, when you and I and others were priests and priestesses who endeavored to save that civilization and that era from cataclysmic action, which would cause the entire continent to sink beneath the seas.
ABIDE, FROM SIMILAR DISTRESS AND SIMILAR CATACLYSMIC UPHEAV-
ALS.
As we cross the Atlantic Ocean, feel your individual forcefields gently and gracefully settle upon the surface of the sea at the Straits of Gibral- tar. Let the radiation and the fully gathered cosmic momentum of your years of magnetization of the Sacred Fire of Protection and Purification flow forth from your forcefields over the North African Coast as well as the southern portion of Europe. We will move together along the blue waters, on the surface of the Mediterranean Sea. You have seen a spray of water that is thrown by a speedboat as it moves quickly through the waters, and that is a good picture of the radiation that is passing from your forcefields to bless this area.
As your forcefield stops for a moment at the mouth of the Nile River, some of you will remember that earlier journey when we brought the Ascension Flame in the brazier from Atlantis to Egypt. You will recall how we “spelled each other off” at the oars, rowing against time, knowing that a COSMIC MOMENT waits for no weariness of flesh, no doubt of mind, no fear in the feelings, nor any externalization of destructive kar- ma of any man who might be a part of that boatload of individuals en- trusted with the mission of carrying the Ascension Flame to Luxor.
We had to reach our goal despite any and all individual and collec- tive obstacles within a given time. How we rejoiced when we reached the mouth of the Nile, and knew we were at last within 500 miles of our goal! The tears fell upon our cheeks as, for a moment, we stretched our arms and flexed the muscles in arms and hands to relieve them from the pressure of service at the oars, which we had manned to drive our galley forward when the winds did not fill our sails and help us to reach our goal.
We thanked the God that made us, as we gazed at the still-glowing embers of that Ascension Flame, knowing that within its presence was the way back home, not only for ourselves, but also for all who would
lose their bodies in the sinking of Atlantis and who would again wait at the gates of birth for new embodiment upon the remaining landed sur- face of the Earth. Rising with renewed strength drawn by acknowledg- ment of our Source, we rowed up the river to Luxor.
I remember the commendable restraint of the members of our com- pany who, rather than rushing “pell mell” over the side of the boat as it rode at anchor, awaited my disembarking, carrying the brazier within which the spark of the Ascension Flame still burned. Then forming a dig- nified procession, all followed me ashore. We knelt about that flame which we had kept alive by our very breath, our prayers and application during the rainy nights at sea, during the foggy days, as the heavy winds beset our slight bark. As we thus knelt, pouring our love into the Ascension Flame, from the glowing embers new light grew.
At the same time, the great Nile swelled and the Earth shook. Each one of us remembered Atlantis—remembered the temples in which we had served, builded in such beauty and perfection, remembered our homes, some with grassy swards around them so spacious that the na- ked eye could not see the outline of the nearest neighbor's home in the horizon, remembered the friends left behind us, remembered families and loved ones, remembered other frail boats with brave priests and strong spirits who had sailed north, west, and south on missions similar to our own. Yes, we remembered, and while the spirit of hope burned anew at Luxor, a part of us felt every death pang and every pain of the sinking continent and her helpless peoples.
Through the ages, the Ascension Flame has endured. Some of you, in one embodiment or more, have felt the exultation and buoyancy that accompanies proximity to its light!
As you pass along the Nile, looking upon the great pyramids, the Sphinx, the ruins at Karnak and Luxor, think you upon the ages that have been. From your forcefields is pouring a spiritual essence which is acting to transmute the gas belts beneath Egypt, which have caused recent earth tremors. Your love, light, and attendance at this service will help to save Egypt and her peoples from great and devastating destruc- tion.
Look upon the etheric beauty of Luxor today! Luxor was once build- ed in the physical appearance world, as the ruins of her temples clearly show. LUXOR—HOPE FOR ALL MANKIND—tonight is a blaze of light! A great amphitheater is builded above it. In the center upon the altar, the seraphim have drawn the pattern of the Ascension Flame from the secret
temple. The beautiful seraphim, in flowing white robes, have formed the petals of the white flower as well as the golden stamen, which is its cen- ter. The Archangel Gabriel and beloved Hope now ensoul the stamen and will be the directors of this service.
The Great White Brotherhood are all dressed in snow-white gar- ments and the Brotherhood of Luxor wear white embroidered with gold. I shall now take my place with the group and we shall, I hope to God, give to you and all mankind a realization that from the Ascension Flame a spirit of buoyancy, hope, and new life can be magnetized into your own soul's experience. At the close of the service, a brother or sister from Luxor will accompany you home and be at your service for the 30- day period while this retreat is honored. They will help you to realize within yourselves that this flame is not ephemeral, but REAL! SO HELP
ME GOD—FROM NOW ON, I AM DETERMINED YOU SHALL REMEMBER
SERAPIS!
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 25, 1955
Beloved Children,
You are seeking the fullness of life in the ascension of your spirits in- to the realms of perfection in which you are destined to dwell. During this thirty-day period, when the Ascension Flame is honored, and the chelas are visiting the concentrated radiation of that flame at Luxor, I think it wise for you to ponder the FEELING of the ascension, as so beau- tifully expressed by my beloved son, Serapis Bey, in his address on the night of the Transmission Flame Service, in which you all so joyously par- ticipated. I give you below a transcript of his address.
Let me lovingly remind you that the word-pictures given for your study and contemplation by my beloved sons and daughters, who have attained the freedom you are so earnestly seeking, are not idly given. These addresses are thoughtfully and prayerfully prepared by them, when they are apprised of their opportunity to address you. Their words are an outpouring of their vital life energies, freely and lovingly offered, that you may take advantage of their experiences and example on the same path through the appearance world, that your blessed feet are treading today.
NO ONE,ANGEL OR MASTER,HAS EVER ATTAINED MASTERY WITH-
OUT HELP FROM THOSE WHO HAVE GONE BEFORE, which had been
drawn by earnest and constant prayers for help and guidance. Call, therefore, beloved ones, to your own indwelling Christ or to any member of the Heavenly Host with whom you may have an affinity, for the faith and constancy you need to hold your feet unswervingly on the path to which you have been led by grace.
Heretofore, your search for the kingdom has led you down many by- paths, but now you have arrived at a place where you must learn to rec- ognize the voice and radiation of the Good Shepherd (Cosmic Christ) as it vibrates through the words of the God-free, which alone can impart the “peace that passeth all the understanding of the human mind” and lead you unerringly to the door of that kingdom which is your eternal home.
Blessings and love
BELOVED SERAPIS BEY speaks
Ladies and Gentlemen,
I bring to you tonight the feeling of buoyancy, joy and gratitude that is within the Ascension Flame. I ask that you accept it deeply within your mental, etheric and feelings worlds.
Think, for a moment, of the feeling of relief and release as the elec- trons within the physical body begin to spin more rapidly—the vibratory action of the flesh form throwing off the appearance of age, distress, limitation and mass karma, the mental body freed from the obligations of the outer consciousness—of ties that bind the lifestream to the world of form, and the feelings removed which bind the soul to world attractions!
Think of the feeling in the consciousness, when the etheric body is purified to a point where it no longer retains bitterness, resentment and rebellion! Feel the gratitude of the soul when all these vehicles, standing in obedience to the spirit's light, are relieved of the necessity for remain- ing longer upon the shadow star.
Think of the feeling the instant the soul is sublimated, transmuted and transfigured into the Holy Christ Self, when the eyes are opened to the glories of the inner realms and the magnificent presence of the Mas- ters and the angels stand revealed to the sight, when the music of the spheres becomes audible to the ear and the rarefied atmosphere, in which only the perfume of harmony, beauty and peace abide, is breathed into the free spirit!
Think of the FEELING of buoyancy and gratitude experienced by eve- ry lifestream who has ascended, and you will get some concept of the fully-gathered momentum and the radiation and vibratory action of the Ascension Flame!
All the “Aves” that rise, all the “thank God's” that issue from freed hearts, the exultation of spirits no longer bound—all form part of the heritage and the momentum of that Ascension Flame. Every lifestream ascending upon its crest into like freedom, leaves within the Ascension Flame (which has helped it to rise) the FEELING experienced at the mo- ment of transition, adding to that buoyant gratitude of those who have gone before.
Think you of your anticipation of the homely things of life—your ex- pectancy, your joyous preparations for a journey where, for a few short days or weeks, you lay down the responsibilities and routine of everyday life and are able to enjoy new scenery, new atmosphere and a certain “abandon” from routine in that freedom!
THINK! This Ascension Flame is the fully-gathered cosmic momen- tum of God-energy, which forms the pathway back home into the heart of the Eternal, and which has been sustained upon the planet earth through the dedication of lifestreams who chose, even as the students today have chosen, to magnetize, sustain and feed that flame and keep it functioning through the physical appearance world, that it might be the stimulating, buoyant energy required to take every son and daughter of man HOME when he wearies of the enjoyments of the senses—when he finishes his course, fulfills his reason for being and stands at a point of personal evolution, where the ascension may be offered and he can accept it.
al knows when the purpose is completed for which the lifestream has entered physical embodiment, and only that Presence within the heart can give the authority to accept the glory of full liberation.
DISTRESS! Yearn not for the ascension as an open door to relieve your- selves of the problem and experiences of daily life, which are merely the INITIATIONS of the Resurrection Temple, brought, in grace, to your door!
You—and no one else—chose that reason for being, and you—and no one else—will know when you have fulfilled that service on every plane (physical, mental, emotional, and etheric). When you have written
across the substance and energy of this world, and the inner worlds as well, with the consciously-qualified energy of your own life, the manifest expression of your divine purpose, and you can say with all the dignity of a Christ, “It is finished,” then, NOT ESCAPE, but the victorious crown of victory, the seamless garment and the right to abide in realms to which you have fitted yourselves by service today, WILL BE YOURS!
Blessed hearts, let us be practical, extremely so, in our understand- ing of the activity of the ascension! You have been ascending for many ages! The ascension is not the matter of a moment's realization. THE
OF SERVICE AND AWAKENING CONSCIOUSNESS. Let us liken your vehi-
cles of expression (the mental, emotional, etheric, and physical bodies) to one of those magnificent four-motored planes which a pilot flies into the higher atmosphere for some specific purpose. A poor pilot, indeed, would he be were not all his engines well oiled, all his propellers in order and all the mechanisms of his vehicles ready through the kind offices of the engineers to whom is given the responsibility of that service. Then when from the front office the directions come, his plane is ready for immediate service and all he needs to do is move the necessary levers and the great plane gracefully rises into the sky and fulfills the purpose for which it was prepared. Are you ready?
Is your mental body (one of the great engines and propellers on which your soul shall rise) free from thoughtforms of worry and dis- tress—of distortions regarding the image of your brother? Is it free from the trash and accumulation of your concepts of the ages, so that when the signal comes to go, the “propeller” cannot turn owing to the very weight of that effluvia?
Is your mental body clear of human concepts, so that it is able to re- flect the divine pattern and plan of your own identity, as well as the di- vine image of your fellowman and capable of holding thoughts of a posi- tive and constructive nature?
Is your emotional body bogged down with depressions—with those negative feelings that rise from the acceptance of limitation, age and disease? Is it so heavy with displeasure that—should the great call for service come—your soul would have to ride upon three “engines” or maybe two? Is it ready, filled with the FIRE OF ENTHUSIASM, the positive consciousness of faith? the infinite illumination and understanding of light, the love for God and man? the purity in the secret places into which no one can see but yourself? Is it filled with the dedication and consecration of your secret energies to Saint Germain's Great Age and
Era? Are you filled with the feeling and desire to minister unto your fel- lowman and the strong conviction that the powers of invocation, mag- netization and radiation are yours to wield?
Are all these, the occupants of your feeling world, spinning rapidly in their orbits, ready at a moment's notice to move?
Is your etheric body clear of the hidden resentments and rebellions of the injustices of others toward you? Does it seethe with hidden hurts? Are there, beneath the surface of its cloak, memories that even you, yourself, know not of—of ages of battle and distress—that open like fresh wounds when lifestreams again come together under pressure of cooperative service? Or is that etheric body filled with memories of the light you saw drawn by Lord Michael in the first Golden Age, and the powers of conscious precipitation which you witnessed and in which you engaged, under the direction of Lanto and the Brothers of Lemuria?
Is your etheric body vibrant with the memories of the true priest- hood of Atlantis? Those days I remember so well—when the priests and priestesses held the connection between God and the people, even as you, today, uphold our efforts. These priests and priestesses were able to reach into the divine spheres above and draw forth, magnetize and radiate blankets of consecrated energy for the healing of millions.
Is your etheric body in this pure and positive condition—or, should a summons come—should Atlantis rise from her hermetically sealed tomb and come again to the surface—will your inner bodies be grounded by shadows and only ONE of your vehicles be available to assist us?
Is your physical body vibrant, alive, young, and vital? Has it devel- oped dignity and mastery through the years? Have you thrown off the vibratory action of the masses, refused and repudiated disintegration, disease and decay? Is your physical body charged with the power of en- durance that may be required to spend days or weeks without sleep, magnetizing light and ministering unto the homeless and confused? I would suggest that you examine well the instruments through which you must work!
Beloved ones, when we speak thus to you, we speak to stimulate in your feelings a realization of what you can become. Do not sink into a slough of depression and say—”These achievements are for others.” “Perhaps I have been born too soon!” or “For me it is too late!” IT IS NOT TOO LATE! DO YOU THINK YOU WOULD BE A PART OF THIS ACTIV-
AND THIS SPUR,IF YOU WERE NOT CAPABLE OF THIS SERVICE?
Even in the human realm, no kindly mature lifestream would spur an individual or an animal on beyond the capacity of that one's maximum possibility or achievement.
Blessed hearts, I speak to you individually. I spoke to you thus be- fore we left Atlantis—before we sailed under sealed orders: north, east, south, and west. Now you are again sailing under sealed orders—sailing in faith, with your scroll not yet unfolded within your hands, and you know not the hour or the day when you shall be summoned—summoned for great and cosmic service.
We will need your minds alert—your feelings calm—your etheric bod- ies peaceful and your physical bodies rested, vital and alive. LOOK THEM OVER! You do not need anyone to tell you which one or more of your vehicles requires assistance and development. There is at your disposal the power of purification and sublimation through the use of the Free- dom Flame. The use of the Violet Flame is the most magnificent mercy ever offered individuals outside of the retreats. It is yours to use. Do not be like the pilot who is left behind when his squadron flies on missions because his engines would not turn (because your inner and physical bodies are not ready).
Fly as one, oh children of light, into any emergency that arises on the moment! Practice, as you have done, in these smaller appearances of nature's upheavals. There shall come a day when you will remember my words! May you be ready!
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 9, 1955
Beloved Children of the One Father,
Radiation is a marvelous subject for contemplation! Every manifest expression in the entire universe, from the smallest molecule to the Great Central Sun, itself, is a radiating center of one kind of vibration or another. When you stand near a heat radiator in the winter, you feel the heat, although your physical sight, as a rule, does not see the substance that makes up the heat waves. You have felt the light and warmth from the physical sun in summer, and have enjoyed the fragrance of flowers, as well as the pleasing aromas that radiate from the food being prepared in the kitchen. All this is an activity of radiation.
All people radiate constantly and the substance that is emitted from
their various bodies affects all other people, everywhere on the planet. We are endeavoring, now, to bring every man, woman and child to a place where the radiation from their bodies is harmonious, restful and peaceful, so that their lifestreams, when they are in contact with each other, are uplifted, balanced, and enriched.
If you will remember that what passes from your body in thought, spoken word or feeling, affects all parts of life on the planet—men, women, children, animals, plants and vegetables—either for good or evil, you will, I know, endeavor to express and expand only that radiation which is as comforting and which is as healing as the light from the sun.
THE PLANET, AS YOU KNOW, IS PASSING THROUGH A VERY DAN-
GEROUS AND CHAOTIC PERIOD, and if we could DEPEND on your outer selves to hold a certain harmony, WE COULD USE YOU WITHOUT LIMIT
AND EXPRESSIONS.
From the heart of the Presence of each one of you, beloved ones, comes a stream of electronic light, which finds anchorage within your physical heart and forms there a pulsation of flame, which has been re- ferred to as the Threefold Flame of God.
From that flame within your heart there passes through all your bod- ies the electronic energy by which you live. That energy is the God- power that governs the universe, and that animates all living manifest form. Within that energy, which flows from the heart of your Presence, is the power of life eternal and the only healing force in the universe. There passes through your bodies, every second, enough of this elec- tronic force from God's heart to heal and completely free you and all mankind from every manifestation and expression of distress. You must, beloved children, like the rest of mankind, learn THE POWER THAT IS WITHIN YOUR OWN LIFE. When that power is allowed to unfold it will manifest through you in the fulfillment of your every heart's desire, and you will find yourself to be a perfect expression of the Godhead.
Note: Beloved Arcturus, in a recent address, stressed the importance
TY. The rhythmic outpouring of the Maha Chohan's energies and radia- tion issued by him weekly, without fail, is an example of his observance of this rule, and your rhythmic, systematic contribution to this service will be an example of your constancy to him. This makes the bridge between your world and his ever stronger and wider, keeping his peace, comfort, healing, and supply flowing back into your world.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 16, 1955
Beloved Children,
Every individual belonging to the human race affects mankind enmass by the nature of the thoughts and feelings that emanate from him. No man lives unto himself. Vibrations flow through the entire hu- manity of Earth within a period of a few seconds. (You know of the ve- locity with which the blood flows through the physical body.) The me- chanical and scientific worlds have proven the transcendence of time and space through the medium of the telephone, radio, and television. An individual speaking in New York is heard in China, Australia or San Fran- cisco at the same instant that the vibratory action of his voice reaches his New York audience.
If man understood that HIS SO-CALLED ‘PRIVATE’ THOUGHTS AND
BY AN INVISIBLE ‘HOOK-UP,’ and, furthermore, that these same thoughts and feelings affect the lives of all the people on the planet, as well as the animal and nature kingdoms, according to their quality, he would en- deavor to live more in accord with the principles expressed by the Master Jesus, whom a vast number profess to accept as their guide and exem- plar.
However, there is great hope, as well as great opportunity for ser- vice, in this oneness of the human race, because ONE INDIVIDUAL (with an understanding of the higher law and an upward-reaching vision) con- sciously holding a radiation of peace and harmony, can affect the whole race for GOOD. We see the opposite effect in a human body where even one drop of poison taken into the system has the power of incapacitating the entire organism. Also it is well known that a nursing mother, if she be subject to fits of anger, depression, or distress, can affect the health of her infant. It is for this reason that we, of the Spiritual Hierarchy, are so limited in our outpouring to individual chelas and to the masses, be- cause, while a chela might ordinarily maintain a certain amount of peace and balance in his mental or emotional body, if the cosmic currents were connected with his lifestream, SHOULD THERE COME A LACK OF POISE OR BALANCE IN THESE BODIES, the whole milk of human kindness would be poisoned.
You can see, therefore, that it would not be wise for the Masters to intensify the aura of individuals UNTIL THEY HAVE LEARNED TO GOVERN THEIR THOUGHTS AND FEELINGS, and also why it is requisite for Avatars to enter the atmosphere of Earth at certain intervals, that they may pour their cosmic peace and harmony into the inner bodies of mankind.
I would like you to help me with the experiment of becoming har- monious conductors to the mankind of Earth, beloved ones, if you will make the sacrifice of your personal selves by consciously holding peace and harmony in your mental and emotional bodies. IT CAN BE DONE!
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 23, 1955
Beloved Children of God,
During this month's Transmission Flame Ceremonies, held, as you know, at Kashmir, India, at the beloved Kuthumi's focus of wisdom, the beloved Lord Maitreya blessed the assembled multitudes both by his presence and his address, which he delivered before the beloved Kuthu- mi rose to give his report on the activities.
I give you below the beloved Kuthumi's address, which he opened with a tribute to his beloved Guru. Lord Maitreya's address will be the subject of next week's “Bulletin.”
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Master! Beloved Maitreya, Lord of Love! Would that the day were here when the veil of maya could be parted and your beautiful golden hair, your violet eyes and your shining Presence could be re- vealed to the physical sight of those who love you well, but are yet so bound in form that they cannot even imagine the fullness of such a visit- ation.
Ah, Lord Maitreya, teacher of Masters, angels and Gods, how long since you have visited lesser men! How long since your lips have parted and your words, that previously were addressed to initiates only, are given directly to people outside of the retreats! O, mighty Master! On this, the night when you ascend the holy hill at Kashmir to radiate your love to all mankind, you have yet taken time to enter into the presence of the students assembled here and give them, as well as all those gath- ered in their homes and sanctuaries, with hearts turned toward us, the energies of your beloved lifestream.
On behalf of them and on my own behalf, I extend to you our love and gratitude.
As I endeavor to intensify the activity of radiation so forcibly and powerfully released by my Master, there seems but little I can add to his words.
Tonight, we celebrate the opening of the focus of wisdom, where the Brotherhood of the Golden Robe have centered their attention for many, many ages. We call it the Cathedral of Nature, because we have no buildings—no ceilings to cut off the beautiful sky, no walls that would shut out the sound of the bird song or the fragrance and beauty of the nature kingdom in this, the Kashmiri country, which we have known and loved so long and in which many of you, too, have lived many times in ages past.
It is now early morning in India (7 a.m. Sunday, October 16, 1955), and the sun already kisses the tops of the snowcapped peaks of the Himalayas.
For the past twenty-four hours, the Brothers and Sisters of the Gold- en Robe have been gathering on the hillsides that lead down to the lake at Kashmir. There, gathered around their own Gurus, they have magnet- ized the Twin Flame of Illumination and Constancy, which is so much needed by the mankind of Earth today, particularly by those of you who are in cosmic service—illumination so that you may know what you are doing and why you are doing it, constancy, so that you may follow through to the end.
The illumination of the outer consciousness, the awareness that comes to the mind of the purpose behind all rituals, all decrees, all activi- ty that takes place, enables the individual, as well as the collective groups, to happily join in the ceremonial required to magnetize the gifts of the Godhead.
Where there is not illumination, there is reluctant energy, there is DUTY SERVICE, there is the service that comes through fear and super- stition. This shall no longer be! In the new age and era, under the direc- tion of the Ascended Master Saint Germain, it is the fiat of the Cosmic Law THAT MAN SHALL KNOW WHY he must purify his physical, mental, emotional, and etheric bodies, and to what purpose he must remain harmonious. Then there will be loving cooperation on the part of the aspirant. It is through the activity of our beloved Morya that we are en- deavoring to give the WHY of this endeavor to the outer consciousness of mankind.
While this Transmission Flame Ceremony is in progress, the great Causal Body of the Lord Buddha covers the entire Continent of Asia, like a magnificent rainbow. Within its center is the luminous Presence of the Buddha himself, seated in the Indian posture. Around the entire conti- nent also, just a little below the seated figure of the great Master, the builders of form have created a most magnificent amphitheater in topaz.
The beloved Archangel Jophiel and his divine complement, the beau-
tiful Archaii Constance, standing under the luminous Presence of the Lord Buddha, are drawing the magnetizing currents of the Golden Flame and Ray as the devas and builders of form create a golden lotus. Into the heart of this magnificent lotus I shall step at the moment the trans- mission of the flame begins and we shall direct the flame from Kashmir into the heart of Shamballa, on to Peiping and then onward on the track that you have traced.
Beloved ones, in this great topaz amphitheater are seated the inner bodies of all those who are seeking the light. You have no concept, in the outer mind, of the millions who are seeking illumination. Every indi- vidual belonging to this evolution, whether in the flesh or out of it, is seeking illumination on some particular point, each one on some subject pertaining to the ray under which he is evolving. I do not believe there will be one individual belonging to the planet, embodied or disembodied, who will not be drawn to this amphitheater to receive illumination on some problem, whether it be personal, national, international or plane- tary during this thirty-day period. Each one who has come to receive illumination will take back with him the quality of constancy, so that the enlightenment received may be held CONSTANT until it is fully manifest- ed.
Beloved ones, I want you to visualize and feel the flame of Illumina- tion and Constancy in the form of a golden lotus and when you in- breathe this flame tonight here, and during the coming thirty days, will you please insist upon the cooperation of your mind to think of what you are doing—drawing into your world divine illumination and constancy. Allow this flame to fill every cell and atom of your being. Why do we concentrate upon the form of the golden lotus? Because it is the focus of the Flame of Illumination and Constancy.
Some of you desire illumination as to how to set your financial affairs in order; some of you require it to help you decide wisely upon your life- work; some of you require it to help you regulate conditions in your bod- ies that are in distress; some of you require it in order to be more effica- cious in this activity—all of you require illumination on SOMETHING, be- cause your worlds are not yet full of light.
Now, may the blessings of the Brothers of the Golden Robe rest up- on you! May this golden lotus of Illumination and Constancy be an ever- lasting remembrance of a gift given! Accept it and use it! As I enter into the heart of that lotus flame, the beloved Lord Maitreya standing with me, we shall see that the world is illumined and made constant, in God's name.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 30, 1955
Beloved Ones,
I give you herewith one of the beloved Lord Maitreya's rare address- es, as given to the outer mind of men. His instruction is usually directed toward those who have already attained their freedom. Therefore, we were singularly blessed at the last Transmission Ceremony, when he chose to speak to the assembled multitude. His words, being part of the energy of his own life, bore the same radiation as if he spoke to each of his hearers individually and literally bathed them in the Twin Flame of Illumination and Constancy, qualities which are essential to the evolving consciousness.
Blessings and love
BELOVED LORD MAITREYA speaks:
Beloved Children of the One Eternal God,
I come this night to bring to you my love. You do not know; you cannot in the outer consciousness conceive, of the love of the Ascended Host for those strong and stalwart souls who volunteer at inner levels to form the foundation of a new world order, which will sustain the mass consciousness of mankind for a two-thousand-year cycle. You cannot fully understand the tenderness, the solicitude, the individual interest that we have in each such a one, particularly when we have seen you at inner levels (before the inception of a New Age and Era) standing in the freedom of your etheric bodies, with love in your precious hearts, with zeal in your souls, but yet with a portion of your individual karma unpaid and with certain traits, tendencies and habits of human consciousness not yet sublimated.
We know, when we grant you the opportunity of becoming part of the heart-center of a new movement, far more than you do, what you will be called upon to experience during the fulfillment of your service. We know how the pressures and tides of the Earth plane, as well as the emotions and thoughts of your own vehicles, coupled with the heaviness of flesh, will burden you in time to come. We know, after you have left the presence of the Karmic Board, when you have passed through the gates of birth; when you have assimilated, through family and national life, something of the nature of the mankind among whom you dwell, how much more difficult it will be to retain your vision, to sustain the constancy of your spirit and to have that faith—that endurance—which should sustain you to the very end.
Therefore, for every individual, from the highest Master, like Jesus, to the very least-developed consciousness who has volunteered and been accepted as a part of the initial impulse of a world movement, for each such one there is a special place in my heart and in the hearts of those who serve with me to bless the race through you.
Beloved and precious friends, the office of World Teacher gives the individual holding that office, opportunities of various kinds.
Since the coming of the laggards from the other systems into the evolution of the Earth, and the ensuing maya which formed the cloud between the Holy Christ Self and the soul, the World Teacher has not only had the responsibility of designing the particular religion which would best benefit the souls of men in a given age, but he has had the obligation, as well as opportunity, to concentrate the cosmic pressure of cosmic love in, through, and around the lifestreams who were to form, magnetize, sustain, and radiate the power of that religion, building it so that the succeeding generations might find it firm enough and efficacious enough to utilize in nourishing their own soul-growth.
So, to you, blessed souls in the diamond heart of Saint Germain's new endeavor, I bring all of that pressure of love which is mine to give. I bring it to you, individually, and I hope that deep, deep, deep within the secret recesses of your hearts, your souls, your minds, your feelings and your flesh, you will accept that love, which is an actual substance that helps melt away from you that effluvia of discord. It will help dissolve the resentments, rebellions and hates which form the etheric records of those discordant vibratory actions that have been set up through past association, one with another, when you have suffered individual rebuff, disappointment, and disapproval.
After the close of the September class, your bodies are so much more free from the pressures of the accumulations of the ages, that we are endeavoring to build in the vibratory action of the constructive radia- tion which is ours. My gift to you is LOVE—that love which I want you to FEEL. I, personally, as an individual intelligence, entirely apart from my official status, send you daily my love to warm your heart and soul, and that love from me to you is your eternal friends. Accept it now and use it.
You are never alone, beloved ones. Wherever your feet take you up- on the path of Earth, you are the earnest students of this great endeav- or. Wherever your life plan takes you, there flows a concentrated, conse- crated beam of my love into, through, and around you, for having the
courage to stand before the Karmic Board and before the Master Saint Germain and volunteer to come into embodiment, hampered as you were with limitations, and promise to do your best to assist him in his efforts to lift mankind.
Every one of you has done—and is doing—his very best. There are no half-way measures in your service. There is no lukewarm religion in your hearts. You have given to the utmost of the capacities of your en- ergies, according to your present development, and no Master, no angel, no, not even God, himself, could ask more. When a man gives his best— though that best may seem poor to another—to God and to the God- free, that service radiates the perfume of sincerity, both of purpose and design. To the soul who gives its best, that very endeavor forms the wings which raise and sublimate that soul into the Christ Self.
TION.We do not ask of every man the same maximum of endeavor. We accept what each one chooses to give—and you have given your best, the best that is in you, of your love and your light. I give to you, in re- turn, my love and my light, to sustain you through these days, when each of you (working in the orbit of your own world), is making effort to transmute the many returning currents of energy seeking redemption, which seem to press with almost frightening rapidity into the appearance world. I give you an anchorage of the flame of my love, to sustain you in your vow to God, to Saint Germain, and to the Hierarchy, to do your part to bring in the New Age, which shall manifest and express upon this Earth, to live long after your flesh garments have released you, and you stand again in my presence as God-free beings of power.
Think you that any religion—since those early eras when angels and Masters walked and talked with men—has been founded with ease? Ah, no! Every religion has been founded by simple and humble folk—by lifestreams strong in spirit—whose Causal Bodies had a magnificent ac- cumulation of good back of them, and who are inwardly dedicated and consecrated to the advancement of mankind. Those who serve us are not always the most highly-developed according to your earthly view- point, but those who choose in selfless service to offer their light to us— they are the ones who become the heartbeat of the new religions, as they come forth from time to time.
Because the humble people, the individuals with karma yet to be re- deemed, form that nucleus and have done so for many ages, we have had to provide, from cosmic levels, a certain pressure of love to enfold and sustain the unit made up of the component parts, lest the riptides of
thought and feeling and the tendencies of the lifestreams, who form the heart center, would destroy the nucleus of the new religion, before the anchorage of the magnetic power from the great Beings who are focus- ing their love through it, could be manifested and sustained upon this Earth.
You have heard a little about the beloved Cherubim Lovelee! I would like to elaborate upon her service for a moment, for your illumination and understanding. Ever since the World Teacher, (whether it is myself or the being holding the same office in eras preceding this), found it necessary to form a nucleus of a religious order to cover a two- thousand-year cycle, he has had to have the assistance of some deva, seraphim, or cherubim, whose consciously-protective radiation formed a canopy in, through, and around, not only the individual who formed the conscious contact with the Masters and the Godhead, but around the entire group who magnetized and held the protection, the faith and the love for such a one. These beings, of tremendous size and power, form a huge canopy of blazing light around the new activity, and from their bodies pass the individual rays that anchor it into the substance of the Earth and deflect from the world, the disintegrating vibratory actions of thought and feeling, which have been described to you frequently, and which run like riptides through the consciousness of mankind.
These individual beings, holding that cosmic protection, tie into the Cosmic Christ of the current era, (myself in this instance), and continue to draw in, through and around the magnetic center, the receiving cen- ter, and all who represent the heart center of the movement, that Cos- mic Christ love that sustains it, and sustains the unity among its mem- bers, to a point where the release of instruction and the release of radia- tion may continue.
The Lord Buddha had such a Cosmic Guard, and so did Moses. Do you think that group of undisciplined people, responding to the call of Moses and leaving Egypt, would have been sustained through their crossing of the Red Sea and through their years of journeying in the de- sert without some pressure of cosmic love greater than that which they had drawn forth—greater than that which Moses and Aaron and Miriam possessed? Think you that even the beloved Holy Family—the blessed Jesus, Holy Mary and the beloved Joseph, as well as that simple band of Christian disciples, could have sustained their radiation without the assis- tance of a Cosmic Guard and the radiation of the love of the Cosmic Christ? Oh, no, lovely ones!
The magnificent beings who have come and guarded and sustained
these activities deserve your recognition, your honor and your love. They came, like yourselves, voluntarily, and they have chosen to remain— sustaining the activities which they have volunteered to guard—as long as the beloved beings (the Master Saint Germain, the Master Jesus, or whichever being it is who represents a facet of a World Religion) choose to sustain that religious activity. Therefore, you have, in the atmosphere of Earth, a Guardian Presence for the Buddhists, for the Mohammedans, for the Jews, for the Christians, for Saint Germain's people—and those beings, through the radiation of cosmic love, hold them, as well as you, together.
I want you to know that the pressure of love which I am directing toward you is the substance of my life. Take it into your feelings, minds, hearts, and souls. Let is be for you the cohesive power to hold your groups together—that love which is more powerful than any disintegrat- ing, external or internal force of the outside world.
MAITREYA
CHERUBIM LOVELEE
Gift of the Father of Light to us all Cherubim Lovelee, You've answered our call; Coming to live on the Earth once again— Flooding your love forth to free and raise men.
CHORUS
Cherubim, pure, Cherubim true, Cherubim Lovelee— Thank you, for coming again! Cherubim health, Cherubim wealth, Cherubim gladness, Raise and illumine all men: Heal on Earth, through Love's rebirth, here and now anchor
ALL OF GOD'S PEACE FROM ON HIGH.
Our love to you, gratitude too, Cherubim Lovelee— And our love never shall die.
Cherubim Lovelee, come live in our heart— Making our world all the beauty Thou art. Teach us the way all the Great Ones have trod. Help us reveal ALL the Glory of God. Bless all our loved ones, wherever they are. 'Stablish o'er each one thy radiant star Lift and direct us—give boundless supply. Pour your love through us, to all we pass by.
Cherubim, we love you, now and for aye! Reveal thyself, with us forever stay. Help us to bring freedom's gift to each man In the fulfillment of God's divine plan
FINAL CHORUS
Cherubim true, we kneel to you, Cherubim hear us. Flood our dear planet with light. By your great love, from heights above, now purify her. Make all her people love right. Free all our land, we now command all freedom's blessing. Hear us! our hearts make this call. In God's great name, by Violet Flame, freedom possessing— Give God's ascension to all.
*THE CHERUBIM LOVELEE, TO WHOM LORD MAITREYA REFERS, IS
THE GUARDIAN CHERUBIM OF THE “BRIDGE TO FREEDOM.” (THE LYRICS
ICENT CHERUBIC BEING.)
Beloved Maha Chohan
November 13, 1955
Beloved Children of the One God,
The Christmas spirit begins to flow around the planet earth toward the end of November (Thanksgiving Day) and carries through for seven weeks, until the 12th or 14th of January.
The Christmas spirit is an outpouring of love, carrying the perfect qualities from the Masters, angels, and all the inhabitants of the kingdom of heaven. It pours over the Earth like a golden rain, composed of beau- tiful particles of light, each particle of which is like a nine-pointed star. The entire lower atmosphere of Earth, as well as all the bodies of the people living thereon, are enveloped in it. It increases in power until Christmas Eve, when its potent presence is most palpably felt, even by the most dense of outer minds.
To the outpouring of the Celestial Beings is added a tremendous ra- diation from the inner retreats and sanctuaries throughout the planet, under the direct guidance and guardianship of the members of the Great White Brotherhood, who serve in these holy places. Through the outer sanctuaries and churches throughout the world, we are endeavoring to
send forth our quota of God-consciousness to add to the universal light of Christmas, and through the bodies of the conscious chelas and stu- dents we have conductors through whom we may pour God's peace on Earth and good will to all men everywhere.
Will you remember now, beloved ones, that through the coming weeks, from now until Christmas (at least), I shall expect you to express the spirit of the Holy Season and be myself in action, as much as you can, in order that the outpouring will be worthy of carrying the name, the benediction, and the love of the Holy Spirit. When you, each one, have become the Spirit of Christmas in outer manifestation for that peri- od, it should then be a comparatively easy matter to preserve that radia-
tion PERMANENTLY.
At Shamballa, at Luxor, at Darjeeling, at Lake Titicaca, at the Cities of Saint John, and every retreat and sanctuary throughout the world where the Great White Brotherhood serves mankind, the Christmas wreath—representative of the universal spirit of Christmas—is already manifest in the upper atmosphere. These exquisite manifestations are foci of a constant outpouring of a ring of flame, qualified with the radia- tion of peace and goodwill to all life on this planet.
These inner retreats present a beautiful sight at this time of the year, when seen with the inner eye. There is no part of life on the planet Earth, from a lump of coal to a singing sparrow, that does not receive a Christmas gift of grace from each one of these holy places. This becomes a permanent part of the progress of that particular evolution.
Be sure now, beloved ones, that ALL of the God-life, everywhere, re- ceives YOUR personal gift of Holy Christ love to add to the cosmic radia- tion, at this blessed season.
The Beloved Maha Chohan
November 20, 1955
Beloved Children of Light,
It is my joy to offer for your comfort, this week, the consciously- directed gift of happiness, from one who is known in the higher octaves as the God of Happiness. You have been made cognizant of the fact that all of the great virtues are ensouled by beings who have qualified them- selves through the ages to become radiating centers of the great God- qualities, and the virtue of happiness is one of these.
Let me gently remind you, dear ones, that each of you is also the
guardian of a temple in which the Most High Living God dwells, and when you came forth from God's heart, you were endowed with a spe- cial virtue which you are obliged to nourish and radiate forth for the blessing of your fellowman. Ask your Holy Christ Self to reveal to you the particular virtue which is your responsibility to radiate, for this was the reason you were born, and for this you came into the world of form, that you should be “about your Father's business” now and fulfill your divine plan.
Address By Lord Ling, Known As Ananda, Disciple Of Lord Buddha. Prior To That Embodiment, He Was Moses
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
You, who have sought happiness for many ages, and you, who in this western world have been ensured of the right to “pursue happi- ness” through your law, it is my pleasure to inform you that now I have become the pursuer and you are the pursued.
I shall endeavor, in this capacity, to draw into the atmosphere of Earth the vibrant joy and happiness which is the natural atmosphere of the Ascended Master's octave, and shall use your inner bodies and phys- ical vehicles to direct the pressure and power of happiness into mankind at large, and into every manifestation of life where there are shadows.
Beloved ones, happiness is a most positive quality! It is a vibratory action that must be CULTIVATED by the outer self. Happiness does not just happen. It must be cultivated THROUGH CONTROL OF THE THOUGHT PROCESSES, through CONTROL of the feelings, through the CONTROL of the process of memory and through CONTROL of the physi- cal vehicle, as well.
It is time now that the student body come into the vibratory action which alone can bring individual, world and universal peace. It is time now for you to accept, within the cells of your inner vehicles, that vibra- tion of happiness which it is my joy and honor to offer you.
I represent the guardian power of all the happiness that has been drawn forth and radiated upon this Earth, as well as in the angelic king- dom and the Ascended Master octave. Every being above and below, who radiates the power and pressure of happiness, adds to the total of the fully-gathered cosmic momentum of that quality, which it is my re- sponsibility to direct back into the composite soul of the planet, as well as into the souls of those evolving upon it. Will you not help me now, beloved ones, by tuning up your mental and emotional bodies to the
receptivity of the idea that serving God and your fellowman can be a joyous experience—a way and means by which you can balance your karmic debts to the universe, as well as lightening the load of your fel- lowman?
Will you not let go in your etheric bodies of the accumulations of the ages, which you have drawn around yourselves? Let go in mind, feeling, and memory of those vibrations which keep you in unnecessary limita- tion? OPEN YOURSELVES to that pressure of happiness that the Masters bring and let go of that feeling of resistance which makes a wall between you and ourselves. Because you do not see the Masters with the physical sight, the outer self is inclined to take a rather lethargic view of the “communion of saints.” In this condition, the shell around the outer personality is such that very little of the gifts which are offered can penetrate through the free-will barrier. Yet, that human resistance is not a CONSCIOUS activity. It is more of an unconscious acceptance of things as they are, an unconscious acceptance of memories of past disappoint- ments and failures, that are held within the etheric body until the soul has become “bogged down” by the acceptance of the idea that life, for the most part, will proceed on an even tenor with no great rapidity to freedom.
Now, let us change all this, beloved ones! You are in the process of leading men and women from the darkness and bondage of ignorant thinking into the promised land of freedom and light. I know that posi- tion well! That experience is written into my heart, and because of that experience, I have asked that I might come and give you encourage- ment, with the wish that you may complete in HAPPINESS AND LOVE that which perhaps you now may be doing for DUTY’S SAKE. My own experience in the embodiment of Moses was not particularly a happy one, and my association with the beloved Lord Buddha in a later incarna- tion gave me an opportunity to develop the love which I had before
SACRIFICED TO DUTY.
It is therefore, my great honor and privilege, whenever given the opportunity, to direct to the founders and students of religious orders of every kind, the FEELING of that happy, joyous energy which is ESSEN- TIAL for salvation, because, beloved ones, even though one's mission may be accomplished and the work well done, if the cores of unhappi- ness within one's own vehicles are not transmuted and raised— somewhere, some day, some time, at inner levels or on the Earth-plane, one must learn the lesson that service (to comply with the Laws of the Kingdom) must be rendered in grace and happiness and LOVE alone.
Keeping happy, beloved ones, is not just a foolish idea. It is a disci- pline. You will be amazed at the laxity with which your consciousness has dealt with your lower bodies, and the tremendous tenacity that those lower bodies manifest in pursuing a course independent of your self-conscious direction. Watch the processes of your thought and feeling bodies and you will see if I am not right! If you can keep your mind free of one particular thought that causes you distress or worry, or makes you doubtful or critical for even one hour, you can do it for a day, and if you can do it for a day you can do it for seven days. If you can do it for seven days, you are free of it forever.
Watch your feeling world when you come in contact with people, and observe how it reacts when it is “crossed.” If you can keep your feelings happy for even five minutes, you can do it for seven days—and if you can do it for SEVEN DAYS, you will NEVER go back to a state of allowing your feelings to become turbulent because of any outer appear- ance. Keep the mind from turning back toward the etheric memories of past injustices. This is something that the students do not indulge in be- cause they are too busy, but individuals who have a great deal of spare time on their hands allow the mind to dwell on past distresses which add so much to the unhappiness of today.
In, through and around mental institutions and homes for the aged, you would be amazed to see the effluvia woven out of the memories of the etheric bodies. If it were not for the devas in charge of those places, the people who dwell therein would actually smother themselves by that radiation.
Call, beloved ones, to the Temple of Happiness, and let its radiation fill your world with joy and peace, then consciously project it forth to bless your fellowmen and all manifest life everywhere.
Now, in the name of the Most High Living God, I charge, charge, charge your mental, emotional, etheric, and physical bodies with the Cosmic Flame of Cosmic Happiness. Accept it and be free! God bless you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
November 27, 1955
Children of My Heart,
Once again it is my privilege and honor to offer you my beloved Ku- thumi's report on the Transmission Flame Activities held, as you are aware, this month, at Sanat Kumara's retreat in Shamballa. During the course of the evening, the beloved Lord of the World, himself, addressed the assemblage, and his most precious words will go to you in an early “Bulletin.”
May I be allowed to remind you, dear ones, that these weekly re- leases represent our very life energy, for which both you and we are held responsible by Cosmic Law—you for the use you make of them, and we for the release of cosmic energy without, perhaps, an adequate re- turn to life for its expenditure.
The laws governing life are much the same, above and below. For instance, at the end of a school year in your octave, a teacher is held responsible by the governing body of his institution for the result of his year's endeavors with his class. We, in the higher octaves, are also called to account before the Karmic Board, if our chelas and students do not show improvement in spiritual understanding and application of the in- struction we have placed before them.
I am happy to tell you, beloved ones, that the result of this year's harvest (comprising all our endeavors both above and below), drew forth the joyfully received words of commendation, “Well done!” from the Lord of the World.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen, Friends of Light and Love and Free- dom,
I greet you, again, on this wonderful evening when all of the Spiritu- al Hierarchy, having completed yet another year's service in the great cause of which we are all a part, return once more to the mystic, magic Shamballa, bringing with them their individual and collective “sheaves”—the harvest of the year's endeavor!
Ah, it is truly a festive place this night, as the laughter of the Gods, the songs of the angels and the music of the spheres mingle with the perfume radiating from God-free Beings, who are released for a short period of time from their individual responsibilities and obligations to
mankind and have come to be recharged, repolarized and refreshed at the throne of the great Lord of the World.
In elemental, human, angel and Master there is always the rhythm of giving and receiving. There is always the rhythm of entering into the heart of contemplation for the renewal of spirit and consciousness at the cosmic fount, and then drawing that service through the energies of the consciousness to bless and benefit the evolution on the activity to which that expression of life belongs. When the rhythm in the lower octaves is broken, there is a depletion, in the case of unascended beings or ele- mental life. It is to restore that cosmic rhythm, (which we in the heaven- ly realm observe), that we are bringing to your attention again and again
the necessity, the ABSOLUTE POSITIVE REQUIREMENT of UNDISTURBED
ADORATION AND CONTEMPLATION OF YOUR SOURCE in order to draw
those vital fires from your own Electronic Presence to revivify and re- energize your emotional worlds, your mental and etheric worlds and your physical forms. You are able to move forward, then, in greater service because of this contact with your Source.
Even the elemental life that makes up the substance of your house- hold furniture or that of any so-called “inanimate” form which you use, when disintegration has taken place, returns to the Sun for repolariza- tion. The elements that compose the physical body in which a soul is encased, as soon as the magnetic pull of the centripetal force is re- moved, are drawn back to the Sun for repolarization by the great angels and magnetic powers in charge of that activity. So, too, does the soul, (now that the veil of maya has made the creations of the outer world difficult to handle), through the mercy of so-called death, receive respite in the inner realms, in the fuller freedom of the etheric body which is repolarized, re-energized and prepared again for a new Earth life.
Likewise, in our kingdom, every twelve months, we are allowed the great privilege and honor of walking over that magnificent bridge of light into the heart of Shamballa, bringing with us not only the results of our individual service through the year, but also our energies and conscious- ness, and, in the radiant effulgence of the Lord of the World, we, too, are repolarized, revitalized and refreshed by proximity to his magnificent and radiant Presence.
Here, in counsel, one with another, we discuss our service of the past year. We bring our harvest, even as you are bringing yours, before the Lord of the World, and that harvest determines the amount of ser- vice that we are called upon to render for the coming twelve months. What we have done with the light given, what we have done with oppor- tunities offered, what we have done with the consciousness and capaci-
ties that we have had at hand, will be the determining factor in our as- signment for the coming year.
Therefore, in Shamballa tonight, you will find the lovely ladies (of the Brotherhood) with flowers woven into beautiful crowns on their heads or entwined in their long hair, and handsome gentlemen in their glorious raiment, wearing beautiful jewels of light upon their hands and person. You will find there all the joy of reunion, which perhaps you can slightly grasp in the reunion that you have with those you love at a holiday sea- son.
As the great Threefold Flame at Shamballa receives, within itself, the harvest of each one of us, from the smallest elemental that made the tiniest apple blossom, to the greatest Archangel who rendered service in dissolving the compound, it grows and grows and grows, until it be- comes a tremendous witness to that which every lifestream has accom- plished through constructive energy, within the year.
Beloved friends of light and love, you have done much—much within the course of this year! Most of it you have not seen with the outer sight, and therefore it is not fully recorded within the energies of your etheric bodies, nor fully accepted within your emotional worlds. Never- theless, you have done much to stir the energies of the sleepers' realm, you have done much to free lifestreams who have been impounded for ages, and you have done much, oh, so much, to dissolve and consume at inner levels (before they could take form), creations that would have burst upon the screen of life as catastrophes of many, many kinds.
Beloved ones, some of the individuals who were present at cosmic council when Sanat Kumara informed the people of Venus of his decision to help the Earth, offered to leave the vibratory action of that Star— where only happiness, harmony, beauty and perfection were ex- pressed—incarnate through human bodies, and grow up in the atmos- phere, climate, environment and radiation of a humanity which had sunk so low, that the Cosmic Law considered it no longer wise to sustain the planet, itself, in the system.
Think of that sacrifice! From the planet Venus it was easy to look upon this shadow star, but being willing to take embodiment upon her and become part of her evolution, so to speak, was quite another mat- ter. Yet, these people were willing to make that sacrifice, so that there might be a fitting place on Earth for their beloved Lord to dwell when he should come.
Now, remember, the original Shamballa was established on Venus and magnificent beyond all words to describe. In it dwelt the beautiful Lady Venus, beloved Sanat Kumara, beloved Meta and the other Kuma-
ras. From there they directed the government and religious activities of their Star. The people about to incarnate upon Earth had to imprint upon their consciousness and etheric bodies a picture of Shamballa as it was on Venus. Then, coming through the gross bodies of the people of Earth, they awoke to infant form. Having taken on the certain heritage of race and national karma, and having voluntarily accepted the “bonds of for- getfulness,” which are part of the heritage of this race, they had to grow to maturity, and begin to draw from their intuitive memories, the picture and design of the city they had left.
Drawn together by the bonds of interest in one cause, these people began the work of finding the right location for the beautiful city, which was to be the home of their Lord. Their next task was to find the materi- al of which it was to be built and by the labor of their own hands design, from the marble and stone, the vision which they held within their minds.
It was not very different from that which you are doing today. There were no clouds of celestial glory. There was no coming and going of visi- ble angelic beings—there was only the vision held within the minds of about one hundred people. You must remember, too, that they were not all born within the vicinity of the Gobi Sea. Some of them crossed great seas and continents, drawn by the magnetic pull of what they thought perhaps was a dream, hoping to find others of like mind and heart. They came together as strangers, from different families, of different races, but became bound one to another by this ephemeral dream. Then, join- ing their energies and believing in their vision, they commenced their colossal task.
More than once during that period of over nine-hundred years, be- loved ones, after they had built strong foundations for their temples, laid with care the wide streets, and planted the small saplings that were to grow into magnificent trees—more than once, when they had it all set out—great hordes of untrained and savage members of the human race descended from the hills and wiped out every living soul and all their work. When they came again into embodiment they found only the ruins of their dream and the pattern left, and they stooped and brushed away the rubble, and started again. Then one day, working against time, mind you, for there was a cosmic moment beyond which the great Cosmic Law would not allow the Earth any more energy, and Sanat Kumara would have to come whether they were ready or not, the city was com- pleted.
Finally, as you have heard, the great star stood in its perfect place, which was a signal to them of The Coming, and from Venus, the beloved
Sanat Kumara, having bade “adieu” to his beloved complement and to all of his people, descended into a temple so magnificent that the like of it has never been seen on the Earth before or since.
There, in the presence of that humble few, who had constancy enough to live—and die—and live again—and never give up a vision, there, he manifested the Immortal Threefold Flame of God, which you honor this night, and there began the reign of the Lord of the World. There began the great nucleus of the White Brotherhood, which has been the salvation of the race. There was established the magnetic force that drew, from the millions of sleeping souls of mankind, only a few, who, in turn, became the elder brothers and sisters who were drawn into Shamballa and sent forth again at various periods by the Lord of the World, to give the people of Earth the assistance they required in order to sustain them upon their upward progress, even unto this present day.
You think sometimes, beloved ones, (for we see clearly with the in- ner sight), that a comparatively few undeveloped lifestreams can scarce- ly be the foundation of a World Order! Yet it has always been thus (the humble, it seems, are always the believing). It is always the constant few who DO establish and DO sustain those activities which are of bene- fit and blessing to the masses.
Tonight, looking upon Shamballa blazing in the ethers, surrounded by a glorious sapphire sea, it would look to you like a glorious sun sur- rounded by iridescent colors similar to mother of pearl, that blend at their outer edges into the natural blue of the horizon. As you stand on the etheric mainland, waiting for the procession to begin over the etheric replica of that marble bridge, which once was a visible, tangible, physical reality, you will see the great beautiful minarets and the golden domes of the temples in the city. As you look upon that bridge, and see its intri- cate carving and the lovely colored banners that are waving from the statuary upon the top of it, think for a moment of how many holy and blessed and sacred feet have crossed that bridge to the Sacred Island.
The procession is starting now on the mainland, and will proceed in order of cosmic rank, toward the temple of Sanat Kumara, himself, in the heart of Shamballa. All of the laughing, gathered throng have removed themselves now, in silence, from the heart of the city, and are waiting for the presentation of the “sheaves of accomplishment.”
Those individual “sheaves” stand within the Causal Body of every lifestream, as I have said before, from the greatest Elohim and Archan- gel to the very smallest elemental in the procession.
Sanat Kumara, himself, waits within the heart of his temple for the coming of the harvest bearers. His successor, the Lord Gautama Buddha, has taken his place at the head of the procession. The Buddha wears, tonight, a magnificent robe of lilac-colored silk, golden sandals adorn his blessed feet and around his neck he wears a golden chain with the star of Sanat Kumara resting on his breast. His hair brushed back plainly, as usual, falls to a little above the shoulders. His serene countenance is lighted by just the trace of an inner smile.
Behind the Lord Buddha walks Lord Maitreya, who will be the offici- ating priest at tonight's ceremonies—Lord Maitreya, of the golden hair and violet eyes—robed in snow white, (symbolic of the Cosmic Christ), with a deep band of embroidered royal purple at the hem and sleeves.
Behind Lord Maitreya walks your great friend and my beloved Guru, the Lord Maha Chohan, in his usual Indian garments, a large amethyst fastening his white turban. Walking by his side, her hand lightly touching his arm, is the beautiful Pallas Athena. She wears deep, royal purple to- night, and wears her crown as member of the Karmic Board.
Next in order of procession come the beloved Chohans of the Rays— a Master representing myself as Chohan of the Second Ray.
Beloved Morya, in a gorgeous white Indian costume, walks first. He wears a deep royal blue cape thrown up over the left shoulder, showing a lining of some white glistening silk material, which matches his tur- ban—magnificent as usual.
Behind the beloved Morya walks my representative, in a robe of golden yellow. Then comes the beloved Venetian in a robe of soft pink, the color of his ray. The beloved Serapis comes next in pure white, wear- ing an Egyptian headdress of white. Behind Serapis walks the beloved Hilarion, also in a robe of white, but with a deep band of green at the hem and bottom of the sleeves, shading from the very deep green at the bottom, to the very light grass green at the top.
Next in line comes the beloved Jesus, in a robe of deep, ruby pink, accompanied by the beloved mother, in soft, azure blue, wearing a veil of the same celestial color over her long hair, falling almost to the hem of her robe.
Next in line comes the beloved Saint Germain in deep royal purple, looking like the prince of princes. Beside him walks the beautiful Goddess of Justice, in a lighter shade of the royal color, on her head the seven- pointed crown worn only by members of the Karmic Board, of which, as
you know, she is spokesman. They present a truly magnificent appear- ance.
The great Elohim now enter the procession. Tonight they have cho- sen to occupy a different place, for some specific reason. Here they come—mighty Hercules robed in electric blue, the great Cassiopeia in Buddhic gold, the beloved Orion in soft pink, the Elohim of Purity in snow-white, the beloved Cyclopea (Vista) in Nile green, the beloved Elo- him of Peace in ruby pink, similar to that worn by the Master Jesus, and the beloved Arcturus in the deep, royal purple of Saint Germain.
The Elohim each carry in one hand a globe, symbolic of the receptive consciousness, and in the other a scepter, symbolic of the power of in- vocation.
Following these mighty ones come the angelic host. Preceding the Archangels tonight are the seraphim, beautiful of face and form. As they walk they scatter multi-colored flame flowers, which not only cover the entire bridge with their radiance and perfume, but flow down into the sapphire sea beneath.
At the head of the Archangels walks Lord Michael, bearing his ban- ner, on which is embroidered a great golden sun, surrounded by em- bossed figures of the seven Archangels in exquisite colors.
Lord Michael is garmented tonight in a long, white robe, with a band of deep blue sapphire at the hem. A great sapphire fastens his girdle, and the golden band which he wears around his head. His shining gold- en hair falls to the shoulders.
After him come the other six Archangels with their Archaii, two by two, each pair dressed in the magnificent colors of their rays. (The an- gels, as you know, represent the feeling nature of the Godhead.)
Next come the various members of the angelic host, in their radiant garments of varied and exquisite shades of color.
Following the angelic host come members of the Great White Broth- erhood from the various retreats throughout the world. They have foresworn Nirvana in order to serve mankind. Many Initiates, who have refused their ascension in order that they might yet serve men in flesh bodies, come in their inner bodies.
Now, if you will join your consciousness with mine, we, too, shall walk over the bridge into the Sacred City. As we approach the temple, the sound of the great hosannas and magnificent oratorios resound through the air, and are wafted by the forces of nature over the entire
planet, steeping into men's consciousness, drawn in by the breath.
As we reach the great doors of the temple, we may see Sanat Kuma- ra standing by the side of the great altar, gently and lovingly acknowl- edging the “sheaves of harvest” as they are placed in the great crucible, by great and small alike.
The beloved Lord Maitreya, as celebrant, stands in front of the altar. He raises the censer in homage to the most high living God, and in lov- ing recognition of the services each member of the assembly has ren- dered through the year. Now, as the breathing exercises are about to commence, we must, each one, go to our respective places. God bless you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 18, 1955
Beloved Children,
During the Transmission Flame Ceremonies at Shamballa recently, we had the rare privilege of hearing from the blessed lips of the beloved Sanat Kumara, himself, an invocation to the Supreme Being of all life, followed by a brief address to the pilgrims on the path, which I offer you now for your spiritual edification and comfort.
It is our endeavor through the repetition of these addresses, deliv- ered by the God-free at inner levels, to connect your outer minds, be- loved ones, with the scenes and activities you enjoy while functioning in your etheric bodies. We are aware of the fact that it is very often the cause for distress and self-depreciation on the part of many of the stu- dents that they do not always bring back the memory of people, places, and events they have contacted while the physical body slept, but for your comfort, let me inform you that this apparent disconnection in the memory faculty is not necessarily the result of spiritual unworthiness on the part of the individual, but rather, is caused by the density of the psy- chic and astral substance which forms the atmosphere of Earth.
As this human effluvia is purified and transmuted into its own natural light element by the sacred love of the Sacred Fire, magnetized and drawn into the physical atmosphere of Earth by the conscious and per- sistent calls of the awakened members of the race, the pressure on the mental and emotional bodies of the people will be removed, the veil that now exists between the higher and the lower octaves will be dissolved, communion with the Heavenly Host will be re-established—and angels,
men, and elementals will walk hand-in-hand again as they did “in the beginning,” fulfilling their individual divine destinies through combined cooperation and harmony. It is to hasten this happy event on the planet Earth, beloved ones, that certain members of the Ascended Host have chosen to devote all their time and energies to freeing the God-life evolv- ing on this erstwhile “dark star.” Blessings and love
Beloved, Infinite Presence of God, by whose life I have being, I hon- or thee this night, as I stand within the atmosphere of the planet Earth!
I honor thee for giving me opportunity of sustaining this planet in our solar system!
This night, as the harvest of the year's energies are offered in thy name at the altar of this holy temple, I am thy least and most humble servant; for it is thou who hast given me opportunity to use thy life, thy Intelligence and all the gifts and powers of thy Being!
Let not thy children honor me, O Lord—for I, of myself—am nothing! Without thy light, thy intelligence, thy direction and thy sustaining ener- gy, I should be but unformed, elemental substance!
It is thou great, infinite source of all good—who has endowed me with self-conscious intelligence! It is Thou, to whom honor and glory and gratitude belong!
May the mankind of Earth come to know that service is opportunity to use thy great light, in whatever sphere life has placed them!
To thee, O great Star Venus, do I send my love and gratitude for all the energies you have given to sustain my activities during my exile here!
To you, O beloved and glorious Powers of Light, I am so grateful!
To you, unascended beings, everyone, everywhere, who have taken interest in my service, let me say—I AM SO GRATEFUL! SO GRATEFUL!
SO GRATEFUL!
BELOVED SANAT KUMARA speaks:
Beloved friends, tonight it is my opportunity and joy—my privilege and honor—to project into your consciousness the QUALITY OF ENERGY which is within my flame!
What is flame? And why does mankind shy from that word?
Flame is but a concentrate of life energy which has been qualified by some Intelligence, to act in a specific manner—a concentrate of energy qualified by the feeling-world of some self-conscious Intelligence to act in a specific manner. As that energy—magnetized, draw, and concen- trated—is CHARGED and CHARGED with a specific feeling, it becomes a FLAME which can and will enter into the energies and world of anyone who chooses to use it.
Now, the quality which I offer tonight to mankind, to elemental life, to imprisoned angels and to the planet itself is PATIENCE—the COSMIC FLAME OF COSMIC PATIENCE. Can you accept it in its fullness? Think it through!
What is patience, beloved ones? It is merely control of the energy of the inner and the physical bodies. It is the capacity, when treating any expression of life needing assistance, TO HOLD YOUR ENERGY IN PER- FECT HARMONY and then to project it forth according to the direction of your Christ Self, for the accomplishment of some good purpose.
You have been given an assignment on happiness! Now, in prepara- tion for the Holy Season, I give you an assignment—and that is—TO BE-
COME PATIENT MEN AND WOMEN!
Let me differentiate, for your enlightenment, between the quality of patience and that of lethargy or indifference! The PATIENT man is POSI- TIVE,POISED,POWERFUL. He does not allow his energy to go from him, either in thought, feeling, gesture, or word, until the God-Self has quali- fied it with ITS NATURE, and then, only, does it go forth in blessing.
All over this known world tonight—the waking and the sleeping— those who are aware of our activities and those who are not, as the Transmission Flame encircles the Earth, will be aware of the PATIENT FEELING which it has been my joy to develop, which has sustained me through the ages and which has brought me to this day. May my love and gratitude NOW enfold the beloved planet earth and its evolutions.
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 25, 1955
Children of God,
The beloved Sanat Kumara, in his address to the pilgrims at Sham- balla recently, answered the oft-repeated query, “What is the flame?”
The flame of God, beloved ones, has many aspects and many uses. It is the sacred privilege of any child of god, any time, anywhere, to fo- cus his or her attention on any quality of the Godhead and, through the power of concentrated love, to draw that virtue into manifest form, where it assumes the appearance of a flame, with color and substance, radiating the quality of the virtue it represents, out into the world to bless life.
The being who draws that virtue forth from the heart of God be- comes a “Lord of the Flame” and is responsible for its sustenance in the world of form. For, if he should allow his attention to wander from its adoration and contemplation, into some other activity, the flame which he has drawn forth will gradually recede, until it is finally drawn back again into the heart of God, the magnetizing power of the individual re- sponsible for its appearance having been withdrawn from its contempla- tion.
It often happens that one or more lifestreams, even unascended be- ings, are drawn through affinity to adoration of that flame, and these add to its size, power, and efficacy, just as the mighty rivers which water the Earth owe their power and might to the thousands of small rivulets that flow into them. Many times, as you are aware, beloved ones, sever- al of these great rivers will join their forces and become mighty water- ways, which bear great ships upon their bosoms.
The Violet Transmuting Flame—the forgiving and raising power of God—likewise had a small beginning, in the gentle heart of a soul dedi- cated to love and mercy, many long ages ago, when it became evident that mankind was headed toward the downward path. Since that time, beloved ones, many great souls, realizing its need, have poured their life energies into the Flame of Mercy, until now it has assumed cosmic pro- portions, and the knowledge of its presence has seeped into the outer consciousness of mankind through myth and legend in such representa- tions as the River Styx and other “fires of punishment,” at the other side of the veil.
This Sacred Fire of Purification is a very real and tangible manifesta- tion of God's love and mercy. It is a gentle, though powerful, application
of God's grace, administered without agony or suffering, which accounts for the feeling of good will and happiness that pervades the world around the Christmas season. It is also responsible for the desire on the part of humankind to make “good resolutions” around the first of the year, many of which are, alas, so soon abandoned in a return to the old ways of the flesh.
In the beloved Kuthumi's report of the Transmission Flame Activities at the Royal Teton, he gives a vivid description of this “mass baptism” administered to all of mankind at the end of each year. In order that you may avail yourselves of the opportunity offered, it is our desire that this portion of his report be placed in your hands as soon as possible. You may go in consciousness, beloved ones, and, standing in spirit beside that cosmic baptismal font—while the angels of mercy submerge the multitude of unawakened mankind—call for mercy and illumination so that, through God's grace, they may not don soon again the soiled gar- ments of the human consciousness.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Ones,
You might like to witness an activity that is taking place in the at- mosphere above the Royal Teton this evening—that of the annual sub- mergence of the multitude in the lake of Violet Fire—drawn here for this purpose, which is part of the mercy of the Cosmic Law. As you have been told, at the end of each twelve-month period, we come to a time when the Violet Fire, in overwhelming cosmic action, is allowed to dis- solve and transmute, in, through, and around the lifestreams of Earth, all the accumulation of discord that has been created during the course of
that year WITHOUT VICIOUS INTENT—WITHOUT MALICE—and THROUGH
IGNORANCE.
For that purpose, at the end of each year, there is created by the builders of form what you would describe as a lake, about a thousand feet in diameter, circular in shape and filled with deep, Violet Fire. Into that Lake of Violet Fire every soul, belonging to this planet, steps before the end of the year, and each one is literally baptized, one might say, in its purifying essence.
Now, this activity, for this current year, has been taking place for some time. The beloved friends who have been released from the com- pound through your calls, have already passed through it. Those who
have been awakened from the sleepers' realm and the last of the earth- bound are now ready for a higher training.
If you will watch with me for moment, you will see the white-robed figures of the angels of mercy, wearing deep bands of purple on the sleeves of their garments, standing all around the edge of this circular sea of Violet Fire. They are in groups of seven, each group divided by a space in which is a contrivance like a small dock, that runs down to the edge of the lake. Now, from the background, you will see the souls of men approaching, most of them in a somnambulant state, completely unconscious of their surroundings, but all drawn hither in their etheric bodies by the magnetizing power of divine love and mercy. As these fig- ures step upon the dock, each soul is approached by two of the angelic figures, who take it by each side, lead it into the Violet Fire and bathe it carefully in the flame, even to the head. This submergence of the entire body is performed very gently, three times. When they are led out, they are given into the charge of the angels of protection, who return the soul to the body, staying with it until there comes a certain sense of relief and release from the pressures of the past year. This baptism is not a “one by one” performance. Many souls are submerged at the same time.
When you come to the conscious chelas, however, you have, of course, the cooperation of the mental and emotional bodies, and these souls enter the Sacred Fire with a realization of what it can do. I am tell- ing you this tonight so that you may, while this activity of mercy goes on, bathe within this purifying fire, not once, but often. The angelic host will welcome you back as often as you care to come. There is no such thing in the Ascended Masters' realm as weariness, exhaustion or deple- tion in service. Every time you come for a blessing they are more happy than before, so just utilize the opportunity, beloved ones, with all the power at your command, and remember that the Violet Fire is there through the life energy of the beloved Kwan Yin, Saint Germain, beloved Zadkiel and beloved Holy Amethyst.
CAULDRON OF FLAME A THOUSAND BY A THOUSAND FEET? It takes an
almost limitless amount of concentrated power and attention to keep that Violet Fire at such a vibratory rate, that no matter what energy is passed into it, it never sinks below its purifying, sublimating state. One of these great beings is in constant attendance to render that service and assistance. That, beloved ones, is the activity of submergence and of purification and spiritual baptism that takes place at inner levels, of
which the earthly baptismal rite is but a faint reflection.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 1, 1956
Beloved Children,
These are busy days (and nights), not only for the children of Earth, but for the members of the Celestial Host, who have dedicated their free energies to the redemption of a planet and its people.
It is my pleasure to offer you a summary of the events that took place on the evening of the Transmission Flame Activities at the beloved Lanto's retreat in the Royal Teton, December 17,1955.
I would like you to feel, beloved ones, as you read our beloved Ku- thumi's report, that you are not merely WITNESSES of these activities, but that you are vitally interested as PARTAKERS, because if you were not, the Cosmic Law would not have allowed you the privilege of even enjoying them intellectually through the written word.
Join us here, therefore, as often as you can release yourselves from your earthly pursuits, dear ones, and let us proceed joyously and jointly with the very important business at and, which is the illumination of the outer minds of he mankind of Earth, freeing them from the slavery im- posed upon them by the human consciousness and raising them, through Christly thinking, into the freedom which is their divine heritage.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
I bring to you, from the members of the Great White Brotherhood assembled this evening at the Royal Teton, the blessing and benediction of this most Holy Season.
I have been asked by our beloved Maha Chohan to remind you of the tremendous acceleration of your four lower bodies, through the ac- tual conveyance of your consciousness to the Ascended Masters' retreats during the thirty-day period while they are particularly active. If you can understand this, and each one avail himself or herself daily of a trip in consciousness to the heart of the current retreat, and stand within that concentrate of flame, you may have, during that entire period, tremen- dous assistance in the purification of your lower vehicles, with the re- newal of their energy to a point where each one remains under the har- monious control of your indwelling Christ.
Now, beloved ones, a few years back, while those of you who were
interested in metaphysical and occult studies, might have been cognizant of the existence of the retreats throughout the world, where members of the Great White Brotherhood and the angelic kingdom are active during certain periods, when you laid your sweet bodies down to rest at night and entered some of these retreats, (as many of you doubtless did), you brought back little to serve the energies of your inner or outer bodies. Many of your experiences were in your Holy Christ Self, and a few of you, with more acceleration of the vibratory action of your soul-light, had the experience in your etheric garments.
But what happens now, when we go together in full projected con- sciousness into those retreats? Your outer mind, your mental body, and your emotional world enter into the vibratory action and presence of not only the Master in charge of the visitation, but also of the radiation and aura of the entire Celestial Hierarchy assembled there, and you bring that grace back with you into the orbit of your daily living.
Since the beloved Morya parted the veil of maya sufficiently to allow you to be taken to the retreats during the great festive occasions, when they are most active, you have been privileged in body, soul, and spirit, to witness activities that previously were known only to the very few ini- tiates who had attained conscious control over their outer selves to a point where they might come and go from the body at will. Now, in a certain degree of comfort, while still retaining your outer consciousness as well as control of your physical vehicles, without the necessity of trance or sleep, you are transported into the sacred precincts of those God-vested halls and homes where the Perfected Beings have drawn and radiated only perfection for centuries.
Beloved ones, can you for a moment imagine what it means to bring a group of untrained lifestreams, yet unascended, into such sanctified and purified radiation? Can you realize how much extra application is required on behalf of the Brotherhood in order to make possible even the transference of your consciousness? I think not! Yet, you are much more free than you were a few years back! You have stood on the mar- ble bridge at Shamballa! You have stood in the halls of Luxor! You have enjoyed the beauty of the Transylvania Retreat and the various other foci upon the face of the Earth! You have seen with the inner eye the Masters at work! You have even cooperated with their current endeavors through visualization, decrees and song. Therefore, you are, by far, more true children of freedom now than you were when you only hoped that
some sweet day YOU WOULD HAVE THE PRIVILEGE of CONSCIOUSLY
joining the Masters' service WHILE IT WAS STILL BEING ENACTED, rather than hearing about it long after it was over and written into the pages of
past history.
Our beloved Maha Chohan has asked me to remind you of that FREEDOM. Because it is evident that some of you, in certain confines of returning karma, feel that you are still bound and have not progressed far in the course of a few years. Yet, you HAVE progressed, beloved ones, for you have been invited to, conducted into, and entertained in the retreats which have been closed to the outer consciousness of man- kind for long ages. THAT is a gift of freedom—of that great Being whom you profess to honor and love—and who brings these gifts to you for your enjoyment and illumination.
I will have to retrogress a little in my description of this evening's ac- tivities, in order to bring beauty and continuity to the story, and so we will return to the fourteenth of December, when the closing of the cele- brations at Shamballa took place.
At Shamballa, you remember, the activity of joy and release and the bringing in of the harvest was the source of all the rejoicing of the multi- tude assembled there. In every retreat throughout the world, the Broth- erhood took turns in serving, so that every member of this vast organi- zation of servers had at least one or two days in that glorious retreat, where they could enjoy the vibrant presence of the beloved Sanat Kuma- ra, and repolarize and revitalize their energies in his magnificent aura.
As the harvest, made up of all the energies expended in service, prayers, benedictions and good works of every kind, was builded into the glorious, immortal Threefold Flame of Life, it was enclosed in a magnifi- cent tabernacle of light, and sealed by the Archangel Uriel, later to be transferred to the Royal Teton, where the festivities are already well un- der way. While this ceremony was being enacted by the beloved Uriel and his angelic helpers, Sanat Kumara was giving his benediction to the Elohim, the Archangels, the seraphim and cherubim, the great Chohans, the initiates, the conscious chelas and to every expression of life which had contributed some service (no matter how small) to the forward pro- gress of mankind. During this benediction, he expressed such magnifi- cent love and kindness that each member of the vast congregation re- ceived his concentrated attention and the warmth of his loving smile while he blessed them.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 2, 1956
Beloved Children of Faith,
God bless you for your accomplishments which have resulted in the most transcendent news heard by the Spiritual Hierarchy, conveyed by beloved Morya to Sanat Kumara on New Year's Eve, 1955, that SANAT
KUMARA IS FREE TO RETURN TO VENUS!
At this celebration of the Transmission Class, held at the retreat of beloved Lord Michael, the Archangel, on January 21, 1956, at approxi- mately 9:30 p.m. (eastern standard time), the BELOVED SANAT KUMARA
WILL CONSCIOUSLY TAKE LEAVE OF THE EARTH, ASCENDING UPON A
PATHWAY OF FLAME TO HIS STAR,VENUS,TO HIS BELOVED SPIRITUAL
COMPLEMENT,VENUS,AND TO HIS PEOPLE. Acknowledgment of his as- cent, with appropriate songs of gratitude and blessings to Sanat Kumara for his service, should be a part of this Transmission Class. THE LORD
BUDDHA IS ASSUMING THE OFFICE OF LORD OF THE WORLD,BUT SAN-
THE SPIRITUAL HIERARCHY,AND WILL RETURN TO THE EARTH OFTEN to
assist in the consultations and preparations of the Brotherhood for greater service in 1956!
After you have stepped into the flame of Faith on Lord Michael's al- tar, be among those sending Sanat Kumara home in love! HAPPY IS THIS
DAY IN EARTH’S EVOLUTION, AND YOU CAN BUT IMAGINE THE GRATI-
TUDE, JOY, PREPARATION AND ANTICIPATION OF THE PEOPLE OF VE-
NUS!
The keynote of the retreat of Lord Michael at Banff is the “Soldiers' Chorus,” from the Opera Faust (this is not Lord Michael's personal key- note).
Anticipating the joy of joining with you in this triumphant return of Sanat Kumara to his star, I am with love and blessings.
"The Bridge to Freedom," Inc. Supplement, January, 1956
RETREAT OF BELOVED ARCHANGEL MICHAEL,
January 15th to February 15, 1956
Located in the Canadian Rockies between Banff and Lake Louise, is the magnificent focus of the beloved Archangel Michael, defender of faith in God, and protector of the spiritual selves of the evolutions devel- oping in, through and around the planet earth!
When the first root race descended to the planet Earth with its Manu, Lord Michael and his spiritual court descended with them, both as a spiritual escort and as cosmic protectors of their light. As the gentle readers know, this conscious descent took place in the vicinity of the Grand Teton Mountains in Wyoming. Here, the Earth, wearing her fairest garments, woven under the direction of Virgo, Aries, Neptune and the Spirit of Springtime (Amaryllis), greeted the holy innocents, who had been chosen to be the first inhabitants of the Earth. These individuals were to develop within a fourteen-thousand-year cycle bringing the per- fection of heaven on Earth through themselves, individually, and increas- ing the beauty of the Earth by their presence upon it.
The great Manu, the spiritual guardians of this root race, the angelic host, the devas and the first root race mingled together, and had daily communication one with the other. There was no veil of maya, which hid the celestial glory of the Perfected Beings from the people. (For a more detailed description of this descent, please see the December 1952 issue of “The Bridge to Freedom.”
After the descent, the beloved Virgo offered Lord Michael and his company a place of abode designed by the builders of form and certain of the angelic host, in the vicinity of Banff. Here had been created a magnificent temple constructed of the most beautiful blue sapphires and diamonds, circular in shape, crowned with a dome of purest gold. Stand- ing lightly upon the apex of the dome of this gigantic temple (about five thousand feet in circumference) was a replica of the beloved Archangel Michael, created out of pure white diamonds, with blue sapphires for his eyes, and carefully-carved gold for his hair.
For many centuries the beloved Archangel Michael and his spiritual company used this temple, and many of the people of Earth visited it, absorbing the strength, faith, power, and desire to continue to do God's will through their own conscious connection with their individualized I AM Presence, with whom they had not yet lost the faculty of conscious communion.
After the Earth changes, the resulting sea of maya that shut away the glory of the divine guardians of the race, and the gradual develop- ment of destructive and greedy tendencies in the human race, many of the retreats of the Masters and angels were wisely drawn within the pro- tective surface of Earth, and surrounded with the mystic ring-pass-not of the Hierarchs and their priests and priestesses. The visible, tangible tem- ple of Lord Michael (as well as many others) was dissolved, and the etheric temple, which had formed the pattern for the physical temple, became the focus for this great Lord of Light and his angelic host.
Thus, today, those who are privileged to be invited to this retreat must attend in their etheric bodies, in their Holy Christ Selves or through the wonderful medium of projected consciousness, which is the method employed to convey the gentle readers to this retreat, opened to the outer world for the first time since the sinking of the continent of Atlan- tis.
There are four entrances to Lord Michael's circular temple. The main entrance is opened only for cosmic occasions, such as we celebrate at this time. Forty-nine steps made of deep blue sapphires lead up to the golden doors (forty feet high). On each door is inlaid, in similar blue sap- phires, two beings, representative of Lord Michael and his Archaii, be- loved Faith.
Within the temple, itself, the seats are arranged in a circular for- mation, with the diamond altar in the center, equally discernible from every point in the temple. Upon this altar burns the Blue-White Flame of faith in God! You are invited to enter this flame at will during this thirty- day period, and to ask for a member of this angelic order to be your dai- ly companion during your periods of meditation, contemplation, and spir- itual application, as well.
Welcome, beloved children of God, to the presence of the Spirit of Faith, and the guardian presence of that faith in God during this period! Bathe often in the essence of that strong, enduring, energizing, enthusi- astic energy and being! Your New Year cycle of 1956 will be stimulated by proximity to the beloved Archangel Michael, whose reason for being is to protect the spiritual spark in every man, to cut away the particular vices that the soul has accumulated, and to remove all distortions of truth from the minds, souls, and consciousnesses of this evolution!
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 8, 1956
Beloved Children of the One Father,
As we have remarked before, these are busy days, not only for the mankind of Earth, who are occupied taking stock and inventory of their material affairs for the past year, but also, more particularly, for the members of the Heavenly Host, who are devoting their hard-won, freed energies to the welfare of mankind, not only those who are working out their salvation on this earth plane, but also the discarnate members of the race in the psychic and astral realms.
Due to the importance of the activities which took place on the even- ing of the New Year at the Royal Teton, we have thought it wise to ac- quaint you, as soon as possible, with the thoughtform for the coming year, as well as with the names of the spiritual sponsors for the same period.
I have pleasure, therefore, in offering you excepts from our beloved Morya's report on the events which took place on the evening of De- cember 31st, 1955. The balance of beloved Kuthumi's report on the Transmission Flame Ceremonies will go to you in a later “Bulletin.”
In the meantime, beloved ones, let me urge you, with all the love and power at my command, to devote every moment you can spare from your material affairs, to the invocation of your own Christly nature, which is the ONLY DOOR to your freedom.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Friends,
The entire assembly of the Great White Brotherhood, drawn to the Royal Teton for this great occasion, is gathered together in the large audience chamber; all deeply intent on the activities about to take place, which include, among many others, the appointment of the spiritual sponsors for the Year 1956, and the reception and precipitation of the Thoughtform for the New Year, first by our beloved Sanat Kumara, and then by the entire assemblage.
The great altar, which occupies the center of the vast audience chamber, rests upon a massive white marble base. Upon this base they have placed a magnificent cross of sparkling yellow diamonds, similar to those which adorn the ceiling of the central hall of the Teton, and which make up the planets and the various zodiacal signs portrayed there. This
beautiful diamond cross presents the same appearance on all sides, so that its beauty may be enjoyed from every part of the room.
On this altar now blazes the Precipitation Flame (in green and gold) of the beloved Lanto, gracious Master of the Royal Teton Retreat.
As you have been told by our beloved Kuthumi, the base of the altar is square, four steps leading to the top on all four sides, so that there may be four celebrants at one and the same time. Two officiated on the evening of the Transmission Flame Ceremonies—the beloved Portia and Saint Germain—but this evening there will be four, as the sponsors for the Year 1956 bring in the Pink Flame and Ray, under which they all serve. This will be of tremendous assistance in the melting of discordant conditions in the inner bodies of the mankind of Earth.
There have been four spiritual sponsors appointed for the coming year, instead of the usual number (two). They are the beloved Archangel Chamuel with his beautiful Archaii, the beloved Charity, the beloved Chohan, Paul the Venetian and the beautiful Lady Master Nada. All serve, as you are aware, under the Pink Ray of Love Divine, and this fact in itself, aside from the increase in numbers, should portend well for the New Year that is at hand.
The ceremony of the coronation of the sponsors for the New Year is now about to commence. Saint Germain, as officiating celebrant, stands in his magnificent robes of state before the flame at the center of the high altar, and the beloved Portia has taken her place in the atmosphere directly above the flame. Saint Germain is now rising to take his place by her side. Both of these beautiful beings are bearing in their hands two crowns, one in each hand. These crowns are somewhat similar to that of the British Commonwealth, except that the centers are a delicate pink. Magnificent jewels adorn the bands.
The beloved Chamuel and Charity have ascended now and stand be- fore Saint Germain. They are in a prayerful attitude with hands crossed on the breast. They wear garments, of course, indicative of their rank, of an exquisite pink shade. The beloved Paul and Nada are ascending slow- ly. They also are robed in the delicate pink of their ray.
Now, as the entire assembly chants a magnificent song of praise—to the accompaniment of the music of the angelic host—the beloved Portia places the crowns she holds on the heads of the Archangel and his Ar- chaii, both of whom remain in a standing position. These Great Ones now move slowly to either side, and Saint Germain places the crowns of sponsorship on the heads of the beloved Nada and Paul, who assume a
kneeling position. Now, the four stand and clasp hands across the flame on the center of the altar, while the great Elohim Orion, from a position above their heads, projects mighty vibrations of the Pink Ray out over the vast assembly, and thence over the entire planet. The entire uni- verse seems to be all bathed in delicate pink this evening.
In the meantime, the petitions to the Karmic Board from ascended and unascended beings (which have been placed in a gigantic brazier) have been brought in. These form a blazing pyre now, which will contin- ue to burn long, long after your service here in the Western Hemisphere is closed for the evening. The essence that emanates from that brazier is a perfume resembling jasmine. It represents the holiness of the raised energies of mankind offered in loving service to their brothers.
Sanat Kumara, Lord of the World, Guardian of the planet Earth, now enters. He who has sustained this planet in its system, comes again to- night, in humility and grace, to receive the Thoughtform for the Year
- He comes forward slowly and majestically. First, he bows low be-
fore the flame on the altar. Then he touches the head of each of the four sponsors with his hand, and steps into the heart of the flame. The beloved Silent Watcher may now be seen high in the atmosphere. She holds the Thoughtform for the Year in her heart. Sanat Kumara, in an attitude of adoration, raises his consciousness to receive it. Then, as the entire assembly watches, he projects it forth and the assembly breathes it in. They then project it forth, in turn, for the blessing of the Earth and its people.
The Thoughtform for this Year of 1956, beloved ones, is a heart of Pink Flame, from the top of which blazes the Immortal Threefold Flame of life (pink and gold and blue)—symbolic of the love and balance of life.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 15, 1956
Beloved Children,
We will turn our attention this week to Kuthumi's report of the Transmission Flame Ceremonies of December 17th, which we interrupt- ed, in order to give you the Thoughtform for the New Year and the names of the spiritual sponsors, as recorded by our beloved Morya on New Year's Eve, 1955.
In offering you these detailed descriptions of places and events at inner levels, beloved ones, it is to give you the FEELING that the events
in which you are taking part, spiritually, are REAL and that the Great White Brotherhood, an inner organization of which you have read and heard so much, is made up of intelligent, living beings, who have made the sacrifice of postponing their own spiritual evolution to remain in the atmosphere of Earth, ministering to a mankind that is not even interest- ed in an endeavor whereby they might attain their own eternal freedom.
It was at the suggestion of the beloved Lord Maitreya that several of these God-free Beings, in their addresses, made you acquainted with certain episodes in their own lives, as they walked the pathway of Earth. These pictures, while perhaps not very important in themselves, were intended to show you that these beings lived and passed through expe- riences similar to those that many of you may be passing through today, and yet raised themselves, through personal endeavor or application, into the Ascended Master state which they now enjoy. This should be a tremendous incentive to individual endeavor on the part of the students, for that which one determined man or woman can do to earn his or her eternal freedom, anyone else may do likewise.
As we contemplate the Precipitation Flame, beloved ones, which has been blazing this current month on the great altar of the Royal Teton, and into which you have been invited to take your consciousness, I would like to remind you that every outward manifestation of life (and that includes the higher octaves), is an activity of the Precipitating Flame of God, wielded by some expression of divinity, whether it be Master, angel, deva, or man. The God-free Beings in the higher octaves, of course, produce this phenomena consciously, while in the lower octaves it is done for the most part unconsciously. Even while the body sleeps at night, the human consciousness is perpetually weaving the life force into fantastic forms and shapes, which it interprets as ‘DREAMS,’ and yet, perhaps, man would be surprised to learn that HE IS HELD RESPONSIBLE
BY COSMIC LAW FOR THE EXPENDITURE OF THIS ENERGY, the valueless
nature of which only adds to the volume of effluvia that makes up the psychic and astral realms in which man abides.
The life energy is never still for a moment, beloved ones. It is always vibrating in response to the thoughts and feelings held in the conscious- ness of the individual who has taken the responsibility of becoming a magnetizing center and radiating dispenser of the God-life. It very often happens that lifestreams become enamored of the pictures thrown upon the screen of maya, either by themselves or others, not being aware that these are frequently emanations rising from the loosening bonds of awakening etheric bodies, and have no spiritual value for the progress of
the soul. They have, rather, the opposite effect, in that they tend to in- flate the ego and stifle the mental and emotional intelligence. Life is like a great river, forever flowing onward; past scenes and past events have been gathered into the womb of time. Try not to draw them forth again and revivify them, beloved ones, as this practice only brings unhappy results in its wake. Consign the past to the care of the Angels of Mercy, and go forward joyously to meet the event of the glorious new day that is ahead.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Let us now turn our attention westward to the magnificent Royal Te- ton Range, which many of you have been privileged to see with the physical sight, and which has the appearance tonight of a blazing and beautiful cathedral of light, of which our beloved brother Lanto is the great Hierarch.
The Hierarchs of the various retreats on the Earth's surface, or their representatives, have been arriving here since December 15th. As they enter, they immediately enroll with the brother who is called the Keeper of Scrolls. He is a beautiful being, with gentle face and long golden hair, something like the Master Jesus. He wears a long white robe, heavily banded on the sleeves with gold. He sits at a magnificent golden desk, furnished at the sides with cylindrical pockets, into which scrolls may be placed. On these various scrolls are written the petitions of the combined Brotherhood of a particular retreat, or they may hold the individual peti- tions of ascended or unascended beings. All scrolls are presented to this brother, who scans them carefully. Sometimes he makes a correction, or perhaps a deletion before he returns it to the petitioner.
After the scroll has been presented and accepted, the brother then assigns the visiting Hierarchs or their representatives to the rooms set apart for their use. A white and gold bulletin board hangs at the side of each door, and on this the visitor attaches his petition. As the seven great council chambers fill, the numbers of petitions on the boards in- crease, each petitioner being eager to get supporters for his project. It is all very interesting and inspiring—the great corridor being crowded with Masters, angels, devas and chelas (the latter in their inner bodies) read- ing the various petitions, making notes of their contents, and deciding which ones will have their support.
You will remember that, owing to the increased numbers of people
attending this retreat, seven additional chambers have been hewn out of the rock. These surround the great central audience chamber, giving the effect of a gigantic lotus flower, with outstretched petals. Exquisite, gold curtains hang at the entrance to each room, and on each one is depicted an Archangel with his Archaii, in the glorious colors of their rays. These curtains are divided in the center, and when closed, they look like beau- tiful panels. Tonight they are drawn back, and have the effect of an an- gel guarding each side of the wide doorways to the seven council cham- bers.
Beloved Morya has described for you the beautiful altar, with its base of white marble, and glittering cross of sparkling yellow diamonds adorning the top. Around the base of the altar, tonight, the brothers have placed an arrangement of beautiful yellow jonquils, hundreds and hundreds of them. These flowers only grow in China. They have very short stems and large trumpets. They make a beautiful picture of green and gold.
You will remember having described to you the beautiful friezes that adorn the base of the altar, showing the descent of the Manu and Lord Michael with members of the first, second, and third root races. You may recall that there were three vacant spaces left for future delineations. These have been filled in during the year. One depicts the Angel Gabriel awakening the sleepers in the realm devoted to them. It shows the Archangel with upraised hand, in which he holds a trumpet, and the sleepers in a seated position on their couches, with heads raised in a listening attitude. The next frieze shows the Archangel Michael standing with upraised sword at the door of the compound, and on the faces of the outcoming occupants is a look of almost joyous unbelief. The third one represents the removal of the last discarnates from the Earth. It shows a being seeming to clutch the Earth with one hand, while the oth- er clasps that of the Archangel Zadkiel. All these events are made possi- ble by your calls, and I know you are happy to learn that your harvest has become a permanent part of the oldest retreat on Earth—the great Royal Teton.
God bless you, KUTHUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 22, 1956
Beloved Children of the Spirit,
It is my pleasure to offer, for your enjoyment and contemplation, more of the details of scenes and events in which you, yourselves, have taken an interested and active part, while your bodies slept.
Man does not realize, for the most part, that he is SPIRIT BY NA- TURE, and that this indwelling occupant is definitely interested in and attracted to activities that pertain to its own existence. This particularly refers to those who are awakening from the drowse of the senses. The soul is stirring in its sleep—it is beginning to hear the still, small voice of the spirit, and feel the urge that, at last, it must be ‘about its Father's business.’
As your outer consciousness is made aware of activities at inner lev- els through these reports, beloved ones, the vibrations of your outer minds are raised, and they become more sensitive and gently receptive to spiritual instruction, activities and events that hitherto seemed beyond the scope of human reason or understanding.
It is a matter, then, for great rejoicing on the part of the Celestial Hierarchy, that out of the billions steeped in the slough of the senses on this planet, there are a comparatively few individuals willing to brave the ridicule and skepticism of the mass mind to listen to our words of in- struction, which will lead to their eternal freedom.
Allow me to commend you on your spiritual courage, beloved ones, and to repeat for your encouragement the words of our beloved Jesus, “Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.” Blessings and love
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Even to the outer sight of man tonight, the Royal Teton presents the appearance of a glorious, natural cathedral, with the blazing light from within playing upon the snow upon its cap. As we stand for a moment, contemplating the beauty of this great mountain range, let us consider how wonderful nature is to create those magnificent spires pointing heavenward, to remind even the most mundane among mankind of the divine principle behind all manifest life.
Tonight, the Teton is filled with activity. The members of the Karmic
Board have already taken their places on the magnificent thrones of Chi- nese jade and emeralds, created for their use, in love and gratitude, by the brothers of this retreat. Petitions are going up to them continually from Masters, angels, devas, and chelas—all eager to present their ideas for the comfort and enlightenment of the evolutions of Earth.
Around these thrones a vast amphitheater in circular form has been erected by the builders of form, with seven great tiers of seats in the various colors of the rays—blue, gold, pink, white, green, ruby, and vio- let. In them are being seated the individuals among mankind who have been brought in their inner bodies by angelic beings. As they enter, the color of the ray to which they belong is clearly distinguishable emanating from their etheric bodies, so that it is an easy matter to direct them to the tier of seats reserved for their use. Now this projection of color is a very significant thing from the inner standpoint, because the etheric body of the mass of mankind is, for the most part, heavy and gray and not at all translucent. Yet, tonight, even the most mundane among them are radiating the colors of their rays, which shows the magnificent purifi- cation that is taking place through the inner bodies of the entire human race, set into action by the four Great Beings—the Directors of the Forc- es of Elements—in the autumn class, and continued by your daily ser- vice.
The members of the Karmic Board are robed in varying shades of the gentle color pink again this evening, the beloved Portia wearing a deep rose tint. As spokesman of the Board, she is seated in the center, her throne being raised somewhat above the others. Her magnificent robe is banded with a crystalline substance, the long train sweeping 'round and arranged in graceful folds in front. Upon her head she wears the seven-pointed crown, adorned in front with a massive pink diamond, which is fully two and one-half inches in height, the other six stones adorning the band being smaller. The other members of the Board wear similar crowns, the only point of differentiation being the size of the cen- tral jewel.
These great beings now have the great obligation of giving to the Great White Brotherhood, to the various retreats, as well as to the man- kind of Earth, that portion of life's energies which, according to their great wisdom, can be used to help the evolutions of Earth to greater freedom in the Year 1956.
All during this busy evening, the various activities and ceremonies at- tendant upon the termination of the “old” year and the beginning of the “new” year (as described to you by the beloved Kuthumi and myself)
have been taking place. And now, beloved ones, how shall I put into words the joyful news that it is my pleasure, privilege and honor to im- part to you!
ES!”
This decision by the Cosmic Law came as a COMPLETE SURPRISE to all but a very few of the Celestial Hierarchy, and it was my sweet privi- lege and honor to be invited to present the scroll announcing his cosmic freedom to him, as he stood rapt in deep meditation within the flame upon the altar. After its reception, he remained for a long while, gazing in profound contemplation at the gift of freedom within his hands, while the expression of joy and gratitude on the faces of the entire multitude, as they were made aware of its contents through my words of presenta- tion, was beautiful to behold.
The Lord Buddha, who has been preparing himself through long ag- es for this hour, now advanced slowly toward the flame, and Sanat Ku- mara, from his position within it, removed the crown from his head and placed it gently on the head of the Lord Gautama, who knelt to receive it with hands reverently crossed upon his breast in an attitude of humility and grace.
Sanat Kumara then stepped forth from the flame and, standing by the side of Lord Gautama, blessed and thanked the multitude present, and all life, for his release, and expressed the desire to remain in Sham- balla as Regent until the expiration of time set by the Cosmic Law a few years ago, for his stay on Earth. THE LORD GAUTAMA WILL RULE AS
LORD OF THE WORLD FROM THIS NIGHT FORTH.
It was a tremendous and surprising climax to a most eventful even- ing, beloved ones, and I am sure that every lifestream in that vast as- sembly was grateful to God for the privilege of witnessing a cosmic event unparalleled in all evolutional history.
God bless you, each one.
EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 29, 1956
Beloved Children,
Events and activities relating to planet Earth's evolution are moving forward so rapidly in the etheric realms at this time, that they seem to exceed the time and space that your limited human consciousness allows to narrate them.
The beloved Morya and Kuthumi have endeavored to keep you ac- quainted with the scenes and events leading up to the dramatic climax of beloved Sanat Kumara's freedom, which was made possible at this time through Lord Gautama Buddha's preparation and attainment of the spiritual heights necessary to fill the office of Lord of the World, in Sanat Kumara's place.
It is now my pleasure to offer you the Archangel Michael's account of the cosmic events which took place in his retreat in the Canadian Rockies on the evening of the Transmission Flame Ceremony, January 21st, 1956. This sanctuary has not been open to the outer consciousness of man for many, many ages, but was chosen by Cosmic Law, at the present time, as a fitting theater to stage events unequaled in all evolu- tional history.
BELOVED ARCHANGEL MICHAEL speaks:
Welcome into the heart and spirit of faith tonight, beloved friends, you who have guarded, guided, and protected the faith of mankind life after life for many aeons of time!
It is my great honor and privilege to re-open the doors of my retreat here in the Western Hemisphere tonight, for the great and magnificent purpose of forming the platform, forming the impetus, forming the actu-
al momentum of energy—UPON WHICH THE LORD OF THE WORLD,HIM-
SELF,SHALL ASCEND IN MAJESTIC GLORY AND DIGNITY TO HIS HOME!
So do I now offer my gratitude to you for your participation in these scenes beyond the veil of maya, relying wholly upon the instincts of your hearts, the promptings of your spirits and the radiation which we en- deavor to pour through the veil of maya into your worlds, particularly into your emotional bodies.
It is a rather marvelous activity when you think that through the human veil, Ascended Beings can contact and commune with unascend- ed beings in a sufficient pressure of conviction that a handful of such
unascended beings are willing to stand within their faith in God and those of us who are his messengers, and use voluntarily—without pres- sure of superstition and fear and doubt—their vital energies, mentally, emotionally, etherically, and physically, to further the evolution of a re- calcitrant planet and its people.
The activity begins tonight at Shamballa. You are, of course, all ac- quainted with Shamballa—the marble bridge, the beautiful temples rep- resenting the Seven Great Rays, the great central pool in which play the magnificent flame fountains, and the beautiful temple of Sanat Kumara overlooking the whole!
From within this temple Sanat Kumara has reigned since his coming to Earth, many millions of years ago. From within this temple he has sent forth every messenger of light who has ever carried the message of God and the EXAMPLE OF THE NATURE OF GOD to man. This temple is filled with memories for each of you and for each of us as we look upon it to- night.
Over this temple has always flown the crest, the banner and the standard of Sanat Kumara, which is, of course, the planet Venus, a deep purple field surrounded with the laurel wreath . Tonight, when that standard is lowered for the first time since his coming, the standard of the Lord Gautama will be raised, the two activities taking place almost simultaneously. When the purple banner of Sanat Kumara comes down, the golden banner of the Lord Gautama is run up—the planet Earth, sur- rounded with the colors of the Causal Body, on a gold field.
You will remember that the beloved Sanat Kumara removed the crown from his own head on New Year's Eve, and placed it upon that of the Buddha, which signified the transference of his powers, partially, to
Lord Gautama. HOWEVER, SANAT KUMARA WILL REMAIN IN THE AT-
COSMIC LAW EXPIRES. His visits to Venus, will be governed by the amount of release and relief the people of Earth accord to him. He will be a “commuter,” you might say, between the two stars.
TWEEN THE EARTH AND VENUS, BECAUSE EVERY TIME HE RETURNS
HOME, PART OF THE RADIATION OF EARTH WILL GO WITH HIM, AND
WHEN HE COMES BACK, HE WILL BRING THE RADIATION OF VENUS IN
HIS WAKE AND IN HIS TRAIN.In this way we will have a weaving and a meshing of the vibratory action of the two planets, which is ESSENTIAL,
REALLY,FOR THE ASCENSION OF EARTH INTO THE ORBIT OF VENUS IN
THE SHORT PERIOD THAT REMAINS.
Every Hierarch and every Ascended Being, as well as every retreat, has a banner, a standard, or a flag. You know mine: the blue field with the golden sun and the embossed figures of the Seven Archangels. Each Hierarch and each retreat and sanctuary of the Brotherhood is repre- sented in Shamballa tonight with a standard representative of their focus and activity of light. They are lined up on either side of the central pool where the flame fountains play—almost a hundred deep—those magnifi- cent flags.
That walk is very, very long and the full length of it, from the foot of Sanat Kumara's Temple to the end of the bridge across the sapphire sea, is massed with beings—members of the Elohimic Court, Cosmic Beings, angels, devas, and Masters. All bear their individual standards and, as Sanat Kumara's flag is lowered, all of the standards are dipped, some- what similar to your activity of honor when a great personage passes, only, of course this is not a sad moment, it is rather a cosmic moment of rejoicing.
Let us go back for a moment now, and see the activity as it took place. The standard of Sanat Kumara is still waving over the temple. Its purple field is plainly visible with the beautiful Star Venus, and the lovely laurel wreath upon it. Now, as all eyes are focused upon it, it comes slowly down and as it does, every standard is dipped in recognition, love and gratitude for the service it represents. Then, almost with the same action, the gold standard of the Lord Gautama ascends where it now waves, in undulating folds of bright color upon the soft breeze.
The beloved Sanat Kumara is in a pure, unadorned white robe to- night—no vestments of any kind—while the beloved Lord Gautama wears the royal purple robe and the crown and scepter. By his side stands the Lord Maitreya, also in the royal purple robes of authority, with miter and staff.
For the present, it has been arranged that the activity of the previ- ous Buddha—Lord Gautama—and the new Buddha—Lord Maitreya—will be combined, because THE SERVICE OF THE LORD OF THE WORLD IS TO
GENERATE ENOUGH LIGHT TO KEEP THE PLANET IN THE SOLAR SYSTEM,
and Lord Maitreya's gift is to take the activity of the ceremony wherever possible, because, as you know, the Lord Gautama is not inclined that way. It will be a threefold activity, which will be magnificent—Gautama holding the light, the peace and the illumination, Sanat Kumara as Coun- selor and Regent, and Lord Maitreya as the head and heart of the Broth-
erhood in practically all ceremonial service. Tonight, Gautama has, for the occasion, adorned himself with crown and cape and scepter.
Sanat Kumara, Lord Gautama, and Lord Maitreya now appear at the door of the great temple and slowly descend the long flight of steps. As they reach the foot, they turn and look upward, where Sanat Kumara's standard still waves in the breeze. Now, at a given signal, the purple banner is drawn earthward and the golden standard of Lord Gautama is run up. During the slow descent of Sanat Kumara's banner, the flags of the entire assembly are dipped. It is a most solemn moment—in a way, a nostalgic moment, for it portends change, not only for the Celestial Hierarchy dedicated to the welfare of the planet, but to the people evolv- ing upon it, as well.
All flags are lifted now in tribute to the Lord Gautama, and one of the angelic beings, carefully folding the purple banner, lays it gently over the arm of Sanat Kumara. The three great hierarchs are now walking along the wide avenue toward the bridge, smiling and bowing to the assembled Brotherhood, while every banner is dipped in acknowledg- ment of their presence as they pass.
When they reach the entrance to the bridge, they pause and turn around, seemingly to implant the scenes they have just passed through, in their memories forever. Now the beloved Sanat Kumara stoops and kisses the grassy sward at his feet, while the vast assembly, who have not moved, gaze upon these great Masters of Love with unutterable love and tenderness expressed in their countenances and bearing.
Lord Gautama, Sanat Kumara, and Lord Maitreya stand there for a moment. Then, raising their hands, and touching their hearts and heads in a gesture of adieu, they turn and walk over the bridge and disappear in a blaze of light. The next moment they are standing at the great doors of my retreat in the Western Hemisphere, situated at a place now called Banff, in the Rocky Mountains of Canada, in the North American Continent.
The final ceremony of the transition of power from Sanat Kumara to Lord Gautama, as well as Sanat Kumara's departure for Venus, takes place at my retreat in the Western Hemisphere, which, we think, has a real significance in itself. Those of us who were privileged to witness it will never forget the solemnity of that great occasion.
The two great hierarchs approach each other from either side of the great altar, ascend the steps together, and stand facing each other, their Causal Bodies blazing out like great fans (identical in size) in all the glori-
ous colors of the rays. Now they approach each other until they meet within the flame on the altar, where they become one, at which moment there is a tremendous flash of light, followed by an expansion of the flame, which passes through the entire atmosphere of Earth.
At that precise moment, the Causal Body of Sanat Kumara is with- drawn from the body of the Earth, while that of Lord Gautama enfolds it in its embrace. The Causal Body of Sanat Kumara becomes the aureole encompassing him and his entourage on the journey to Venus.
I will now ask you to sing the song to Sanat Kumara, beloved ones, so it might be said that his return to Venus was accomplished on the energies of the Earth people (audience sings, as requested).
The transition of Sanat Kumara, and those who accompanied him, to his own beloved star, was accomplished in a beautiful chariot, fashioned out of etheric substance, by the visualizing process of chelas on the Earth plane who were aware that this transition would take place within a specified period of time. The actual journey was accomplished, of course, with the speed of light, and almost immediately they had arrived within the orbit of Venus. In the meantime, the Lady Venus, with her court, had come out to meet her Lord. As the two companies ap- proached each other, Sanat Kumara descended from his chariot and, in the simple white robe he had donned when he transferred the robes of state to Lord Gautama, he went forward alone to meet his queen. The Lady Venus also came forward unaccompanied, and as these two great beings greeted each other with outstretched hands, the light of their Causal Bodies encompassed them, and they were lost to the sight of the watching multitudes for a moment.
Now, the music and song of the angelic choir fills the atmosphere, and the voices of the people of Venus can be heard as they sing the song of welcome to their beloved King—the same song they sang as he departed from them so many aeons ago, but now rendered in the joyous tones of happiness.
Sanat Kumara and his beloved Venus now give praise and thanks for his joyful and victorious return, and for the successful accomplishment of his mission of love.
It is not difficult, beloved ones, when you have passed through the veil of so-called death, when your inner sight is cleared, and you can look with unscaled eyes upon the creations of the psychic and astral realms that bind souls round in darkness, to be fired with enthusiasm and, in the fuller freedom of your etheric vehicles, go into action to set
souls free. But, when you must rely upon our words and upon our honor and upon your own faith in tasks undertaken and accomplished by your- selves, then great, indeed, is the benefaction to the soul who does so stand and, boldly facing the unseen—utilizing both the powers of invoca- tion and visualization—set into motion cosmic activities of mercy and purification which have, in a short span of time, freed souls who have been impounded for long ages, slept through aeons of time or had been earthbound and by this very self-imprisonment had not been willing or able to find out the will of their own I AM Presence, or even if they knew that will, could not fulfill it and complete their destiny.
Beloved friends, sometime, some place, somewhere, either on this or some other planet of the system or any of the inner spheres, each creat- ed intelligence must come to a point where there is surrender of the IN- TELLECT, of the FEELINGS, and of the SENSES to the God-Self.
Beloved friends, it is the service of those who serve with me—the defenders of the faith—to keep alive the faith in God within the hearts and souls of men, the faith in their own divine destiny, which knowledge should raise them above the limitations in which they are now sub- merged. It is to intensify and expand that faith that the legions of my kingdom constantly breathe upon the soul-light of men, and in that breathing, give something of ourselves, something of our nature, which service enables men to “keep on keeping on.”
This beautiful sanctuary at Banff was prepared for our use by the beloved builders of form, assisted by members of the angelic host, at the time of the descent of the first root race, accompanied by the Lord Manu and myself. It was hewn out of the rocks and adorned with the most exquisite diamonds and sapphires, drawn from the heart of the moun- tains with the cooperation of the beloved Virgo. I remember the occasion of my first visit here and the feeling of love, the deep love, that surged through me for the dear planet and for the blessed beings who, in loving harmony and beauty, fashioned such a magnificent, such a holy and completely beautiful gift, for our visitation and our use.
This temple was used throughout the first Golden Ages. People who wished to be revitalized came from all over the landed surface of the Earth. In the flame on the altar they found nourishment for the particu- lar project or idea they wished to externalize. Those standing within it found the primal seed of their idea growing and developing in a magic, mystic way and very often, before they had descended the steps of the temple, the ephemeral concept of the picture they had in mind had been clothed in a clear, concise mental image in the feelings and often precipi-
tated, if it were a small object, in their hands.
This is the activity of faith, beloved ones. It is giving life and sub- stance to that which is ephemeral—to that which lives in the realm of ideation—and which dies so often for the lack of clothing it in the sub- stance of the FEELING WORLD through faith before it is lowered into the more dense substance of the physical world.
After the fall of man, when man had withdrawn his attention from his Presence and became absorbed in the creations of the outer world, this temple was closed to the material mind. It has remained vibrating in the etheric realm during the long centuries in between, to the present day.
Many of the temples used in Atlantis and Lemuria have been raised into the etheric realms. Some day they will be lowered again, when man is spiritually ready to receive them. It has happened that one or more of the precious stones used in the construction of these temples has been put in the hands of a high priest or the head of a spiritual order, where they form a connection with the Celestial Hierarchy. There are several dozens of the stones from my own temple in the possession of individu- als at various points on Earth's surface today. The lifestreams, in whose possession they happen to be, are not always aware of their origin or whence they came, but they do sense the mystic quality that radiates from them, and treasure them accordingly.
Do you know, beloved ones, that the very substance of your own homes, the furniture within them and all your personal possessions are charged with the vibratory action of your own lifestreams? Everything that you think and feel and speak is registered within them at all times.
The temples that were drawn forth in the early days were all pro- tected by the priests and priestesses and guarded, so that no discord could charge into their substance. When lifestreams came for help and
assistance, there was a CONSCIOUSNESS AND A QUALITY WITHIN THEM
which was absorbed by the applicant and suppliant for grace. This I know you are endeavoring to do today, through your blessings to the spirits of the homes and sanctuaries and foci where the various flames are located. Where you have a CONCENTRATE OF THE SACRED FIRE
there is an ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENT for the MAINTENANCE of HARMO-
NIOUS ENERGIES IN ORDER TO HOLD IT IN THE PHYSICAL WORLD.
I must speak to you for a moment about the people of Venus . They have been without their lord for millions of years. He is now returning to his star on a thirty-day visit, and from this time on, he will never be very
far from it. He will come and go at intervals, as occasion demands, and as you of Earth purify the remaining cores of distress, and allow him to do so.
The people of Venus and the beloved Lady Master Venus herself have prepared for Sanat Kumara's reception. The Great Kumaras, the angelic host, the priests and priestesses and the people, themselves, are all in a festive mood and in a state of great spiritual expectancy.
This great star now shines forth brilliantly, and Sanat Kumara smiles as he stands in his robes of white, with his beloved queen beside him in full view of the entire populace. They bow in acknowledging the love and gratitude expressed by their people at his return. The radiation of love and happiness pulsating from the star Venus is indescribable.
Before leaving my retreat, Sanat Kumara spoke to the Great White Brotherhood and to the conscious initiates and chelas, as follows:
BELOVED SANAT KUMARA speaks:
Beloved and blessed Spiritual Hierarchy, you who have answered my heart call and formed the Great White Brotherhood! You, who have lived and died and lived again, age after age and era after era, in order to forward the cause of God upon the planet Earth, to you tonight I give my heart and my hand. As there is no separation in love, I shall be as close to you as you desire to have me.
I would no more think of permanently leaving you—the Elohim, the Archangels, the Brotherhood and the sweet, struggling chelas, without the comfort and solace of my Presence, my strength and my momen- tum, than I would think of leaving my God! We are as much one in this present cosmic transition as we have ever been!
To you, beloved Gautama, whose great light and expansion of con- sciousness have made it possible for me to become again part of the evolution of Venus, to you, my brother, I give my heart's love!
To each and every one who has answered the call of the beloved Morya—who has believed that there was the capacity and ability within the human heart to cooperate with God-free Beings in removing the shackles of limitation and the shadows that have enshrouded the souls of men, to you I give my love!
TO THE BELOVED CHELAS,I SAY: THINK YOU I COULD FORGET THE
DEAR EARTH WHEN SO MUCH OF MY LIFE,SO MUCH OF MY VERY SELF
IS WOVEN INTO THE SUBSTANCE OF HER PEOPLE, HER ELEMENTALS,
HER OCEANS AND HER CONTINENTS?
I accept with pleasure the gifts you so kindly offer me—the rings and crowns for myself and my beloved—which have been woven out of your own thought substance. This night, as I enter into the orbit of my own star, and speak to my people face to face for the first time since my de- parture, I shall tell them of a race beyond words to describe—a race which has believed in God despite every kind of mental, emotional, and physical agony, and my people shall be richer by reason of the example of a handful of brave chelas scattered over the face of the Earth, among its unawakened humanity as a whole.
So—sweet Earth, sweet Virgo, beloved Neptune, beloved Aries, be- loved Amaryllis—all that is within the planet and upon it—thank you for the opportunity of serving!
There is no TIME in loving service! Thank you, beloved Earth, for your hospitality and for the privilege of holding you within my bosom! Thank you for permitting me to share in your redemption! Thank you for letting me share your victory. Thank you for being such a marvelous hostess, not only to myself, but to my Kumaras and the other evolutions who came here from Venus. Thank you for attempting to understand my presence, and for accepting the patience which is my gift to give. Thank you, beloved Michael, for having preserved the Flame of Faith upon which Earth's freedom is assured. God be with you all until I return!
SANAT KUMARA
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 5, 1956
Beloved Children of God,
As you can readily understand, there has been a tremendous in- crease in the vibratory action of the planet Venus since the return of its Lord within its aura.
All of life is one, beloved ones. There is a distinct interchange of con- sciousness between the mental, emotional, etheric, and physical bodies of mankind; it exists in the animal and nature kingdoms also, graded, of course, according to the life expressions.
This inter-relationship of consciousness, beloved ones, makes every man “his brother's keeper,” as our beloved Paul, the Venetian, express-
es it. This truth was also voiced by the beloved Jesus in his statement, “If I am lifted up, I will draw all men upward.” Therefore, when a man gains a victory over some human tendency or weaknesses in himself, HE
LIVES OF HIS FELLOWMEN. Likewise, if a man persists in indulging his human passions, he weakens the morale of the race proportionately and is not held guiltless for this in the eyes of the Cosmic Law.
RACE OF PEOPLE,the majority of whom are not even aware of his exist- ence, and it would be wise, beloved ones, that you not only step-up your own understanding by consciously tuning into the higher vibrations of
the Ascended Host, but also INTENSIFY YOUR CALLS FOR THE MASS IL-
LUMINATION OF THE RACE.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 12, 1956
Beloved Children,
FECT ALIGNMENT, ONE WITH THE OTHER, IF ONE IS TO ATTAIN ANY
SPIRITUAL PROGRESS. The evolving ego must see to it that perfect har- mony exists between these two bodies. If one inadvertently slips, it must be immediately restored to its proper position by the watching intelli- gence, for only in this way can peace and harmony be maintained.
In the meantime, the alert ego should take full advantage of the Sa- cred Fire of Purification in order to transmute cause, effect, record, and memory of old hatreds, old resentments, old frustrations and other dis- cordant karmic links that lie, for the most part, dormant in the etheric body, but which flare into resuscitated life and action when the lifestreams connected with them meet.
As certain tests in the physical world are required to determine an individual's fitness for a particular position, so do initiations on the spir- itual path determine whether a lifestream has risen above reactions to conditions, proneness to which may prove to be a stumbling block to his spiritual progress in ages yet to come.
May I say for your comfort, dear ones, that these initiations are con-
tinually taking place on the pathway of life, and more especially in the experience of those under direct instruction of the Ascended Masters. As most of the experiences of life are of this karmic nature, calling on the Law of Forgiveness and the use of the Violet Fire will remove them from your paths.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 19, 1956
Beloved Ones of Light,
The majority of your communications carry the query, “How can I help Lord Gautama in his cosmic endeavor to hold our planet in its right- ful place?” Some ask, “What is the nature of the light he emanates?” And, “How may I release it?” Beloved ones, these questions show a great desire and willingness on your part to help. Light is LOVE,and an- yone, by honestly taking note of the feelings that he emanates in the course of a single day's living, may judge for himself how much he is helping or retarding the planet, and the Great One who is holding it on its course in the solar system by his individual radiation.
Man experiences a definite feeling of relief in giving unrestrained ex- pression to the human feelings, which often rush forth from him on the slightest provocation. The mature individual, however, is one who has his feelings under conscious control at all times, through an understand- ing of the value of the life-energy entrusted to his keeping, and his re- sponsibility under Cosmic Law for its use. The discordantly-qualified sub- stance spewed forth by the careless lifestream, adds to the already heavy weight on Lord Gautama's shoulders. The harmoniously qualified energy, on the other hand, lightens his burden.
The feeling of gratitude and happiness rising from your hearts, has ascended, on its own vibratory wave, to the very heart of Venus, itself, and touched the heart of its lord and king with its gentle radiation of love divine, making his already full cup of happiness flow over. For this spontaneous outpouring of love and appreciation on your part we are immensely grateful.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 26, 1956
Beloved Children,
It is my pleasure to offer you, for your encouragement and instruc- tion, part of an address delivered by our beloved El Morya on the even- ing of the Transmission Flame Ceremony at the beloved Himalaya's re- treat, February 18th, 1956.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Tonight we acknowledge the great Himalaya. He is known by many names, but to you he is Himalaya, the great Manu of the Fourth Root Race, many members of which still walk the earth. Tonight we have the great honor of visiting his retreat, the Blue Lotus, high up in the white Himalayas.
I wonder if you have given thought to the thousands of pilgrims who, even as I speak, are toiling up the sides of these mountains from the hot plains of India, from China and the Malay Peninsula—all search- ing for this focus of peace—many of them with rags wound around their feet in lieu of proper footwear, and clothed in the light garments of the low countries, which are inadequate to keep out the bitter cold of the heights. Some have been toiling toward this focus for many weeks, and some for months, searching among the passes and crevasses for that which their hearts told them was an answer to their secret calls for light and truth. This cosmic search, also carried on before the Wesak Festival each year, could be pathetic, if one did not see, with the inner eye, that in the search itself, there was power builded into the CAUSAL BODIES, strengths built EMOTIONALLY, concentration built MENTALLY, and stami- na built PHYSICALLY. Those who seek and do not find in one life, by the very fact of their pilgrimage and search, will surely find it in another, because the Law is unerring.
Yet, through a dispensation of the Cosmic Law, beloved ones, you have not had to sail in a boat to India or fly by plane to the foot of the great Himalayas. You have not had to invest either money, energy, or time in coming to the heart of this retreat, but rather, you have been given, through the freedom of consciousness, access to a holy place, so holy that only beings like the Lord Buddha, Ananda, Lord Maitreya and Kuthumi have entered there, up until these recent years.
In this retreat, parchments containing the writings of all the ancient
sages are preserved and carefully guarded. They will be released to the East and to the West only when greed, selfishness and separateness among the peoples of the Earth are no more. Think what would happen to these priceless treasures if they were released prematurely? Those with the means would seize upon them, and they would become but relics for the proud! They are retained here, within the heart of the Him- alayas, waiting for the day when they will be an appreciated gift to the people of the future. The people of today could not take the time to read or understanding them, so busy are they in the search for food, for rai- ment and for pleasure. Spiritual wealth is to them, even as to the rich, of very little value.
Tonight, in your beautiful forcefields, you come with me to the foot of the great Himalayas, where we shall stop and gaze for a moment at those magnificent spires that look like gigantic fingers pointing heaven- ward, calling man's attention to God.
As we ascend to the retreat, and see the great wall roll back before our eyes, we catch a glimpse of the beloved Himalaya, where he stands in the inner sanctuary graciously greeting his many guests with a benefi- cent smile and a silent inclination of the head.
Lord Himalaya has many illustrious guests this evening, among whom is the returning Sanat Kumara, the Lord Gautama, new Lord of the World, the Lord Maha Chohan and Lord Maitreya, as well as distin- guished visitors from other stars and planets.
Let us stand for a moment and silently acknowledge the presence of this great Lord of Peace! His beautiful form is clothed, tonight, in a mag- nificent golden robe with the words, “Om Mani Padme Hum” encrusted in Chinese blue around the hem, his lovely, slender hands folded one over the other within the long sleeves. Like Kwan Yin, the only indication of his Chinese background is in the high cheek bones. His skin is light and clear, radiating the inner light. His beautiful eyes are large and lumi- nous. He truly is a master of peace and tranquility.
We turn now and enter the outer chamber, in the center of which is a magnificent blue lotus, afloat within a pool of electronic light—the magic, mystic lotus flower that has within itself the power to connect with the jewel in the heart of your own lotus flame, the Threefold Flame, within your heart—and confer upon each one of you tonight the privilege of having one special desire fulfilled. As we have remarked before, the desires we entertain in the valley are not the ones we hold upon the heights.
As we silently contemplate this exquisite blue lotus flower and ab- sorb the radiation of peace from our gracious Host, I ask you to prayer- fully commune with your own inner Presence and sincerely ask that the petition you make be as selfless and, for the sake of the humanity of Earth, as world-engulfing as possible.
As we stand thus meditating upon our secret desires, the beloved Himalaya, who has approached silently, beckons us to bend over and kiss the petals of the lotus flower. We do so, and the fragrance of it fills our nostrils, and flows through our whole beings, filling us with a celes- tial peace. You may return in consciousness to this moment as often as you like, beloved ones, and feel the radiation of the blue lotus flow into your physical forms as well.
Now, we can hear the voices of the successful pilgrims as they ar- rive, chanting their “Om Mani Padme Hum.” They, however, do not en- ter the sacred precincts of the sanctuary, but have set up their yak skin tents all around, in the snow. Yet you, beloved ones, are within this hal- lowed place. Your feet rest upon the spot where the blessed feet of the Lord Buddha, Ananda, Lord Maitreya and Kuthumi have stood. Once, in the long ago, these beings also had a desire that they wished to have fulfilled and they, too, bent and kissed the lotus flower, after which they received a deeper instruction in the Law, even as it is in your experience today.
Owing to the larger number of lifestreams who are drawn to these retreats, they have all been enlarged, and this sanctuary is no exception. This year the central focus is in the shape of a great pyramid, with the Blue Lotus Flame blazing on top. The seats are arranged amphitheater fashion around the base, the more advanced beings on the higher seats, the lesser ones lower down toward the base. The chelas take their seats according to their individual development. It is interesting to note that all do not sit on the same level. However, beloved ones, (and this is amaz- ing), you are all within the golden curtain, and in the company of the tremendous beings of light, who have come to pay homage to the Blue Lotus Flame.
To you, who have made it possible for me to prove to the Karmic
FULFILL THAT NEED—to you, I am deeply grateful.
In the radiation of this gratitude I have requested of the Maha Cho- han the opportunity and privilege of addressing you this evening to give
you, once more, the spur of my energy and the power of my faith, to hold you constant on the path, until your final victory.
Long has the planet Earth been the “problem child” of the universe, and for many ages, those of us who belong to the Brotherhood have considered ways and means by which she might be moved forward, and the inertia of soul within the consciousness of the discarnate “sleepers” at inner levels be removed. We have tried many ways to get the embod- ied lifestreams to throw off the human lethargy which seemed to engulf them, and tried to persuade the “impounded” to take an interest in the fulfillment of their divine plan.
Through many great beings incarnating upon the Earth, we have endeavored to stir the reluctant energy of mankind to a point where we could get them interested in the sublimation of the personal self. The spiritual history of the planet records with some degree of accuracy that we were successful in a few cases, at least—but this was not enough. It was not enough when you think of the millions of lifestreams who, for so many aeons of time, through the use of free-will, refused to be a part of their own or the planet's evolution and through the various avenues of escape of the human senses, closed their consciousness against the di- vine plan, finally entering the “realm of the sleepers” at the other side of the veil where they lay inert for many ages.
It was not enough, when you think of the vast numbers of people who deliberately misused the life energy, consciously defied the divine plan of life and by the conscious misuse of thought and feeling, became part of the “black brotherhood.” These rebellious souls had to be finally impounded, and guarded by a great being of light, in a place where they could not corrupt other evolving lifestreams. Here they remained apart, refusing to enter the Halls of Karma or to accept the wisdom or justice of the Karmic Board. They also refused to enter the schoolrooms provided at inner levels for souls who desired to prepare for a better incarnation in the next Earth life—remaining attached in consciousness to people, plac- es, and conditions they either loved or hated in their past Earth lives.
Now, through a double activity, all this has been changed. How? First: through the persuasion of the Karmic Board by the Beloved Saint
Germain and myself that IF LIFESTREAMS ON EARTH KNEW OF THESE
CONDITIONS, THEY WOULD HELP THROUGH THEIR OWN INDIVIDUAL
APPLICATION TO CHANGE THEM.
Second: Having secured permission from the Karmic Board to prove our assertion, our next step was to secure the attention of a HANDFUL
OF CHELAS who had to rely upon their hearts, rather than their sight, in recognizing our Presence and reality. After this was accomplished, we had to draw them together and prod them onward, sometimes by praise and sometimes by the spur, to a point where we could BY THE USE OF
WITH THE NEEDS OF THE MOMENT. Then we could only hope that, through their intelligent grasp of the situation, they would make calls for its accomplishment, thus fulfilling, on their part, the Cosmic Law govern- ing the evolution of the mankind of Earth.
We cannot praise God enough, beloved ones, that the second part of the activity has also been accomplished and through your faith in us, our mutual trust, our mutual friendship, our mutual agreement, a true “communion of saints” now exists between our realm and yours.
Due to this mutual agreement, which might widen the eyes and raise the eyebrows of the so-called “intellectuals,” the great SANAT KUMARA
HAS BEEN RELEASED FROM HIS EXILE, THE ‘SLEEPERS’ HAVE BEEN
AWAKENED,THE ‘EARTHBOUND’ HAVE BEEN RELEASED,THE ‘IMPOUND-
TERRUPTED EVOLUTION, AND THE DISCARNATE ENTITIES HAVE BEEN
LEVELS.Think, beloved ones, what association between Ascended Beings and faithful, conscientious, PLIABLE chelas can accomplish!
I have worked with the mankind of Earth a long time, with their idio- syncrasies, their strengths and their weaknesses. I know them well, and yet, I hoped to try to bring this era of cosmic invocation into being on the wave of the beloved Saint Germain's endeavor. I have tried to hold those already trained in the use of the Violet Fire and the powers of in- vocation from sinking back into the inertia of the outer mass mind, which is like quicksand, and which at the slightest doubt, absorbs even the most zealous into its grip. Seeing all this, and seeing that great quick- sand of doubt and fear and lethargy waiting to suck the aspiring, but disappointed, souls back into itself, I asked the Karmic Board for the op- portunity of inspiring them to new endeavors.
In the East, beloved friends, this would be a comparatively easy task, for the natural activity of the Eastern Hemisphere is conducive to peace and spiritual receptivity, but in the strong and vibrant West, where the energies and vitalities are so powerful, to find selfless individuals strong enough to hold the cable is not easy! Yet it has been done, be- loved ones, through your gracious selves, and for this I am so grateful!
All during this current month a brother or sister of peace, from the beloved Himalaya's retreat, will come at your call, and stay with you as long as you desire, returning to the retreat after his or her service to you is accomplished. Feel their presence, beloved ones, and listen to the in- struction given to you in the silence.
Let us remember that the Flame of Peace, which we honor tonight, is living essence. It is light qualified, and every member of the Brother- hood who has come from Venus, from Uranus and other stars and plan- ets increases the intensity of that flame through their own light, through their attention, through their breath, so that the Blue Lotus of beloved Himalaya enfolds the entire Continent of Asia in its radiant presence, and later, when the entire company joins in the activity of the holy breath, its light will encompass the planet.
The unascended brothers who have come from Lhasa and the great monasteries round about, have been admitted to the outer chamber. Everyone, both inside and outside the retreat, is focusing their attention on the “Jewel in the heart of the Lotus,” as they repeat the great man- tra. The pilgrims on the mountainside feel the radiation, and are pros- trating themselves on the ground, giving praise and thanks to Almighty God for the privilege of being present. You see, beloved ones, in the East, radiation alone is so sacred, that to receive it from a Master, even though a word may not be spoken, is worth the endeavor of a lifetime. Sometimes these blessed souls serve for an entire embodiment receiving perhaps but a nod of the head from a Master (thus are they trained in patience and constancy).
Here in the West you have received so much! Good night and God bless you. EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 11, 1956
Beloved Children,
When the beloved Jesus took a towel and washed the feet of his dis- ciples, he proved to them by precept and example, that in the great evo- lutionary scheme of life, the greater intelligence serves the lesser.
The people of Earth take more or less for granted, the favors ren- dered them by the Great Intelligences who serve them impersonally, directly or indirectly, in every phase of their everyday existence. For in- stance, how much thought, not to speak of gratitude, is given to the
beloved Helios and Vesta, the radiation of whose Presence furnishes the light and brilliance of the Sun, itself, by which all life on this planet is nourished and sustained? How much recognition or gratitude is given the great beings who govern the forces of nature, holding the millions and millions of intelligences, that comprise the elements, in check, lest they rebel and destroy the mankind they are forced by the law of their being to serve?
You must know, beloved ones, that every cell and atom that makes up the whole universe was drawn forth from the body of God through intelligences on whom he conferred his own spiritual nature, including the gift of creation itself, calling them “his beloved sons.” As the spider draws the substance of the web from within its own body, so does every intelligence, endowed with the power of creation, draw on the body of God (whether it knows it or not), for the substance to fill every manifes- tation of life it wishes to express.
This includes not only the great stars and planets and suns that swing around the Great Central Sun in interstellar space, as well as the mighty evolutions that dwell upon them, but your own bodies, the cloth- ing that you wear, the substance of which your homes are built, and the furniture within them—all things, from the smallest to the greatest, are part of the body of God. How gracefully, then, should we comport our- selves, and how gently should we walk through a universe into which we were sent by the Father, that we may enjoy the happiness of his Pres- ence and expand the glory of his kingdom. Even now, beloved ones, are ye “the sons of God.”
In a great cosmic council of the Brotherhood, dedicated to the spir- itual advancement of the mankind of Earth, at which it was my privilege and prerogative, as Maha Chohan, to preside, it was shown that while thousands of individuals had become aware of the Great White Brother- hood, and of the fact that there was a plan and design for the redemp- tion of the race through Its intervention, yet the consciousness of the people had fallen so low that there was no point of contact between the Masters' plan and the willing, but unconscious chela. There seemed to be no way or means provided whereby this hope and promise could be fed into the intellectual selves of those who were eager to cooperate, but unable to find the way. Along the seven rays the Chohans reported the same thing—good material, but NO BRIDGE. IT WAS THEN THAT THE
BELOVED EL MORYA PRESENTED THE IDEA OF FORMING AN ALLIANCE,
OR BRIDGE,BY WHICH THE BROTHERHOOD COULD REACH THE PEOPLE,
and allow the Karmic Board to determine, by the result of such action,
WHETHER THE INVESTMENT OF ENERGY WAS WORTH THE GRANT.
The beloved Helios and Vesta acquiesced to the experiment, and I was delegated with the authority to give the seven Chohans free rein to connect the consciousness of their people with the will of the Father—IF
THEY (THE PEOPLE) COULD PROVIDE AND SUSTAIN SUCH A BRIDGE.
The Lords of Karma passed on the proposal, and the Christ Selves of the race eagerly began their endeavors to create the individual bridges, which are the natural connection between each outer self and his higher mind. This whole new endeavor is the result of such cooperative activity. Then, encouraged by the success of this experiment, the beloved Morya requested my permission to approach the Karmic Lords again—this time with the idea that IF the people of Earth could be apprised of our activi-
ties on their behalf WHILE THESE GREAT GATHERINGS WERE IN SES-
SION,THEY WOULD COOPERATE CONSCIOUSLY, thus fulfilling intelligent- ly and speedily the Cosmic Law governing the Earth's evolution. The be- loved Morya, himself, has told you how this has been accomplished, thanks to your faith in our presence and your willing cooperation in our mutual endeavors.
Beloved Maha Chohan
March 18, 1956
Beloved Children, Seeking Your Way Back into God's Living Presence,
The activity of the Holy Spirit, (whose radiation I guard and direct as Maha Chohan, is to ACTIVATE all constructive endeavors which further the evolution of the race, for instance, through the patriot, desiring to build up a state or nation in which freedom may abide (First Ray), the educator, endeavoring to develop the latent talents of his pupils (Second Ray), the humanitarian, desiring to promote true brotherly love (Third Ray), the artist,musician, sculptor, designing some inspirational expres- sion toward Godly living (Fourth Ray), the scientist and physician, en- deavoring to alleviate human ills (Fifth Ray), the priest, minister, rabbi, missionary, desiring to spread the word of God (Sixth Ray), the devotee of the divine science of invocation, sublimation of error and the radiation of the nature of God (Seventh Ray).
All serving under these rays receive of the spiritual blessing and benediction of the Holy Spirit according to the MOTIVE back of the ser- vice, and the capacity to receive the grace, through the development of soul and spirit. As below, so above. Every Ascended Master, deva and
angel endeavoring to assist mankind becomes the recipient of my bene- diction and assistance.
Of course, you will understand, that in the Ascended Master state there is no such thing as “mine or me—you or yours.” We are all ONE in service and all the Brotherhood join lovingly in the activity that is the most urgent requirement of the moment, endeavoring, by united effort, to direct it unerringly toward its goal.
Thus, in the present crucial times, I have chosen to “share” my “Bulletin” with my “seven Sons” (the Chohans of the Rays), as well as giving other Masters, who have been given permission from the Karmic Board to address mankind, an opportunity to impart their instruction through this medium of expression. To all these I pour my love and light.
If you will examine my “banner,” which shows the white dove on the purple field, you will better understand what I mean. The dove, rep- resentative of myself as representative of the Holy Spirit, is activating the VIOLET RAY, and assisting the Master Saint Germain in making this ray known to the mankind of Earth. It is thus, from time to time, according to the wisdom of my holy office, that I choose to present, for your illu- mination, excerpts from certain pertinent instruction brought forth by some Ascended Being, which when studied and meditated upon, will help the entire endeavor. This does not mean that I have “receded,” in favor of the Master to whom I extend the privilege of using my precious “Bulletin,” but rather that you may be benefited, beloved of my heart, by the FULL POWER of the Holy Spirit, which energizes and activates the endeavors of my beloved brothers of light and love.
Pursuant to this policy, I offer for your instruction, words of counsel from my beloved son, El Morya, which, if followed, should sharpen your discriminating faculties in detecting that which is of God, and that which is of man. Lord Gautama, when he walked the Earth, taught his disciples “the middle way,” as being the only safe path for the feet of the evolv- ing chela. It is upon this path (described as being as narrow as “the ra- zor's edge”) that discrimination, wisdom, humility and discretion are so much needed by the earnest, but sometimes precariously balanced, traveler.
This is not the first time, beloved ones, that your spiritual aspirations have brought you to the same point on the path where you stand today. You have reached, and even gone beyond it, many times in past embod- iments, only to wander off again, enticed by the blandishments of those of your fellow travelers who, becoming weary of the self-disciplines and
restraints exercised by the aspirants for freedom, invented an “easier road” to the Kingdom, and drew many of their too-credulous compan- ions along with them.
Sincerity of purpose, beloved ones, coupled with a selfless desire for the welfare of the traveler on the perilous journey through the mazes of
human creation is the UNMISTAKABLE MARK OF THE RADIATION OF AN
ASCENDED MASTER FRIEND. IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU PRACTICE DIS-
CRIMINATION.Blessings and love
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Friends of My Heart,
The beloved Maha Chohan has requested that I speak to you a little on the subject of “Spiritualism,” a word coined to cover the study of the psychic plane and its inhabitants. This is a subject which has engaged the mind of man for many long ages, having recurrent cycles of active interest, one of which seems to be rampant at the moment, which makes our reference to it at this time rather apropos.
Beloved friends, you must know that every being who ever incarnat- ed on this planet did so of his own free will, having applied to the God- head for permission to acquire mastery over the powers of creation, in the world of form. This privilege, having been lovingly conferred upon him, his next procedure was to apply to the Cosmic Law for sufficient life-energy to complete his mission. This life-essence, being an emana- tion from the body of the Godhead, is held in such priceless esteem by the Cosmic Law, that any lifestream applying for its use literally has to “sign” for the amount released, and it is only given then, on condition that it is returned within the time specified, with interest in the way of accomplishments. Everyone who breathes the breath of life, dear friends, no matter in which sphere he abides, has signed this document before the Cosmic Law at one time or another.
When man defaulted in his obligation to the Cosmic Law for the re- turn of this energy, the period allowed for the attainment of his mastery being approximately fourteen thousand years, under the supervision of the Seven Chohans of the Rays, the whole course of Earth's evolution underwent a drastic change. The Holy Christ Self of every individual was put under obligation to take note of “every jot and every tittle” of ener- gy used. This was entered in the “Book of Life” and had to be account- ed for by the lifestream. Halls of Judgment were set up; Judges were
appointed, and the psychic realm—a place set apart in the atmosphere of Earth—was established.
It was at this time that the Law of Compensation was put into effect, in the belief that the recoil of the misqualified energy on the rebellious lifestream through suffering, would discourage him in the misuse of the God-energy. It did not prove to be effective, however, and it was then that the span of existence on the Earth plane was shortened, the lifestream being withdrawn to the psychic plane for rest and refreshment and returned after a specified time to the physical plane, where he was required to resume his endeavor to attain the mastery he had come to attain, at the same time being given an opportunity to redeem the ener- gy he had contracted for. Here it was, that man's conception of so-called death entered the picture, the departure of the soul to the psychic realm, being construed as the end of his sojourn on Earth for ever more.
You will understand then, beloved friends, that THE INHABITANTS
KNOWLEDGE THAN WHEN THEY WALKED THE WAY OF EARTH,although
conditions there have improved lately in that we have established school- rooms where they are taught the Law of Life, and Violet Flame Temples, where they receive purification. However every evolution in the entire universe is operated under a strict tenet of wise Cosmic Law. This in- cludes man, and the embodied ego, who, by means of the projected consciousness of himself, or another, ATTEMPTS TO CONTACT SOULS IN
THE PSYCHIC REALM FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER, SUBJECTS HIM-
SELF AS WELL AS OTHERS HE MAY INFLUENCE IN A LIKE PRACTICE,TO A
SEVERE KARMIC PENALTY. IT BRINGS GREAT UNHAPPINESS TO THE
SOULS ABIDING THERE, drawing them by the magnetization of physical thought, toward that group of unhappy spirits known, until recently, as “The Earthbound” a state from which it is extremely difficult to extricate
them. THE ONLY SAFE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE EARTH AND THE
NATE SOULS, AND THE SPEEDY TRANSMUTATION OF THEIR KARMA
THROUGH THE SACRED FIRES OF PURIFICATION.God bless you.
Beloved El Morya
March 25, 1956
March 17, 1956
It is my joy, pleasure and honor to bring again to you the love and radiation of my own heart and that of the entire Ascended Host, particu- larly on this day when the radiation, consciousness and outpouring of the beloved Patrick is flowing so freely through the world of mankind!
Oh, for enough time, beloved friends, to tell you all we would! You see how necessary it is for you to gain your freedom over time, space and supply, in this world of form! If you had complete freedom, we could get our instruction to you quickly and promptly, and would not be compelled to crowd it into these short periods of time—but that will come as you endure, as your sincerity continues, and as you persevere with the purification activities both for yourselves and your planet!
Over the Holy Land, where the lives and experiences of the Master Jesus, the holy Mother Mary and our beloved Saint Germain, as Saint Joseph, were enacted, as well as those of many of the apostles and dis- ciples, there is situated the magnificent, circular Resurrection Temple, of which you have read in our little “Journal” (The Bridge to Freedom). This temple is a focus of the power of resuscitation for the mankind of Earth, as well as for the animal and nature kingdoms, and all life expres- sions who care to magnetize it, think about it and absorb it by the power of thought into their very selves.
The nature kingdom has used the power of resuscitation for many, many ages and the beloved Ascended Being, Hope, has used it to stir hope in the hearts of mankind in cooperation with the beloved Maha Chohan and Amaryllis in the ushering in of spring. That THERE IS A POWER OF RESURRECTION is demonstrated in the sublimation of the hulls of last year's growth.
Here within the Holy Land we have the Resurrection Flame. It is yours for the asking—it is mine for the asking—it is for the slightest bird, the smallest violet and crocus breaking through the snow covered Earth, as well as for the most earnest-hearted and sincere chela, in the deepest recesses of the retreats of the world.
The beautiful Madonna is magnificent tonight, in snow-white gar- ments of shimmering, blazing light, banded around the skirt and full sleeves with a mother-of-pearl-like substance, and wearing the beautiful light chiffon-like veil that she usually wears over her golden hair. She has been moving through the various corridors, giving acknowledgment
through the touch of the heart, head, and hand to the many great Mas- ters, devas, and angels who have gathered here for the ceremonies. She also pauses, when time and opportunity permit, to kiss the brow of a kneeling initiate or chela, who is hopefully desiring the resurrection of the powers of his being, emotional stability, mental alertness, or, per- haps, health through the decadent flesh. Her ministration (when she turns her attention toward anyone—even the Masters) has that personal touch, as if the one receiving her attention were the only being in the universe as far as she was concerned. Her motherly embrace is one of light.
While the beloved Mary has been receiving, blessing, and comforting her many guests, the beloved Jesus—clad in shimmering white gar- ments, similar to those of the beloved Mother—has been standing within the Resurrection Flame on the altar, breathing it in, absorbing, expand- ing and directing its radiance for some time. The Madonna now joins him in the center of the flame and its radiation blazes forth, filling the seven circular chambers that surround the central chamber, with a brilliant opalescent-like substance, something like the atmosphere which per- vades the etheric realm.
Within each of these concentric chambers (all of which contain groups of chelas and students) is a great Master, who is supervising the activity and watching the breathing process very carefully, making note of the individual who is intent on his OWN resurrection, but not project- ing and directing the breath for the benefit of the MASSES. These chelas are separated from the other sat the end of the service. Those who are willing to share the benefits received by close proximity to the flame be- come active chelas of the temple. The others, while receiving a certain happiness and freedom in their lives, do not have the joy of added ser- vice.
The Archangel Gabriel, also wearing pure, unrelieved white, stands in the atmosphere above the huge amphitheater that has been erected by the builders of form, to take care of the attending multitudes who have been drawn here. Almost every individual on the planet desires resurrection from something—fear, distress, sickness and limitation of one kind or another. The figure of the Archangel is cosmic in size, his radiation covering the entire Asiatic and European continents. It is con- sidered very wise to have this focus in the Near East for many reasons. His radiance pours down over the massed multitudes in the amphithea- ter with unsurpassed brilliance.
Your cherubim, as well as other seraphim, are enjoying a brief res-
pite from their activities in the physical world, and are flying in, out, and through the Resurrection Flame. They absorb its radiance like a sponge absorbs water, and they retain it as long as their evolution permits. They will fly to the flame daily, and bring back its radiance to you, if you choose to ask them. Unascended beings cannot enter the heart of the Sacred Chamber where the flame is blazing, but the cherubim can, and will, bring back to you a feeling of buoyancy that will lift you above the cares and depressions of the physical world.
Beloved Hope, Amaryllis, and the beloved Maha Chohan receive great joy in the recurrent, rhythmic and systematic release of the Spirit of Spring and are directing the Resurrection Flame now into the Northern Hemisphere, which will shortly burst forth in an array of plants and flow- ers. They often remain in the corridors during the service in the Resur- rection Temple to give added impetus to their activity in the kingdom of nature.
Now, as we come close to the time of the actual ceremony, the be- loved Jesus and Mary are pouring their combined radiance through the Resurrection Flame, while the assembled Brotherhood join in sending their breath out over the whole Earth as ONE. The beloved Gabriel is rendering the same service; the Maha Chohan and beloved Hope are cooperating with the nature kingdom, and I am hoping that each be- loved student will feel, not only tonight, but during the entire month, the POWER OF THE RESURRECTION FLAME flowing through them.
I implore you, beloved friends, let us not remain, month after month, in conditions of financial limitation, physical decay, emotional instability and etheric rebellions as if we had not come! Avail yourselves now of these powers! Come out into the glory of the light!
My assignment tonight, received from the beloved Lord Maitreya, is great, indeed. That which I wish to present to you covers so many fields, such a large scope of activity and endeavor, that I must, necessarily, digest into a very small portion of time.
I also ask for the full cooperation of your Holy Christ Selves, AN- CHORING into your outer consciousness the instruction that is given, be- cause, believe me, my friends, (and I repeat this again and again, though the intellect of many may scoff), YOU are they who shall one day have to explain to the masses the Law and the activity and mechanics of the Sacred Fire, in its inter-relationship between the Ascended Master Realm and the outer consciousness of mankind.
Now, we shall turn to another point which has come up within the
consciousness of some—and for that we shall turn to the contemplation of the banner of our Lord, the Maha Chohan.
How much does this banner, in its entirety, mean to you? Have you thought about it in relation to its activity? There is no thoughtform, no symbol, no service that is rendered by visualization, that does not hold within itself a message for the alert. Here, within the center of the purple field, you have the dove, representative of the great Maha Chohan— representative of the Cosmic Holy Spirit, himself. From it, when it was first conceived, poured the five rays, representative of the Chohans three to seven. Since the conception of the original banner, the Cosmic Law has decreed that the entire seven members of the Chohanic Order come under the radiation of the Maha Chohan. This includes the Master Ku- thumi and myself, and so the revision of the symbols in the banner of the Maha Chohan will come forth in due time.
What is the activity represented by this banner and the symbols por- trayed upon it? The dove (or Holy Spirit), is animating the Freedom Flame. In other words, it is animating, vitalizing, sustaining, and expand- ing the activity of the Seventh Ray, which is the particular and predomi- nant outpouring of the moment, under the great Chohan, my beloved friend and brother, Saint Germain!
Now, beloved friends, the Holy Spirit, the Lord Maha Chohan, choos- es from time to time to animate, sustain, and expand the activities of my humble self, or other members of the Great White Brotherhood, and to give the full pressure and power of his immortal flame of love and light to the words of instruction as they are released by us so that they may go forth to the student body of the people, and THAT IS WHY HE HAS
MENT FOR HIS OWN OUTPOURING; GRACIOUSLY SHARING IT WITH
CAUSE OF THE LIMITED, THOUGH WELL-MEANING, CAPACITY OF THE
DISTRIBUTING CENTER.
Beloved friends, while the Cosmic Law has furnished us with an al- lotment of energy, enabling us to give this instruction, it stipulates, in accordance with the law governing the evolution of each realm, that your octave furnish the vehicles through which this instruction is re- ceived, and rides forth to be assimilated by the outer consciousness of man. If the Maha Chohan had not made provision for the lowering of our instruction from our realm into the etheric, and from the etheric to yours, it would remain as part of the vibrations of the higher octaves, and you would be deprived of its benefits. THUS WAS THE ‘BULLETIN,’
AS A VEHICLE OF EXPRESSION FOR THE ASCENDED HOST, BROUGHT
INTO BEING, FURNISHED AND SUSTAINED BY THE COOPERATION OF
YOUR GOOD SELVES.As to which Master shall or shall not use it is within the prerogative of our beloved Maha Chohan, whom I know you all love.
As an explanation of the preceding paragraph, dear friends, many students have objected to the use of the “Bulletin” by Masters other than the beloved Maha Sahib, thinking, perhaps, in their great love for him, that he was being “crowded out” by his sons and others. This should be a satisfactory explanation, and with it, let us briefly end the subject.
Now let us consider, for a moment, the question of the heart— whether that of a body or an activity of any kind. Have you thought of it in relation to this whole New Endeavor (the “Bridge to Freedom”) and its effect on the consciousness of the race? You have on one side of the physical heart what is called the “auricles” and on the other side the “ventricles.” The word “auricles” is taken from the Greek word “ora- cle.” They are the receiving center. The ventricles, on the other hand, push the vital blood and energy through the body. Do you not see, then, how the double action of the heart might be considered one? And the student body, being the HEART of the movement, do you not see why it is necessary that it should function as ONE organ? It is to bring to you a consciousness of this unity—a consciousness of your individual and col- lective service as ONE UNIT that we come again and again, draw aside
the veil of maya, and EXPLAIN,IN AS SIMPLE TERMS AS POSSIBLE,the
activities which can give you assistance and, through assistance, greater light.
Turning now to the BREATH, I would like you to understand the power you have in the control of your four lower vehicles through the
use of the CONTROLLED BREATH.
I tell you, that in the control of your breath, you can draw the sub- stance of your emotional, mental, etheric, and physical bodies into the Sacred Fire within your heart, sublimate it there and then in the expan- sion of the flame (the release of the breath), consciously feed each of those four bodies with the divine qualities and virtues contained within the Sacred Fire.
The activity of BREATHING IN the Resurrection Flame from the Tem- ple of Jesus and Mary, which we are honoring tonight, follows exactly the same exercise. Within your heart is the Immortal Threefold Flame of God. Therefore, within your heart is a potential spark of EVERY GOD
VIRTUE from EVERY RETREAT and EVERY STAR on this planet, and within interstellar space, and this includes, beloved friends, the POWER OF RESURRECTION. Does your heart possess less power of resurrection than the daffodil or any dormant seed? AS YOU CONSCIOUSLY CONNECT
POWER OF THE RESURRECTION FLAME,and you breathe it into the flame
within your heart, YOU EXPAND THAT RESURRECTION ACTIVITY
THROUGH YOUR FOUR LOWER BODIES, giving you a foretaste of life eternal.
I hope that you understand what it is that I am trying to impart to you, and use it for your own good.
The practice of the controlled breath will help you in the control of the life you give to yourself for physical use, for etheric resuscitation of the powers of your being, which you had in the Sun before the world was. It will help you in the resuscitation of the mental memories of your association with the Ascended Masters and Avatars, and you will FEEL THE RESUSCITATION of the joy, buoyancy, happiness, vitality, and per- fection of the God-free Beings in their service to love and life. That you experience all this and more is the wish of your friend. Thank you and God bless you. EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 8, 1956
Beloved Children,
In my capacity as overlord of the Chohans of the Rays, I am dele- gated with the authority and responsibility of supervising the develop- ment of every lifestream evolving under the specific benediction and blessing of each of the rays. The natural evolution of the lifestreams makes each one heir to certain impersonal blessings and stimuli which, like the sun, air, and water, are equally dispersed, without the measure of personal merit, as in the statement—”The sun shines, and the rain falls, on the just and unjust alike.” The radiating center through which these blessings flow do not delegate any specific intensity to any particu- lar individual.
The cosmic energies that flow through my aura contain, within themselves, those spiritual gifts to the evolutions of Earth, and require no particular attention of my conscious self in the drawing and radiating of their substance to those channels which are provided to be facets of
radiation in the world of men. Each Chohan then receives, through my spiritual body or aura, the gifts, substance and pressure of flame re- quired by him to activate and expand his ray. He, in turn, becomes re- sponsible for the direction and ultimate use of this outpouring through the lifestreams under his supervision. The Chohan of the Ray PERSONAL- IZES the gifts of the Holy Spirit to a much greater degree than I do, and it becomes his responsibility to utilize the substance, gifts, and powers of that ray in a manner that will most efficaciously benefit the evolution of all life in the nature kingdom, the elemental kingdom, and the kingdom of mankind who follow the ladder of evolution ALONG HIS RAY.
Therefore, when any one of the Chohans chooses to single out any member of unascended mankind and spend some of the precious ener- gies of HIS OWN ALLOTMENT from the cosmic storehouse in nourishing the consciousness of that one, he must of necessity ask permission of my office and I, after consulting the cosmic record of the lifestream and the potential service that could be rendered by such a one if the grant were given, am able to pass upon the wisdom of the application and give consent—BUT, even with the consent, the Chohan, or Sponsor, is fully
whatever energy, time, love, effort and gifts he delegates or bestows
upon such a one, IF THAT LIFESTREAM SHOWS NO PROFIT.
You see, beloved ones, WHEN AN INDIVIDUAL GAINS HIS ASCEN-
SION,THE FULLY-GATHERED COSMIC MOMENTUM OF HIS WHOLE LIFE’S
CENDED REALM HAS ACCESS, AT ANY TIME, FOR ANY KNOWLEDGE HE
MAY REQUIRE. HOWEVER, FOR ANY SERVICE RENDERED BELOW THE
ASCENDED MASTER STATE, HE IS REQUIRED TO OFFER A PLEDGE TO
THE COSMIC LAW,NOT ONLY FOR THE AMOUNT HE WISHES TO DRAW,
WARRANT THE EXPENDITURE OF BOTH TIME AND SERVICE. THE CON-
ARE ALSO HELD RESPONSIBLE, BUT TO A LESSER EXTENT THAN THE
MASTER, it being evident, above as below, that THE MORE KNOWLEDGE
WE POSSESS, THE MORE RESPONSIBLE WE ARE FOR ITS USE. IN CASE
TURE,I,TOO,SHARE IN THE RESPONSIBILITY OF MY CHOHANS, and it is
for this reason that I have deliberately prepared a balance to the Univer- sal Law through these many years of instruction and endeavor, over and above the cosmic duties of my office.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 15, 1956
Beloved Children of God,
RADIATION. The QUALITY of the radiation really represents the whole problem of human redemption, as far as the Ascended Masters' service to man is concerned. There is not an electron in interstellar space that is static or immovable, and the so-called “inanimate” objects of the physi- cal world are in a constant state of motion, as the scientists have discov- ered.
The degree of evolution of each self-conscious individual determines the intensity and the length of the rays of radiation that pass from him. The higher the lifestream goes upon the spiritual ladder, the greater is the area covered by his outgoing energy waves, and the more life, pow- er, and love which is directed to such a one by the Ascended Brother- hood, the greater is his responsibility in the solar system to which he
belongs, because of the EVER-INCREASING CIRCUMFERENCE OF HIS
ELECTRONIC CIRCLE.
That is why the responsibility for spiritual knowledge and unfoldment is far greater than is comprehended by the student, who is so eagerly
desirous of KNOWLEDGE, of POWERS, and the FULL USE OF THE ACTIVI-
TIES OF THE SACRED FIRE. As in the physical world greater responsibility rests upon the shoulders of those in positions of trust and authority, so does all spiritual knowledge carry with it an obligation to serve life self- lessly. It carries with it the far more important obligation of controlling and pouring out through the radiation of such an one's being only those qualities which will enrich the universe THROUGH THE GREATER SCOPE
OF THE INCREASED AURA.
If people could see how the unfoldment of spiritual knowledge af- fected their auras, and how much greater was their personal ability to affect the entire universal scheme, some would hesitate, due to the per- sonal responsibility involved, before accepting this outpouring. When individuals have been under the direction of the Ascended Host for several years, as you have been, dear ones, every time one of us has come to present the Law, COUNTLESS TONS OF ENERGY HAVE
FLOWED INTO EACH ONE OF YOUR AURAS, REMAINING A PART OF YOUR
LIFESTREAMS, greatly enlarging the sphere of influence of all the Seven
Rays. IT IS, THEREFORE, EXPEDIENT THAT YOU BEGIN TO INCORPORATE
INTO YOUR VERY BEINGS THE ASCENDED MASTERS' PEACE, POISE, SE-
RENITY, KINDLINESS, TOLERANCE, UNDERSTANDING, LOVE, AND GEN-
TLENESS, BECAUSE THE REPERCUSSIONS FROM THE SLIGHTEST IMPER-
AURA IS EXPANDED TO SUCH A LARGE EXTENT, FOR THE REASON THAT
IT AFFECTS A GREATER PART OF LIFE.
The activity of anchoring the Ascended Masters' energy into your own bodies, setting up new patterns of thought and feeling, coupled with YOUR OWN CONSCIOUS ENDEAVOR to hold your lower bodies within a harmonious expression, will do much to assist you. When your outer consciousness is constantly aware that its most essential duty is to
your consciousness will become like a sun, and your sphere of influence can be used cosmically, TO SET UP A LIKE ENERGY PATTERN in the lives of all those whom the Masters will see fit to draw into your environment. Besides this, it will have a beneficial effect on every expression of life— plant, animal, and elemental—that it touches.
Watch your thoughts and feelings, beloved ones, because these af- fect your radiation, and can diminish your usefulness in the ascended masters' present endeavors to raise and redeem a planet and its people.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 22, 1956
Beloved Children,
Will it surprise you to learn that you and I, individually, have many discussions? Perhaps I should not say “discussions,” because you do not AUDIBLY join with me in the expression of my humble endeavors. Through this little “Bulletin,” I point out to you ways and means by which your earnest souls may consciously join with the great assembly of Ascended Beings. Yet, I rarely come, without there being a discussion of a sort, because within your feelings and your thoughts there have been questions raised, points on which you sought illumination, and in the invisible, we have talked back and forth more often than you, in your outer self, are aware of. So to say that we have had many discussions is not entirely erroneous.
I enjoy, tremendously, the searching of your consciousness and your purpose. I enjoy your devotion to me and to the Brothers who represent me, and who have carried the message of life and light so constantly through the years. I pray for the hour when your devotion to EACH OTHER and your kindly disposition toward each other MAY BE EQUAL TO YOUR DEVOTION TO MYSELF, for in that is the hope of the unity of our endeavor to set this planet with its teeming evolutions free to fulfill their individual divine destinies.
That is why I ask you now, as I have requested many times in the past, to turn your thoughts to the NATURE of the Godhead, to that of myself, if you feel so inclined, or to any of the Brothers of Light who may have taken your fancy, that we might share with you our love, both for yourself and for the light—that you may have the richness of EXPERI- ENCING that love for each other. When that is done, beloved ones, we can “love the world free” through greater illumination and greater free- dom, for love is all there is.
THE HUMAN NATURE CANNOT LOVE; it knows neither tolerance nor understanding nor kindness, because it is diametrically opposed to God. In fact, you might say it is the “devil.” All unascended beings share this human nature to some extent, for self-preservation and other reasons, and the self-denial and humility that represent the vows of church orders are endeavors to deny the human nature and assume the nature of God. I find, though, that denial BY HUMAN WILL is not the answer, I sat last evening trying to think up a simple way and means of reaching into your hearts. The INVOCATION, which I present to you now and have present- ed so many times in the past, TO ANY ASCENDED BEING TO ENTER INTO YOUR DAILY LIFE, has been particularly designed by myself to do just that.
Sometimes, in the hours when we are not disposed to cosmic ser- vice, we have periods of quietude when our minds and thoughts are free from the creative efforts of our specific cosmic purpose. This is some- what similar to your recreation hours, and we are free to use our ener- gies in music, art, song, friendly visitation one with another, or in any harmless manner which allows our flame to revivify and build anew for the following day's occupation.
I use the word “day” advisedly to distinguish periods of service, and it was in such a quiet time that you, beloved ones, came into my mind. As you pour fresh water into a glass of polluted water until it is clear, so
TO YOUR OWN HUMAN CONSCIOUSNESS cleanse and purify and raise it into the God-Consciousness, as the water is purified in the glass. Exper- iment with this idea this week, beloved ones, and we will all rejoice at the results! Definitely let me know what you think of it! Love and grace are the wings of the spirit.
Beloved Maha Chohan
April 29, 1956
Beloved Friends,
All during this current month (April 15th to May 14th) the radiation of the Flame of Peace and Comfort from my retreat in Ceylon is flooding the planet Earth, encompassing and interpenetrating every expression of life evolving thereon.
Comfort and peace are essential to the spiritual growth of all life, from the smallest elemental to the greatest of beings still evolving on the higher planes of existence. Likewise, it is within THE SCOPE and NATURE of all life, and this extends to the so-called “inanimate” expressions, to radiate forth a feeling of peace and comfort. Have you ever sat on a grassy bank on a warm summer day, resting your back against a friendly tree and felt its strength and peace flow into you? Consider the peace and comfort experienced in the contemplation of a beautiful pastoral scene, or in a flock of sheep or a herd of cows grazing peacefully in a green meadow!
How much greater, then, should be the peace and comfort radiating from a self-conscious representative of the Holy Spirit, such as your- selves! When man replaces the selfish emanation of the human con- sciousness with the peace of the Holy Comforter, truly will the kingdom of heaven be made manifest on Earth.
I have pleasure in presenting this week for your edification and con- templation, our beloved Kuthumi's report on the activities of the Comfort Flame, on the occasion of the recent Transmission Activities. Blessings and Love.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Turning our attention tonight to the great and beautiful amphithea- ter over Asia (which is in the form of a magnificent Pink Heart, created by the builders of form after the pattern of the Thoughtform of the Year), you will see the four Beings that represent the activity of divine love—beloved Archangel Chamuel and Charity, the beloved Venetian, and blessed Nada—standing at the four cardinal points of this great am- phitheater, which is as large, I would say, as the continent of Asia. Later in the evening, as the activity expands, it will cover Australia, the Pacific Islands, and the entire Western Hemisphere, as well.
Into this retreat, tonight, come all that require comfort, and who does not! Into the retreat come the members who were released from the compound. Into it come all the discarnates who are working out their salvation in the various temples, including the Ascension Temples and others. Coming, grouped together, are those souls who have applied to the Lords of Karma for embodiment, and who will take their vow before the beloved Mother Mary in May, and endeavor to secure an earth body.
There is a special place reserved in the atmosphere above the am- phitheater for elemental beings, and many, many members of the king- dom of nature—the salamanders, the sylphs, the undines and the gnomes—for God knows that these beings certainly do need comfort!
The Ascended Masters are all seated within the beautiful flame room of our lord, the Maha Chohan. I will try to describe that room to you, if you care to come and stand with me at the door.
The beloved Maha Chohan and Pallas Athena (officiating together), are both in garments of beautiful delicate pink. The Maha Chohan to- night is wearing a cape, which he very seldom does, over his long pink tunic. The cape extends back in a train of about twelve feet. He stands to the left of the altar, the beloved Pallas Athena to the right. She looks beautiful in her pink robes and is wearing a cape similar to that worn by the Lord Maha Chohan. Her hair is piled high, Grecian fashion, with small pink flowers, something like your forget-me-not, woven through it.
The altar is very beautiful in this flame room. The room, itself, is done entirely in pink. The walls, paneled in gold, that come to a point at the top something like the beautiful gothic stained glass windows that you so often see in your churches. There are three panels on either side of this room, and one over the door, at which we are standing. In each of these panels is a picture of one of the Chohans, done in embossed gold, with jewels for the eyes and hair, and underneath is his name in golden script. Saint Germain is pictured on the panel over the door. He is shown standing, looking down over the room, towards the altar.
The chairs are all done in deep pink, and you will notice they have arm rests; they are covered with a velvet-like substance. The frames look somewhat like mother-of-pearl. The entire floor is carpeted, right to the walls, in pale pink. The Maha Sahib is very sensitive to sound, and in every retreat where his activity is focused, he has some sort of sound- proofing, so that there is nothing to jar the vibratory action of the ser- vice in which he is engaged. The seats are arranged on either side of a central aisle and down that aisle over the carpeting runs a strip of mag-
nificent leaf gold, which forms the panel over which the Masters walk to take their places.
The altar, of course, is raised, and the beautiful chalice, in which the Comfort Flame is held, stands in the center. On this exquisite vessel of delicate ivory, countless small doves are finely carved, seeming to cluster all around the tip or fringe of the cup. The Flame of Comfort and Peace is now rising from this beautiful receptacle, Pallas Athena and the Maha Chohan pouring their radiation into it from either side.
At the actual commencement of the ceremony, these two great be- ings will rise and meet within the flame, which will then ascend to the amphitheater, where it will begin to expand its activity of divine com- fort—first to all gathered here, and then to the entire planet.
At approximately 9:20 this evening, the beloved Maha Chohan and Pallas Athena will release, for every lifestream on the planet, and all be- longing to this evolution, a thoughtform of a beautiful white dove, which will enter into and abide within the soul of each lifestream, so, as you finish your breathing exercise and remain in the heart of the silence for a moment, you may visualize those beautiful doves expanding outward, each one finally coming to rest in someone's soul.
There are also tiny doves, some no larger than the head of a pin, created by order of the Maha Chohan himself, to fit into the hearts of the smallest undines and the tiniest sylphs, salamanders, and gnomes. There are also doves of tremendous size, some with a wingspread of from fifteen to twenty feet, to fit into the hearts of the great devas. Even the Elohim, themselves, get a gift of one of these doves tonight, because this cosmic service not only includes human and elemental life, but in- cludes a blessing from the Holy Spirit to all life, from cosmic heights down to the smallest elemental, those who have been instrumental in setting beloved Sanat Kumara free and who desire to bring comfort to this Earth.
For the animal kingdom, instead of the dove, the Maha Chohan has designed a white cup, much in the form of a lily-of-the-valley, and that cup will go into the heart of every breathing animal tonight, to give com- fort to that life wherever it may be on this planet.
Now, beloved ones, as you take your places for the breathing cere- mony, let me remind you that every Master seated within the Flame Room is a SPECIALIST in some activity of life. Think of the beloved Je- sus, alone, and the capacity he has had, through the ages, to comfort life! All those great beings, as they draw the Flame of Comfort, charge it
with the cosmic momentum of WHATEVER QUALITY THEY HAVE SPECIAL- IZED IN,and then breathe that out to bless all life.
The Maha Chohan wishes me to remind you of the value of the QUALITY OF CONSTANCY. There is great comfort in the constancy of your association one with another; constancy of friendship, constancy of purpose; constancy of emotional reaction; constancy of health, constan- cy in the flow of your money supply, constancy in your spiritual ritual. We can promise you, in turn, that the Master is always waiting— CONSTANTLY—for each unascended being, no matter what the karma or the impurity of their outer self. CONSTANT that Master waits “beside the tideless shore of Life's Eternal Sea”—waiting for you, blessed, beloved children, to come once more into our presence and our hearts. God bless you, beloved friends. KUTHUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 6, 1956
Beloved Children of God,
I would like you to contemplate, very seriously, the tremendous pos- sibilities that lie within your grasp in the use of the Holy Breath. Study the instructions given you by my beloved Kuthumi on this subject—use the exercises daily and make the benefits derived therefrom part of your own personal experience through experimentation. I venture to say that once you have touched on the truth of the power that lies within the rhythmic use of the Holy Breath, you will never cease to use it as faith- fully as you now use the food that seems to be such an important part of your daily life.
Beloved Kuthumi speaks at Maha Chohan's retreat on April 22, 1956:
Beloved Friends,
The Holy Christ Self of each man is pure, perfect, and divine. Your own individualized God-Presence is pure, perfect, and divine. Your Caus- al Body—the accumulated store of all the God-energy you have construc- tively used during the long centuries you have lived—is pure, perfect, and divine also. Therefore, when we come to unascended individuals who wish to sit at the feet of the Masters, we must deal primarily with the etheric consciousness, and the various sheaths which surround it, which for the time being are causing certain restrictions in the release of the light from your Presence, in the release of your financial freedom,
your perfect health, your eternal youth and beauty, and all those great powers of precipitation, levitation, and God-freedom you desire so ear- nestly, and which are part of your divine heritage.
From your Presence, there is directed into the secret chamber of your heart a focus of Itself. This is the Immortal Threefold Flame of God and it is the intelligence by which you think; the motivating power by which you move, and is the only part of you that sustains, eternally, your ascended body when you are God-free.
Now, blessed ones, I would like you to think about that flame in your hearts for a moment. In the undeveloped it is very, very small and lives within the airless cell. In the more developed it begins to expand. It is the endeavor of the Great White Brotherhood, those of the Golden Robe primarily, to teach chelas and sincere students HOW TO EXPAND THAT
FLAME,AND HOW TO UTILIZE IT FOR THE REDEMPTION OF ALL THE EN-
ERGIES IN THEIR VEHICLES.
THEREFORE,AT THE REQUEST OF THE BELOVED MAHA CHOHAN,IT
PROGRESS IF YOU CHOOSE TO USE THEM:
FOLD FLAME WITHIN YOUR PHYSICAL HEARTS, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT
YOU CONSCIOUSLY BREATHE INTO THIS FLAME FIRST,THE DIVINE PAT-
TERN OF YOUR OWN MIGHTY I AM PRESENCE, SECOND, THE FULLY
GATHERED COSMIC MOMENTUM OF YOUR CAUSAL BODY, THIRD, THE
DIVINE NATURE OF YOUR HOLY CHRIST SELF.
After these breaths have increased the power of the Threefold Flame in your heart, hold yourself centered within the Threefold Flame of God within your heart, and realize that the transmuting power of Holy Ame- thyst, beloved Zadkiel, beloved Saint Germain, and all the powers of the Fire of Mercy and Compassion are within that flame. THEN THE NEXT
STEP IS THE PURIFICATION OF THE FOUR LOWER BODIES.
Now, consciously draw (on the incoming breath) from your emotion- al body all the impure substance within it into the beautiful Transmuting Flame within your heart. Hold the breath within the flame, and mentally see all that impure substance transmuted within that Sacred Fire.
Next, consciously EXPAND (on the outgoing breath) into your emo- tional body all the TRANSMUTED AND PURIFIED SUBSTANCE from the FLAME. When that purified substance has filled the emotional body, your
next step is to hold the breath OUT OF THE BODY and consciously PRO- JECT into the world the Ascended Master FEELING from the Sacred Fire in your heart, adding to it whatever quality, virtue or activity in which you, yourself, might be engaged to bless life.
Do the same with the mental body, using the same rhythm, drawing all the pictures, patterns, and forms of imperfection that fill that body and all the half-truths that lurk therein, INTO THE HEART OF THE SA- CRED FIRE. As you hold the breath within the flame, mentally see all those pictures, concepts and patterns dissolved and REPLACED BY THE DIVINE PATTERN of your own God-Presence. Now, EXPAND the Holy Breath until it fills the entire mental body and then PROJECT it by the power of thought into the atmosphere where those constructive pictures may be picked up by other individuals.
When you come to the etheric body, you can breathe into the subli- mating Sacred Fire within your heart all the unhappy experiences, all the etheric substance that has been qualified imperfectly, and while the breath is held within the body, FEEL the purifying power of the Sacred Fire within your heart CHARGING through that etheric substance and removing every record of distress that lurks therein. Then when the flame expands you can CHARGE INTO YOUR ETHERIC BODY all the glory and the memory of the perfection that you had in the Sun before the world was and as you PROJECT IT FORTH, you can CHARGE that etheric faith and confidence into the world around you.
For physical healing, it is the most magnificent activity to consciously draw (on the inbreath) all of the substance of the body from the soles of the feet, from the top of the head, from the tips of the fingers and from every organ and cell INTO THE HEART OF THE SACRED FIRE and there feel it sublimated—every bit of that energy charged with the power of your own divine pattern and plan fulfilled. Then as you expand that flame, feel it flow out to the extremities of your physical body on the breath, feeling them actually tingle with the quality and power of Light. Now, PROJECT IT FORTH for the healing of your fellowmen.
It is important to remember that each of the four breaths that make up the exercises should be taken on AN EXACT SAME NUMBER OF COUNTS, as per table attached.
Let me again remind you, beloved ones, that within that flame in your hearts is the sublimating power of the Violet Fire of Freedom's Love. Within that flame is the purifying power by which the energies of your lower bodies may be transmuted and purified. As you DRAW the
energies from your four lower vehicles home into the heart of that Sa- cred Fire, I want you to FEEL THE SUBLIMATION of those energies; then in the pressure of the EXPANSION of the breath, charge back into the particular vehicle on which you happen to be working, the sublimated energy that has been transformed.
Let us consider the emotional body for just a moment. It is the larg- est of your vehicles and forms the periphery of the concentric circles that surround the physical body—the emotional on the outside; the mental body next; then the etheric body, and the physical body in the heart center of the whole. In the emotional body there is a great deal of sub- stance and energy that has been misqualified by passions and emotions of an imperfect nature in the past. These tendencies, patterns, explosive qualities, depressions—we need not name them in full—but if you wish to treat yourself for EMOTIONAL INSTABILITY, you can do it easily on the breath, remembering always BEFORE YOU START THIS BREATHING AC-
FLAME OF GOD WITHIN YOUR HEARTS, realizing that THIS IS THE ONLY
POWER THAT CAN ACT.
God bless you, beloved ones. We will have more to say on this sub- ject later.
BREATHING EXERCISE
- First, it is essential that you CENTER your consciousness in the
Immortal Victorious Threefold Flame of God within your heart; then to EXPAND that flame use the following exercises: Direct your attention to the beloved Presence of God “I AM”
(All breathing exercises are done to the count of 8)
I AM inbreathing the plan divine fulfilled from my beloved I AM I AM absorbing
“ “
“
I AM expanding
“ “
“
I AM projecting
“ “
“
Direct your attention to your Causal Body
I AM inbreathing the full accumulation of all the good in my Causal Body Use same statement, substitute “absorbing,” “expanding” and “pro- jecting” for “inbreathing
- Direct your attention to your Holy Christ Self:
I AM inbreathing the nature of God from my beloved Holy Christ Self
USE SAME STATEMENT, SUBSTITUTE “ABSORBING,” “EXPANDING”
AND “PROJECTING” FOR “INBREATHING
In order to increase the power, activity and quality of any specific virtue of the Immortal Victorious Threefold Flame of God within your heart, you can consciously invite the fully-gathered momentum of any God-Free Being to accelerate that particular virtue through the Immortal Victorious Flame within your heart by this exercise: (We have chosen the Violet Fire of Transmutation, as purification is most required by unas- cended beings at this hour.) You can, however, use the Blue Flame of Faith of beloved Michael; the Golden Flame of Illumination of beloved Jophiel; the Pink Flame of Love of beloved Chamuel; the White Flame of Purity of beloved Gabriel; the Green Flame of Truth of beloved Raphael; the Ruby (or Gold) Flame of Peace of beloved Uriel in this exercise as well.
- Direct your attention to beloved Holy Amethyst:
USE SAME STATEMENT, SUBSTITUTE “ABSORBING,” “EXPANDING”
AND “PROJECTING” FOR “INBREATHING”
- The purification of the four lower bodies:
I AM inbreathing for purification all th'energy of my feeling world
USE SAME STATEMENT, SUBSTITUTE “ABSORBING,” “EXPANDING”
AND “PROJECTING” FOR “INBREATHING”
(SAME AS ABOVE USING MENTAL WORLD)
(SAME AS ABOVE USING ETHERIC WORLD)
(SAME AS ABOVE USING PHYSICAL WORLD)
On the inbreath feel the impure substance drawn into the purified essence of the Sacred Fire. On the breath held within the body feel the impure substance transmuted by the Sacred Fire. On the outgoing breath feel the purified substance RETURN to nourish the body you are treating. On the breath held out of the body feel the purified substance of the body you are treating projected into the outside world for the blessings of all mankind.
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 13, 1956
Beloved Children of My Heart,
Perhaps it has not occurred to your outer minds that the services of those of the Ascended Host, who have voluntarily dedicated their free energies to the spiritual welfare of the race, are strenuous in the ex-
treme. For instance, LONG AFTER YOU HAVE COMPLETED YOUR ‘CALLS’
AND GONE ABOUT YOUR DAILY AFFAIRS, THE MEMBERS OF THE HIER-
DESIRED REQUESTS,limited as their endeavors may be by individual or mass karma.
Likewise, when a brother or sister from the higher octaves is given an assignment to address a group of unascended beings, he puts time, energy, and application into the preparation of his discourse. THESE AD-
DRESSES GIVEN BY THE MASTERS, BELOVED ONES, ARE NOT BY ANY
MENT OF THOSE TO WHOM HIS RENDITION IS DIRECTED.
The beloved Kuthumi, for example, took advantage of the opportuni- ty afforded him to speak to the multitude in his report on the Transmis- sion Flame Ceremonies held recently in my retreat at Ceylon, TO INCOR-
PORATE THREE SEPARATE AND DISTINCT SUBJECTS—all related to man-
kind's freedom—into his address. It would be difficult to decide which phase of his presentation is the most essential, but it is safe to affirm
that the PURIFICATION OF MANKIND’S INNER VEHICLES is of the most
vital importance to their spiritual progress. My beloved Jesus, referring to the same subject, made the statement, “Ye cannot put new wine into old bottles.”
May I suggest, beloved ones, THAT YOU MAKE AN EARNEST CALL TO
INTO AN UNSATIABLE DESIRE FOR UNADULTERATED TRUTH, which
those who have reached the Christ Estate are alone capable to impart. Blessings and Love.
Beloved Kuthumi speaks on the Sacred Fire of Purification and its use:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
To you who are seeking the way back Home through the control of the energies of your own inner bodies—and to you who have applied primarily to the great Maha Chohan himself for an understanding of how to become a comforting presence to all life—to you I bring and give the special blessing and benediction of our Lord, the Maha Chohan. He wish- es me to commend you on the sincerity of your endeavor, for the con- stancy of your service, for the purity of your motive and for the deep heart-desire, which is so practically manifest in your inner bodies to puri- fy, sublimate, transmute and make a fit receptacle of all your vehicles for the descent of the Holy Spirit. By thus providing for his reception, he will abide within your heart and express fully through your emotional, men- tal, and etheric bodies as a tangible radiation, which will be the master- control of all the energies you are called upon to contact, your sphere of influence expanding, when necessary, to envelop an entire nation or planet and able to contract in itself again, to a smaller sphere, when you are handling perhaps just a roomful of people or a smaller group.
The process of the expansion and contraction of your sphere of in- fluence will come under your control as you learn a little more about the activity of the rhythmic breath, and as you open yourselves to the activi- ties of purification, which are more concentrated in the astral and psy- chic realms, and in the inner bodies of mankind today, than at any time since the fall of man from grace.
As these inner bodies are opened to the mighty concentrates of the beloved Astrea's purifying Circle and Sword of Flame, and beloved Michael's limitless legions' Swords of Blue Flame, and all the purifying activities of the Seventh Ray and the Mercy Flame, there are dislodged from the vehicles and souls of men, the astral sheaths which enfold them and which have been embedded there for many, many ages of time. As that substance is dislodged, as the emotional, mental, etheric, and phys- ical bodies begin to disgorge, we might say, the substance which has been solidified in, through and around them through the ages, it is es-
sential THAT MAN HAS AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE SACRED FIRE in the
aspect of sublimation in his unascended state, else there would be a ver- itable hailstorm of creations dislodged from their hiding places in these inner bodies which would bombard the vehicles of the balance of the race, just as a dust storm blowing over an entire countryside lights upon everything in sight.
That is why, beloved friends, it is necessary to institute a knowledge
of the Fires of Mercy and Purification, as well as Saint Germain's activity of divine alchemy, in the consciousness of the student body before it would be safe to stir up for redemption so many of these misqualified energies that have lain dormant so long within the inner bodies of the people.
After the establishment of the Violet Fire foci over the various coun- tries, cities, towns, and locations in which conscious students (or even one student) dwell, who may be used as a magnetizing center for this Fire of Purification, it has been made possible to take all the people with- in the various continents into those Violet Fire lakes and gradually re- move layer after layer of mental, emotional, etheric, and physical sub- stance that has been misqualified. After that substance is removed, it is purified, and one of the beings of purification who has assisted at the ritual, applies to the Silent Watcher of the particular continent to which the lifestream belongs, and asks if that purified substance shall go direct- ly back to the Sun or whether it shall be placed in the Causal body of the individual to which the energy belongs, as a momentum of good and perfection. There is a certain aspect of Cosmic Law which governs the re-direction of purified substance into the Causal Body of an individual
TO SUBLIMATE THAT ENERGY.
When you, beloved ones, consciously use the Violet Fire of Free- dom's Love and use the activity of divine alchemy, you are self- consciously drawing into your emotions, your minds, your memories and your flesh that Violet Fire. When you walk down those beautiful marble ramps into the Violet Fire lakes—you are self-consciously calling on the Law of Forgiveness for the misqualification of your energies, and be- cause you have self-consciously and voluntarily done so, the Silent Watchers, the Lords of Karma, and the Beings of Light (without excep-
tion) GIVE THAT ENERGY BACK TO YOU, WHICH IMMEDIATELY ENTERS
YOUR FOUR LOWER BODIES NEEDS ASSISTANCE and help most, at any
given time.
However, when an individual is drawn within that purifying fire with
NO SELF-CONSCIOUS EFFORT OR DESIRE TO USE THE VIOLET FIRE, the
substance as purified is usually returned to the Sun. The Sun then gives it to some God-free Beings—to the beloved Zadkiel, Saint Germain or Arcturus—any one of the Great Ones—rather than concentrate it back as a personal grant to the lifestream who misqualified it, because that one
HAS NOT MADE THE CONSCIOUS ENDEAVOR TO PURIFY IT.
This is a very important part of the Law and one which I hope you
will understand BECAUSE THE ENERGIES THAT YOU CONSCIOUSLY PU-
RIFY BECOME IMMEDIATELY PART OF YOUR OWN CAUSAL BODY, and
then your Holy Christ Self, according to its wisdom, charges them back into the vehicle of expression that needs them most. Therefore, beloved ones, you come under a specific dispensation of the Cosmic Law.
This is the same activity that takes place when individuals pass through so-called death. They are bathed within this Violet Fire, which some people call “purgatory” and others refer to as the “River Styx.” Almost all religions refer to some type of purification before the soul can enter a state of heavenly bliss. When individuals are not conscious stu- dents of the Law—when they pass from the body without an actual knowledge of the power of mercy and forgiveness as an activity of the Sacred Fire—they are bathed in that substance just as you would bathe children, after which they are prepared to enter the Halls of Karma and receive their assignments of service in whatever sphere they have fitted
themselves to dwell. THAT BATHING,HOWEVER,DOES NOT GIVE THEM A
QUALIFIED, UNTIL THEY HAVE LEARNED TO SUBLIMATE THEIR ENERGY
TEMPLES DEDICATED TO THAT PURPOSE,after which they are entitled to make application for the energy they have voluntarily purified. God bless
you. KUTHUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 20, 1956
Beloved Children of My Heart,
My beloved Kuthumi completed his marvelous three-subject address, on the evening of the Transmission Flame Ceremonies at my retreat in Ceylon recently, with a comprehensive summary of his subjects, which I have the pleasure of offering you herewith. It is natural, beloved ones, that the further along you go in the study of any subject, the more in- tensive grows the knowledge presented for your edification. Let me re- mind you, however, that unless you APPLY THE INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN for your spiritual advancement, it becomes only that much more accre- tion added to the already superfluous supply which now clutters up the mental bodies of the race.
BELOVED KUTHUMI speaks:
Beloved Friends,
The beloved Maha Chohan wants you to feel that as you allow your attention to rest on the Threefold Flame in your hearts, that his Comfort Flame is expanding within you, drawing you very close to his own blessed heart.
This Comfort Flame is cultivated and expanded by every Cosmic Be- ing, Ascended Master and angelic presence. Every being within that flame chamber tonight is a specialist in some activity of blessing to life. Think you of the beloved Jesus, alone, and the capacity he has had, through the ages, to comfort life. Now in his proximity to the Comfort Flame this evening—as he draws it in, he qualifies it with his own Jesus Christ Comfort and breathes his own cosmic momentum of that quality back into the concentrate of the Comfort Flame that is held within the focus we are honoring, and which will be projected out into the world at large, when the actual breathing ceremony begins.
Think also of the beloved Mother Mary! As she breathes in that tre- mendous Comfort Flame, she is charging it with all her power to comfort life, and so adds her cosmic momentum of that quality to the Comfort Flame on the altar.
The beloved Lord Michael—robed in pink tonight, most unusual for his august presence—is also breathing in the great Comfort Flame of our Lord the Maha Chohan, qualifying it with his own immortal Threefold Flame of Comfort, accumulated through the ages, in his service of cut- ting lifestreams free from all types of discordant pressure, and charging it back into the Comfort Flame on the great altar.
You will see from this how the Comfort Flame grows in size and in- tensity through the holy breath of the Ascended Masters and Cosmic Beings present.
All of you, beloved ones, through every capacity you have ever had and used to comfort life, have also breathed in that flame (though per- haps unconscious of its presence and quality), and breathed it out again to comfort life. By this action you have actually expanded the Comfort Flame of our Lord Maha Chohan who, as you know, is representative of the Holy Spirit to our planet.
At the close of the formal ceremony—as the Pink Flame encircles the entire Earth—the Maha Chohan, himself, will address the assembly on
THE COMFORT OF CONSTANCY. “There is great comfort in CONSTANCY,”
says the Lord Maha Chohan. And is that not true, beloved ones, even in your association one with another? There is much comfort in the con- stant heart, constancy of purpose, constancy in emotional reaction, con- stancy in friendship, constancy even in the flow of your money supply;
constancy in the health of your physical minds and bodies, constancy in your spiritual rituals. Eternal comfort exists with the quality of CONSTAN-
CY!
The Breath: In your breathing, if you should come across a block, shall we say, in your endeavors, do not be disturbed any more than you would be in dealing with a small child if that child were not instantly re- sponsive to your request for obedience. As you begin definite application through the use of the Sacred Fire on the activity of purification, it is apt
to do two things: FIRST,IT WILL EXPAND THE FLAME IN YOUR HEART,
MAKING IT LARGER AND LARGER, UNTIL IT REACHES OUT TO THE PE-
RIPHERY OF YOUR VEHICLES, THE OUTERMOST POINT OF YOUR EMO-
TIONAL BODY. SECOND, IT WILL DRAW YOUR FOUR LOWER VEHICLES
INTO THE CONTROL OF THAT FLAME, WHERE THEY REALLY BELONG,
AND WHERE THEY SHOULD HAVE REMAINED IN THE FIRST PLACE.
The Maha Chohan has been particularly desirous that I give you this information on the Holy Breath, and I would appreciate it if you would experiment daily with the power that is centered within your heart (the immortal Threefold Flame of eternal truth) and see what you can do to- ward cleaning up the channels which form your many sheaths.
You know, beloved ones, that everything you desire comes from your own I Am Presence. Supply is limited only because of the shadows existing in some one of your four lower bodies. That is all that keeps you from being self-luminous and self-conscious, precipitating beings of light. As you continue earnestly, sincerely and consistently to use the Violet Fire of Purification—and experiment with the rhythmic breath, you will get your vehicles into better alignment and then you will find that all of the glory of the Causal Body will be yours.
You would be amazed and delighted too, beloved friends, if you could see how much of the substance of your own worlds and that of mankind you have sublimated by your calls. Your own purified energy has been returned to your Causal Bodies, where it is waiting to be re- leased to and through you by your own Holy Christ Selves, as the occa- sion presents itself.
The breathing exercise: In the activity of drawing the impure sub- stance of the four lower vehicles into the purifying action of the Three- fold Flame within the heart and breathing out the purified substance, it may be easier at first, beloved ones, to treat one body at a time. In this exercise, it may not be possible for a beginner to draw in the breath, sustain it while you hold the picture, expand it and project it through all the four lower bodies at once. Start with the emotional body (the outer- most one). Draw the impure substance of that one in—hold it in the
Transmuting Flame for the duration of the held breath, charge the puri- fied substance back into the emotional body on the outbreath and then PROJECT as much purified substance as CAN BE CARRIED ON THE BREATH out into the emotional bodies of all mankind WHILE YOU HOLD
THE BREATH OUT OF THE BODY.
Follow the same procedure with the mental, etheric and physical bodies, drawing in the impure substance—seeing it purified in the flame, charging the purified substance back into the body to which it belongs and blessing the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical bodies of the race with the purified substance ON THE PROJECTED BREATH. You will be doing very well as a beginner in the study of this important esoteric exercise, if you SUCCESSFULLY treat ONE BODY AT A TIME. If you are constant with this—if you will take a few minutes three times a day to experiment with it—you will gradually be able to treat two bodies at a time, then three and finally the four. Dexterity comes with experience after you have gained absolute control over the breath. As you begin, you will find the DRAWING IN of the breath to be comparatively easy. Also the HOLDING of the breath while you are men- tally accepting the sublimation of the impure energies in the flame within the heart is easy. But you will have to watch on the EXPANSION of the purified substance on the OUTBREATH, regulating it so that you will have the proper amount of purified energy to give the world at large on the PROJECTED BREATH. Remember that you must follow the same rhythm on EACH OF THE FOUR BREATHS—the inbreath; the held-breath; the outbreath, and the projected breath. You will find that you will require a good deal of control to save enough energy for an OUTWARD DRIVE OF PURIFIED SUBSTANCE as a blessing to the world. The latter (projected breath) is part of the cosmic service.
Many people in their instruction on the Law of the Breath just give the three first steps: they take the in-drawn breath, the held-breath, the expansion or outbreath, but Saint Germain's activity includes a blessing for the world in the PROJECTED breath. Remember, beloved ones, that every God-quality is held within the flame in your heart.
Let us take faith (and that is one quality required by the race)—you may draw from your emotional body the quality of despair or lack of faith into the living blue fire in your heart. See it transmuted there into Michael's faith, then charge it back into your emotional body and out into the world at large on the PROJECTED breath. Treat the contents of your mental, etheric and physical bodies the same way and do not forget that every PURI- FIED breath you PROJECT blesses all mankind. God bless you. KUTHUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
May 27, 1956
Beloved Children of the One Father,
All during this current month (May 15th to June 14th, inclusive) the radiation of the Liberty Flame is flooding the Earth from the beloved Paul the Venetian's retreat in southern France. It is my pleasure to offer you his report of the proceedings on the evening of the Transmission Flame activities, as well as a short description of the beautiful chateau itself.
While this focus of the Threefold Flame of God—representative of the Holy Trinity for the planet Earth—is guarded by the beloved Paul and his conferees within the beautiful Chateau d' Liberte', I would ask you to remember, dear ones, that each one of you is also a guardian of the flame, in that you carry a replica of that same Liberty Flame in your heart, to which you may have recourse at any second, minute or hour of the day or night.
In the understanding and use of the holy breath, after you have ex- panded the Threefold Flame in your heart by the magnetization of your I AM Presence, your Causal Body and your Holy Christ Self through your call, I would suggest that you treat any problem that presents itself, no matter what it is, whether lack of faith, supply, sickness, disappointment in others—no matter what form it takes—by drawing the disturbed ener- gy from whichever body it happens to be functioning—into the flame in your heart. See it transmuted there by love, WHILE YOU HOLD THE BREATH, and then return it happily to its natural habitat on the OUT- GOING BREATH, remembering not to qualify it, after it has been re- deemed, by thoughts of doubt and fear. Let it “rest in peace,” beloved ones, and you do your part by turning your busy thoughts to some con- structive endeavor.
Get into the habit of doing this, beloved ones, and you will be both surprised and delighted at the change for the better in your world. It is time now that we put our KNOWLEDGE and POWER into action. Blessings and love
BELOVED PAUL, THE VENETIAN, speaks:
Beloved Friends,
Tonight, you are to be among the guests of honor at my chateau in France, and as time is running on, I will ask you to ascend in conscious- ness and take your places in the beautiful grail which is your forcefield. In it we will move rapidly across the wide Atlantic, settling softly on the green grass of southern France where you can look, for a moment, at the beautiful Mediterranean; then we will move onward toward the cha-
teau, itself, so that you may observe the architecture from the lower lev- el before you ascend the steps to the great door.
As this retreat represents the activity of the Holy Trinity, we always try to bring the action of the three in one to the attention of our visitors. You will notice that the steps leading to the front entrance are in groups of three, a grassy sward separating one group from another. The first landing contains within itself a beautiful fountain with a blue fire activity playing in and around it. On the second landing is a fountain with the gold fire activity, and the space at the top of the three remaining steps contains a fountain with the pink fire radiating from it, the pink fire being nearest to the entrance of the chateau, and closest to the particular ser- vices in which we are engaged.
You have been here many times before. You are acquainted with the painting over the balcony between the divided stairway, which is a prod- uct of my own humble endeavors. You are familiar with the beautiful seraphic figures that decorate the hallway, and you can feel again the beat of the Liberty Flame underneath the mosaic pattern of the floor.
You have entered the chamber where the Liberty Flame is focused, many times, or at least you have stood at the doorway, if you have not entered.
Let us stand at the entrance now and, looking towards the al- tar, you will again recognize the activity of the Trinity, as the altar for this celebration is built in three tiers, the lower one covered with the beautiful roses for which we are famous here in France, and which grow profusely in the gardens behind the chateau. The altar on the second tier is graced with two beautiful candelabra, one on each side, the colors of the rays represented in the candles which they hold. The altar on the third and highest tier contains the grail from which the Liberty Flame expands.
This golden vessel is very beautiful, in the usual chalice formation, inlaid with three large doves in shining mother-of-pearl. The three altars are built of the same shining material with a large dove, symbolic of the Maha Chohan's activity, inlaid in gold at the base of each one.
In the atmosphere over the Liberty Flame, tonight, stands the God- dess of Liberty, looking magnificent in her all-white robes. She is drawing the Liberty Flame upward, into the amphitheater, which extends over all the European continent this evening, and is built in the form of a gigan- tic heart, the entire construction done in deep pink with the seats of a lighter shade, with four great beings of love standing at each of the car- dinal points—the Archangels Chamuel and Charity, the Elohim Orion and
beloved Nada. Tonight, as the ceremony proceeds, I shall serve at the right of the altar, and the beloved Maha Chohan at the left—the beloved Goddess of Liberty in the atmosphere overhead.
Mankind has desired liberty for many ages, beloved ones, from the time the immortal Threefold Flame of life was projected by the Godhead and the first individualization realized that “I AM.” From that time on- ward, the great, eternal First Cause gave into the use of that flame of life free will—liberty in the use of that flame—by which the individual so created may grow into limitless perfection. Many souls thus brought into being, wiser far than you and I, utilized the flame to create only perfec- tion, and many never trod the ways of Earth. Nevertheless, no matter how dense the accumulation of effluvia around the human form, still within the heart-beat is that same God-given prerogative of free will to use life and reap the harvest of that using—but very often, beloved ones, in the reaping of the harvest, comes the learning of the Law of Life through bitter tears, when it could be as well learned through joy.
We are grateful beyond words, dear ones, that one of your magnifi- cent calls has been for the REMOVAL OF THE DESTRUCTIVE FREE WILL of the people of Earth, and in response to that request, the beloved God- dess of Liberty, the beloved Lord Maha Chohan, and all the members of the Brotherhood representing the Pink Ray are concentrating their ener- gies into the Liberty Flame this evening, in the petition to life that man- kind may LOSE THE DESIRE AND CAPACITY to use free will to create im- perfection from the beautiful life substance, which is part of the body of God. Therefore, as the breathing exercises commence, remember that there are Ascended Masters breathing into that Liberty Flame with you, a prayer that the universe will be richer because man chooses happily to surrender his flame, his free will, and his Presence, to the God that cre- ated him in the first place.
Thank you, each one, everywhere, for your presence with us this evening, because it is on the wings of your attention that you come, and after you have placed your valuable and lovely vehicles to rest, I wish that you would return on the wings of light to the Chateau d' Liberte, that I may have the pleasure of taking you myself through the gardens; that I may play for you if you so choose. I as they tell me, I have some small talent on the piano, organ and violin. It would also give me pleas- ure to show you some of the paintings that you have done, yourselves, and some of the sculpture that you have carved in times past when you were more free—in the golden ages that have folded their garments around them and are no more, except for the beauty we have salvaged
and preserved to this present day.
I want you to breathe in the scent of the roses. I want you to feel my love for you, each one. I believe in you. I have believed enough in you to desire to remain a part of your planet, and as the beloved Kwan Yin said before me—”I shall not enter the gates of the cosmic Nirvana while there is one potential soul yet undeveloped.” I shall look for your return in your light bodies, beloved ones. Until then, permit me to say, “Au revoir.” PAUL
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 3, 1956
Beloved Children of God,
I have pleasure in offering you herewith my beloved son Paul's ad- dress, on the art of being your “brother's keeper.” He tells how, through love, this seemingly difficult feat may be accomplished. Even in the earthly sphere, beloved ones, “everything brings forth according to its kind.” What would be more natural than that the Father of all life should be the first to establish that precedent! Love is the NATURE of God. In the fall of man, the erstwhile sons of God “clothed themselves” in the dark and heavy garments of the HUMAN nature. When they have divest- ed themselves completely of these fleshly trappings and reached for the white robe of love, which the children of the Kingdom wear, man will find himself once more back in “his Father's house.” Cultivate love, be- loved ones, in your dealings one with another, and observe the uplift of soul which follows its use.
BELOVED PAUL, THE VENETIAN, speaks:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
I love you deeply and sincerely. I love your earnest call, that you may feel the real, honest desire to become “your brother's keeper” and I hasten to answer that call with my presence and my feeling of joy in being “my brother's keeper.”
Have you thought of the billions of individuals who belong to Earth's evolution, yet unascended, when you make that statement and use the energy of your breath, asking that you may become the keeper, in love, of all those many lifestreams? Life will give you that opportunity, for life allows every man, woman, and child full opportunity to fulfill the words
expressed, the vows taken, the decrees given, the songs intoned and sung, and the prayers whispered within the heart, that are not always audible to the physical senses.
There is, in this great planet, much of the body of God that requires transmutation and sublimation, much of the elemental kingdom that is in agony, impurity, and distress, much of the four-footed kingdom that re- quires sublimation, and many, many members of the race who have not accepted even a mental concept of a Supreme Intelligence, but choose to endow the outer intellect and the puny mind of man with the preroga- tive and powers of the Great and Supreme Source.
There are many people on this Earth who have an abstract knowledge of a Universal First Cause—they call it by varying names, ac- cording to the races and the religions into which they have been born and raised. They have endowed this great First Cause with the charac- teristics, the emotions and the tendencies of themselves—making Gods according to themselves. It is to dispel these half-truths, these created gods made in the image and likeness of man, and to bring into the outer consciousness of all mankind the knowledge and the nature of the One Supreme Father, that we have forsworn Nirvana and the happiness and joy we have earned, to serve here on the planet Earth while there is yet one unascended being undeveloped.
We on the Third Ray, beloved ones, are particularly concerned with the development of love. We represent, as you are aware, the activity of love in the triple aspect of the Holy Trinity, and through the Elohim, through the Archangels and through the Chohanship, we are endeavor- ing to lower into the outer consciousness and feelings—first, of the che- las, and then all peoples—a love for God that contains within itself a mighty sense of FAITH in his power to restore emotions and minds and bodies and memories to their perfect estate.
Beloved ones, examine yourselves closely, and find out how much reliance you have on the all-power of God in your world—how much have you allowed your reliance to build upon passing appearances. In order to come to a point where you are able to be, not only the keeper of your own vehicles, but also to be able to act efficaciously as “your brother's keeper,” you must first come to an acceptance in your feelings of the ever-presence of God within what you call the “immortal Three- fold Flame of eternal truth” that beats your heart. Mental acceptance of this is not enough, but when your feeling world joyously accepts that active Christ Presence and joyously gives that Presence full power to act through the various vehicles, then you will find yourself master—first, of
your own aura, and then you will be able to give joyous assistance to your fellowman.
How many times have you said, “I consciously withdraw all power I have ever given to persons, places, conditions, and things. I return all power to God.”? Oh, lovely ones, we, who stand as the teachers of those who desire to be “the keepers of mankind,” are so cognizant of the necessity of developing within your precious hearts an ACCEPTANCE of God Almighty's Power in YOU to act! Does it not act in the ordinary course of your medical profession? When the bone is set, does not the healing Presence within the body knit that bone into perfection? Does not the intelligence within the blood cause it to coagulate, so that the life essence does not flow out from the form and leave it lifeless? Does not the great surgeon and doctor say after he has completed his ministra- tions, “Now we must rely on the patient's WILL TO LIVE”?
Can you not loose this Presence of God, even as you read my words, and allow it freedom to act until your fingers tingle, and you feel light and life in every atom and cell of your being?
Under our ray, the Archangel Chamuel renders the specific service which I do not think the students have utilized enough—that is, of stir- ring within the individual's feelings a joyous acceptance of the ever- presence of God. Let me tell you a little about the Archangel Chamuel and his service, beloved ones! He is a being of transcendent light, who has served aeon after aeon at inner levels, teaching the angelic host how they may, through prayer and devotion, accelerate their own blessed flames in praise to the Godhead. He has also served in the elemental temples, teaching elemental life how to raise their consciousnesses in praise and adoration to the God that made them. He has withdrawn for many centuries from the conscious knowledge of the outer minds of the masses, and therefore they did not have access to his presence, but now you do—you can tie into the world of this mighty Archangel and FEEL, THROUGH HIM,the great love that God holds for his creation.
Is the power of contagion of the feelings so strange to you when you experience it daily in your activities? How often are your feelings changed by proximity to the aura of a person in distress? Conversely, how often are your feelings raised and made buoyant by a positive, poised and faith-filled individual? If one unascended being can have that effect upon another, what then cannot the Ascended Host do for you, particularly the Archangels, who represent the greatest composite of positive feelings that this Earth can contain? That feeling flows from the Archangel Chamuel's heart the moment you allow your thoughts to dwell
upon him. Even if you are in a place or condition where your lips cannot form the words, the moment you invoke his name, beloved ones, and you ask his help—that moment your world and Chamuel's become one. If it does not, it is because of your unbelief!
I commend you, who need assistance, to a comradeship with Chamuel. Your own faith, your own feelings will prove how sincere his handclasp through the veil can be and what vital assistance the invoca- tion of his presence can bring into your lives. God bless you, beloved ones. PAUL
THE BRIDGE TO FREEDOM, INC.
June 10, 1956
Beloved Friends,
Every living soul on the planet today is on the way Godward, some as yet in the deep valleys, some on the plains, others on the foothills. Most of them are divided into groups, shepherded by souls in varying degrees of spiritual development, appointed to his or her task by the Great Shepherd. One day, every soul reaches a point on the upward journey where he places his foot upon the path, and there he really be- gins the upward climb.
At a certain point upon this path, the pilgrims are qualified to come under the care and protection of the Heavenly Host. We, the students of Saint Germain, have long since reached that place.
The Masters, whom we know and love, were once pilgrims on the path as we are. The Maha Chohan has told us, you will remember, that in order to be allowed the privilege of turning back on the path, after they have attained their hard-won freedom, to help those coming up behind, these great beings of love are required to apply to the Karmic Board for such a doubtful privilege, and if it is granted, they are held responsible for every ounce of energy they expend (such is the Cosmic Law governing the various octaves of life's evolution). If the individuals whom they address are spiritually benefited thereby, so much the better, but if their hearers, through lethargy, lack of faith, or other causes, fail to profit by their proffered instruction, the Masters are required under the Cosmic Law to make up that energy themselves through some addi- tional service to life.
The booklets, dear friends, as well as all the other books and instruc- tion released by the Ascended Masters at this time, are not just “sto- ries” related by them for our entertainment. They are part of these
Great Ones' very lives, and contain pertinent information and instruction for our safety and welfare while we are on the path. They should be in the hands of every student of life—not only the ones privileged to belong
to this activity, but EVERY LIVING SOUL ON EARTH SHOULD POSSESS
THEM.
Being “our brother's keeper” is as much our responsibility as it is that of the Ascended Host, amongst whose numbers we all aspire to be.
Let us help while we have the chance. God bless you beloved friends.
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 10, 1956
Beloved Children of the One Father,
There has been so much written and spoken about the quality of love, that it has become almost a platitude, but I tell you, beloved ones,
that LOVE,IN ITS PURITY,IS THE MIGHTIEST FORCE IN THE UNIVERSE.
GLE WITHOUT HARM. He can be a peace-commanding presence in what- ever environment he happens to be, or in whatever conditions confront him. Through understanding love, an individual is in command of every situation that arises, including human and elemental turmoil. When you have learned to love as the Masters do, you will become masters of life, and your journey through the earth plane will be finished. Listen to the words of my beloved Paul as he proceeds with his discourse on love!
BELOVED PAUL, THE VENETIAN, speaks:
Beloved Friends,
The activity of the Third Ray seems always the most difficult to an- chor into the outer consciousness of mankind, and yet, WITHOUT LOVE there is no victory—love of God that casts out all fear, love of the Cosmic Beings and the Masters, and then love of your fellowman.
My service to this universe is to develop a love of one man for an- other—one race for another—one religion for another—and I tell you now, with very great sincerity, that in my opinion it is the most difficult of all the tasks that have been given to the Chohans of the rays, because each man according to his birth, his race, his background, his training, is so anchored in the self-righteous acceptance of certain tenets, some partly true and others not at all, that it is an almost impossible task to
pry him loose from them.
To have a world brotherhood requires a sincere interest and intense devotion to the ENTIRE MASS OF HUMANKIND, the animal kingdom and the elemental kingdom. Love in the abstract is easy of accomplishment. Love of the Cosmic Beings, love of the Masters and the angels, and love of the Supreme Being also seems easy, because there is NO PRESSURE
GIES OF YOUR OWN WORLD.
You, beloved students of life, have set into motion many, many causes, which have proved your love for the universe to which you be- long—love for unborn children, love for impounded lifestreams, love for those in the discarnate realms, love for the evolutions in, through and around the planet Earth, but now, beloved ones, you must CULTIVATE
THE CAPACITY TO LOVE AND UNDERSTAND YOUR FELLOWMAN. You
have not touched the fringe, dear ones, of mankind at large. Few have yet been drawn to your midst who possess certain talents and certain gifts, and who perhaps do not entirely conform to your set pattern.
As you develop and broaden your outlook many will come. You will have your Moslems, your Hindus—you will have your Buddhists, your Rabbis, your Christians—all of them possessing their own aspect of the Deity—all firmly clinging to that which HAS BEEN, not letting it go until
they have come TO HAVE FAITH IN YOU THROUGH YOUR WORKS AND
THROUGH YOUR EXAMPLE —and through these, will see that YOU HAVE
A BETTER WAY.
To you now, beloved friends, I commend the task of drawing the TOLERANCE OF MY PRESENCE into your feelings, into your mind, into your etheric consciousness, into your flesh, into your very gestures, into your spoken words and actions—UNTIL ALL MANKIND CAN SAY,THAT IN
THE STUDENTS OF SAINT GERMAIN THEY HAVE FOUND A WARMTH, A
WELCOME, AN UNDERSTANDING THAT WILL ENCOURAGE THEM TO
COME INTO THE RADIATION OF HIS ACTIVITY,WHERE THEY,TOO,MAY
PLAN IN PEACE AND HARMONY.
Permit me now, dear ones, to add a few words on the subject of prayer. Whenever a heartfelt prayer is uttered, either silently or audibly, an answer to that call is always forthcoming from the higher octaves, its efficacy depending on the FEELINGS of the petitioner—whether it be a worried mother calling for the protection of her loved ones, or the cry of a small child in distress.
There are great beings called Silent Watchers, whose service it is to watch for this prayer force and wherever they see it rising from the Earth, they gather it up and send it heavenward—on their own strength if it is weak, as perhaps it may be in the case of the troubled mother or the distressed child. However, if this prayer force be strong, as in the case of your mighty decrees, those calls pierce right through the astral world into the living presence of the beings to whom they are directed, and sometimes they even reach the throne of the Godhead himself, all depending on the INTENSITY OF FEELING (not the sound).
Wherever people are engaged in prayer, singly or in groups, there the angels gather, like bees around a honey pot. If your ears were at- tuned to inner vibrations you could actually hear the gathering of those legions as they come from north, south, east and west to add their strength to your calls by their presence, spreading the essence of the benedictions that come in answer to your petitions, over the Earth, as they return to their various points of service.
The outpouring tonight, beloved ones, (Transmission night) is, as you know, part of the radiation of the Pink Flame and Ray, as well as that of every flame and ray that you call forth.
May our love enfold you, each one. PAUL
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 17, 1956
Beloved Children,
On this, the anniversary of the first Whitsuntide, I bring to you the blessings of the Father and of the Son and of the HOLY SPIRIT, which latter, I am privileged at present to represent to the Earth and all her evolutions, until they, too, arrive at the place where they can consciously control the power of their own energies and externalize within them- selves the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit in person.
I come to you, beloved ones, as an “old friend.” We have corre- sponded back and forth now over a period of several years, and we have sat together in council in my chambers at Ceylon, where you have been brought in your inner bodies by one of the angelic host, by order of your particular Chohan or sponsor so that your talents, gifts, potentialities, and radiation might be studied, and worked into the composite pattern for the forward progress in evolution of this race.
I know you, each one, therefore, as well as I know myself—the glory of your Causal Body; the glory of the pattern that is held within the im- mortal Threefold Flame within your heart, the capacity and strength of your soul, and it is my great privilege and honor to come whenever and wherever I am called to radiate the power of the Holy Spirit, that, through you, it may become externalized for all men to see.
Beloved ones, have you thought of why that first Whitsuntide was so very efficacious in raising the consciousness of the disciples, and endow- ing them with the gifts of tongues and of healing and the various other talents which they carried forth to prove the power of the Holy Spirit and the truth of the ministry of the beloved Jesus? I would like you to think about that for a moment, and why, in succeeding generations—although the outpouring each year increases—the manifest expression of the com- ing of the Holy Spirit does not seem so evident in the souls of men!
It would prove something to you in regard to your own world, your own faith and the capacity you have within yourself to receive the gifts that God, through his holy messengers, is continually offering you.
The disciples, at the time of that first visitation, had passed through a period of great trial. They had passed through the desolation of Calga- ry. They had passed through the agony and uncertainty of the time be- tween Good Friday and the Resurrection Morn. They had witnessed a RESURRECTED MASTER, upon whom they could feast their eyes. They had heard him speak. They had, for forty some odd days, enjoyed the presence of one WHO HAD OVERCOME DEATH—who had come back through the veil—WHO HAD PROVEN HIS WORDS IN WORKS and fur- thermore, they had witnessed the magnificence of the ultimate victory of THE ASCENSION on the Hill of Bethany. Their emotions were REVITAL- IZED with FAITH—faith that they had chosen a Messiah who was, in
truth, ALL THAT HE PROFESSED TO BE.
Their minds were open to his words BECAUSE HE HAD PROVEN THOSE WORDS—and when he promised that he would send the Com- forter, they knew that the Holy Spirit would come, because he foretold
other activities WHICH ALSO BECAME MANIFEST.
The depths of the etheric bodies of the disciples gathered in “the upper room” were dormant—all their doubts and fears and past accu- mulations and differences were, for the moment, stilled, but the surface of their etheric vehicles was vivified with the strong impressions of recent happenings—the Resurrection Morn—the private instruction at Bethany, and the vitalizing, magnificent example of the ascension. Their senses, their brain consciousness, the eye, the ear, all were open to the coming
THE FIRST PENTECOSTAL OUTPOURING. However, through the centuries that have elapsed since that time, the exhilaration on the part of the followers of Jesus has lessened, and therefore, although the outpouring to those waiting in that upper chamber (the higher consciousness) has increased each year, there are few among the mankind of Earth as re- ceptive as those few disciples who waited, not quite understanding the meaning of his words, “If I do not go, the Comforter (Paraclete) will not come.” Still they waited in anticipation, because they knew that their friend and their redeemer did live, and so they waited in faith for the grace and benediction THAT HE HAD PROMISED.
May there come a time, again, when among the sons and daughters of men there will be found those who bring such faith to the feelings, such receptivity to the mind, such remembrance to the etheric bodies, such confirmation to the senses of the ALL-POWER OF GOD that the rest of the Ascended Host of Light, the angelic host and the cherubic and seraphic hosts may SWEEP IN as they did through the light and being of Jesus, the Christ.
It is toward this end that we are training you, beloved ones, and I say this—not to cause any sense of blame or self-depreciation—the Mas- ter Jesus was born without sin, without karma and without stain or taint. He had in previous embodiments achieved the full victory over all of his bodies and redeemed those energies that he may have previously used imperfectly. Therefore, he came into the body known as Jesus pure and perfect, with a mind clear, an emotional vehicle unstained, and his ether- ic body THROBBING with the remembrance of Helios and Vesta and the beloved Lord Maitreya. Besides that, he had the tremendous guardian- ship of the Madonna and the beloved Saint Germain (as Joseph) to sus- tain him.
UNTRANSMUTED! You have chosen, perhaps, the harder way! You have chosen to serve with one hand, while cleaning up the karma of the ages with the other—and it is because you have so chosen, because you have yet something to adjust on the scales of life, that we can give you more than ordinary assistance in the redemption of those various energies that plague you—the lack of mastery in the emotions, in the mind, in the etheric body and in the flesh.
I watched with a great deal of interest, your reactions as you read the beloved Paul's discourse on love. It is always interesting to observe the individual's interpretation of the statement that Paul uses so much
and loves so well—”I am my brother's keeper,” because it so often im-
plies the JUDGMENT OF THE MORALS AND THE LIFE OF THE BROTHER,
rather than the encouragement and development of his virtues. At this point on the path, THE STUDENT IS VERY LIABLE TO DEVELOP WHAT IS
CALLED ‘SPIRITUAL PRIDE.’ THIS TRAIT I WOULD WARN YOU AGAINST,
BELOVED ONES, BECAUSE AS INDIVIDUALS PROGRESS IN SPIRITUAL
ER’S KEEPER,’ IT INVARIABLY HAPPENS THAT THE OUTER MIND DECIDES
CONSCIOUSNESS AND THAT INCLUDES HIS TEACHER,HIS FELLOW STU-
DENTS AND MANKIND AT LARGE.It is a very dangerous and precarious attitude to hold, and as a preventive measure I can only refer you to the statement of our beloved Jesus, “What is that to thee? Follow thou me!”
Jesus encountered this same tendency among his followers during his ministry in Judea, and you will remember he explained the workings of the Law in the beautiful parable of the laborers in the vineyard—those who worked all day, those that came at noon and still others who came toward evening, and when the time of reckoning came and they all re- ceived the same amount of pay, there was grumbling at the seeming injustice.
Beloved ones, you are those who have worked “from the morn- ing”—worked all through the heat of the day and will, I hope, work until the setting of the sun. If others come later and reap where you have sown, that is the nature of things, but no one loses in his dealings with God. Your reward for entering the Great White Brotherhood is the oppor- tunity for the expansion of your sphere of influence to bless more of life and to be TOLERANT,IN THE EXTREME,of your fellowmen, not to men- tion your fellow-students. You do not know—no unascended being knows—the amount of karma that another lifestream may be carrying, or what great karma is being mitigated through the love of one part of life for another. So, proceed upon your own individual paths, beloved ones; hold to that standard which you have found to be the highest and with regard to the actions of your fellowman—remember the admonition of Jesus, “What is that to thee? Follow thou me!”
In every expression of the Law you will find the “leftists” and the “rightists,” as well as those who follow the middle way. When we pre- sent the idea of being “your brother's keeper” through an activity of love and understanding, some follow on the side of sympathy, some on the side of restraining them from the appetites of their lower nature, but the WISE—standing in the center of their own heart's flame—draw out
the virtues of their fellowmen while they, themselves, remain untouched by censure, praise, or blame that is liable to disturb the feeling worlds of either themselves or those they happen to be treating.
You all know that Paul, the Venetian, is a great musician and all great musicians strive to draw the best qualities both from their instru- ments and the music composers. Likewise, all great teachers draw out of their flock the virtues, talents, and gifts that often lie dormant in the lifestream, making each one grow and blossom from within himself. That is the activity of the spiritual law, and you will find that in India as well as in other Eastern countries where true unascended masters teach the Law, that the chelas who gather around them, suddenly find within themselves a reason for being, an illumination, a new confidence, an added virtue, an undeveloped talent, because that teacher—centered and poised within his own heart flame—has drawn forth the beauty and magnificence of the divine pattern which is anchored within the heart of the chela.
Now, that is what we are doing with you, beloved hearts. As I look upon or counsel with you, or whether another master does it, we do not see the human expression as you see each other. We are constantly en- deavoring to draw forth from the immortal flame within your heart the divine pattern and plan which it is your destiny to develop and express, until you are an externalized manifestation of your own God-mastery.
I will touch briefly on the subject of the Holy Trinity, so as to give you an understanding of my service through your worlds. We will take it in three portions—first, from above and then, from below:
Lord Maitreya and myself were speaking recently upon the Law and
TIME. HOWEVER, WE BOTH FELT THAT, FOR THE SAKE OF THOSE FOL-
NEED TO USE, WE HAD BETTER TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE FORCEFIELDS,
OF YOUR FAITH, OF YOUR PRESENCE, AS WELL AS ADVANTAGE OF THE
THE HUMAN, AND GET AS MUCH OF THIS LAW AS POSSIBLE TO YOU. SO,
MILLIONS OF PEOPLE, LONG AFTER YOU HAVE COME HOME. Take what
you can—digest it, enjoy it—but, o, children, do not allow yourselves to
become all tense about it!
Remember, you cannot “swallow” all of the universe in a day, nor can you in a moment make whole in your very being THAT WHICH HAS
TAKEN US THOUSANDS OF YEARS TO UNDERSTAND! Above Lord Maitre-
ya, above the new Lord of the World, Lord Gautama, above myself, are truths, understandings and principles THAT EVEN WE KNOW NOT OF—so, beloved ones, it is an orderly procession of truth ever upward into the very heart of truth.
Here, I thought I would give you a brief description of the Wesak Valley Festival which you will celebrate on Thursday, the day when the moon has reached the fullness of its radiation this spring.
FULL MOON FOR HIS VISITATION? Because, beloved ones, the emotional bodies of the people are at their fullest tide at that time, and there is more opportunity to pour the radiation from above. I am sure you all know well the story of the Wesak Valley Festival. It is described minutely in Mr. Leadbeater's “The Masters and the Path.” You have heard us, for some years now, describe the pilgrimage to some valley in the Eastern Hemisphere where the Great White Brotherhood do honor the beloved Gautama Buddha (who has become the Lord of the World). Here he, in turn, creates a visible luminous form in the atmosphere and pours through his causal body the benediction of his presence to the assem- bled Great White Brotherhood, to the pilgrims fortunate enough to be in the vicinity, and to the chelas who are able to consciously leave their bodies and attend in their inner forms.
When Lord Gautama decided within himself, to expand his causal body to meet that of Sanat Kumara, he naturally made a much greater radiating center of blessing, so the outpouring of the new Lord of the World will be much greater at this coming Wesak Festival than it has ever been before.
If you will step into your lovely grail (the forcefield), we will ride swiftly to India and settle down at the base of the cliff that overlooks the Wesak Valley activities. You will see that some of the pilgrims have al- ready arrived. You will see the yak tents and the inhabitants busy about their personal ablutions, each one getting ready, in his own way, to re- ceive the benedictions of the Lord. You may look upon the angelic be- ings and builders of form, who are supervising the spiritual activity, and you will see the great beings occupying the four cardinal points of the valley, under the beloved Archangel Chamuel.
Some pilgrims are arriving in beautiful caravans from the rich lands
of the Maharajas—others come from the lowlands of India and Ceylon. The untouchables are coming on bare feet, having crossed the hot sands of India and through jungle morasses. Some come from China and Ma- laya. Many start on the long journey, but all do not arrive. However, it is the motive that counts, and all that start receive a blessing.
The beloved Sanat Kumara will hold the place usually occupied by Lord Maitreya this year, thus reversing the currents—Gautama in the atmosphere and Sanat Kumara holding the Rod of Power for the bene- diction. Very few in the assembly are aware of the elevation of Lord Gau- tama to his new estate, but they will sense it in the benediction. May I ask you to remember our beloved India in your prayers, dear ones, as you return after your brief visit.
Beloved Maha Chohan
June 24, 1956
Beloved Children of My Heart,
It is with pleasure I offer you, this week, my beloved Morya's report on the Transmission Flame Ceremonies, held in the Rocky Mountain Re- treat the evening of June 16th, 1956, under the direction of our beloved Lanto.
These Transmission Flame activities are very dear to the hearts of the entire Brotherhood, because through the projection of constructive thought, carried on the united breath of both ascended and unascended beings, we hope to fan the flame in the heart of the balance of mankind to the place where they will speedily awaken to a realization of the mis- sion for which they came into embodiment and take steps toward the fulfillment of their divine plan.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
Some of you were among that brave group that followed me to the Teton some few years ago, thus enabling me to fulfill a vow that I would return there some day with individuals in physical embodiment who re- lied upon my faith and had come through the veil of human maya suffi- ciently to allow them to attend that meeting in person.
I am sure that the majority of you have seen pictures of the Great
Teton, and many of you, having visited there at least twice a year in the inner consciousness, are very well acquainted with its interior, also.
You know that within the heart of that mountain is a great chamber, in the center of which is a beautiful circular altar, around the base of which are large friezes showing the history of man's evolution, beginning with Lord Michael's descent with the members of the first root race, ac- companied by their Manu. Several of the friezes have remained blank all down through the ages, but last year these were filled in. One frieze shows the release of the souls from the compound; another shows the removal of the balance of the discarnates from the Earth, and still an- other shows the awakening of the souls in the sleepers' realm.
As a decoration for the ceremonies, the Brothers have woven beauti- ful golden lotus blossoms around the base of the altar. These have been brought from India and China in honor of the beloved Lanto. Through them they have interspersed a very fine green fern, also a native of Chi- na. This latter represents the color of the Precipitation Flame, as well as that of the Brotherhood of the Teton. They have arranged the flowers so that the heart of the blossom faces outward. They look very beautiful.
The beautiful gold mesh curtains that hang at the entrance of each of the seven chambers that surround the great central room have been described to you before. You will remember that an Archangel and his Archaii are pictured on each one of those curtains, and when they are drawn back, as they are for this evening's ceremonies, it looks as though the entrance to each room were guarded by two Archangels, one on ei- ther side.
The chairs for the Karmic Board are now being prepared by the builders of form. They are composed of a pink, marble-like substance, with deep insets of pearl. The color is representative of the Thoughtform for the Year, and in honor of the four sponsors for the year, each of whom embodies the Pink Ray of Divine Love (the beloved Archangel Chamuel, with his complement, the beloved Charity, the beloved Paul, the Venetian, and blessed Nada).
It has not yet been revealed when the Karmic Board will convene, depending on the conditions that prevail upon the earth plane at this time. The brothers and sisters from the various retreats are already gathering and presenting their petitions to the Keeper of the Scrolls or reporting to their various sponsors. There is a great deal of activity, with everyone interested in the various petitions and ideas which they or oth- ers have brought in for the betterment of the race.
You have already had a description of the keeper of the scrolls—how he takes the scroll from the hierarch of each retreat, encloses it in a cyl- inder, and then assigns the illustrious visitor, or his representative, to the special council chamber allotted him.
The unascended lifestreams who attend the conference in their inner bodies also present their petitions to this brother. When the petitions are all assembled and looked over, it is found that many individuals have the same ideas. This happens mostly with unascended beings. It is the office of the Keeper of the Scrolls and his assistants to get all these ideas to- gether, and present them to the visiting Hierarchy or their representa- tives, who, if the petitions have merit and are of the same vibration, weave them into their own petitions. However, if the individual has an entirely distinct idea, he may be called upon the present it in person.
After all the petitions received have been looked over and approved by the hierarch or representative of each ray, they are attached to the bulletin board provided for that purpose, just outside the entrance to each chamber. Here they are read over with great interest by both as- cended and unascended members of the Brotherhood, with the purpose that if the contents appeal to them, they will rise and back them with the full strength of their support at the time they are presented to the Kar- mic Board.
From the 15th of June on, you would be surprised to learn of the number of individuals who drift toward this retreat in their inner bodies— religionists, scientists, teachers, and so on. I say “drift” because it is the only word that can describe their coming. When they get into the vibra- tory action of the great scenes that are being enacted there, they often take the memory back of having visited some great hall in their dreams, and perhaps reading some petition that appealed to them and when they awaken they often think within themselves, “Now, that is a good idea! I shall incorporate that in my daily work, or in my research or in my teaching”—whatever the individual's activity may be.
So, beloved friends, there is a great period of germination going on in the heart of the Teton these days. This retreat represents, as perhaps you know, the power of centrifugal force—the expansion of radiation. It represents the power of Precipitation, because it was in the vicinity of the Teton that the ray was directed over which the First Root Race came to the Earth with the Lord Manu and Archangel Michael, who accompa- nied them. From there they separated and peopled the Earth—so the natural vibration of the Teton is the activity of precipitation and expan- sion.
You are invited to visit this retreat as often as you can during this current month. Present your petitions to the angel presence in charge of the scrolls—I think you will recognize him, as he is a good friend of yours—(Micah).
Beloved friends, YOU are among the privileged ones INVITED to en- ter the retreat. We have described it to you so often that it will seem as though you are bringing back the memory of your experiences while vis- iting there in your inner bodies.
I WOULD ASK YOU NOW TO RELAX.DO NOT ALLOW YOURSELVES TO
GET TENSE, BECAUSE THAT COMMUNICATES ITSELF TO YOUR INNER
WOULD DERIVE FROM YOUR VISITS TO THE RETREAT.
As it is time for the breathing exercises to commence, I must go to my post. Good night, dear friends, and God be with you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
July 1, 1956
Beloved Children,
I offer you herewith the remarks addressed by my beloved son, El Morya, to the unascended portion of the assembly on the evening of the recent Transmission Flame Ceremonies. There is so much that the As- cended Ones would say to you, beloved ones, and such a short time, measuring by your standard, in which to say it! PERHAPS YOU ARE NOT
AND DAUGHTERS EAGER TO ADDRESS THE PEOPLE OF EARTH and it is
considered a great privilege when one is chosen as speaker. The Heav- enly Host are those who have trod the same path as that on which your blessed feet walk at present and they are all so eager for you to attain the freedom which they enjoy! May I implore you once again to try to realize that we are REAL BEINGS and that our instruction is taken from the book of our own experience.
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
Beloved Friends,
I have asked for opportunity to speak with you this night because we come close again to the conference, wherein lifestreams are drawing together under the auspices of the Ascended Host for the purpose of renewing their spiritual strength, their understanding of the Law and by reason of their pilgrimage, hoping to take home with them some practi- cal application and some vibration of unadulterated truth from the radia- tion drawn here.
The entire purpose of this endeavor is the receptivity by the chelas
LIFESTREAMS from the Ascended Master realm, and then the utilization of those energies by the students in making of the instruction received SOMETHING OF PRACTICAL BENEFIT for the planet and the evolutions evolving in the Earth, on the Earth and around the planet, as a whole.
Many of you serve long and tirelessly, I know, but, beloved ones, there is justice—great justice—in the Cosmic Law, and you will find, in the long run, that every ounce of energy that you give, every ounce of energy that you invest, is returned to you, amplified a thousand fold, in that which you require most, to gain your individual and personal victory.
Beloved ones, it is not in the “sweet bye and bye” in the great Kingdom beyond the veil that victory and mastery are required—IT IS HERE AND NOW where men, women, and children suffer and know not the way out of their agonies and their pain. It is required of some unas- cended beings to find that way SCIENTIFICALLY—not by happenstance— and if one such could be found and one earnest chela ILLUMINATED, think ye what it would do for the rest of mankind!
Beloved ones, we, in the ascended state, are so earnest and sincere in our desire to have you INDIVIDUAL MASTERS, as well as rendering the cosmic service which you do in your mighty calls and decrees. What we need to do now IS TO GET THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWO.
Let us get to the place now of the STILLNESS OF THE OUTER SELF, the realization of the presence of God WITHIN YOUR HEART. Then the efficacy and power of your decrees will be much more manifest. It is the power that
is anchored WITHIN,and the ACCEPTANCE BY THE OUTER SELF OF THAT
POWER as the ONLY POWER THAT CAN ACT,THAT gives efficacy to your fiats. That is why the beloved Jesus voiced his decree JUST ONCE,and instant manifestation took place. He was so attuned to the Father and so ONE WITH HIM, that the moment he thought, spoke, or raised his hand
to give assistance, IT WAS DONE!
We are dedicating this summer conference primarily to the develop- ment of self-realization of the ACTIVE PRESENCE OF GOD WITHIN THE CHELA; to the magnetizing of the powers of the Sacred Fire from the Ascended Master Realm and to the expansion of the Sacred Fire through the chelas—first, into the conglomerate group present; then into the at- mosphere surrounding the group. From there it will be drawn into the forcefield over the meeting place; thence it will reach out to all study groups and sanctuaries wherever they may be throughout the world. These outlying forcefields will add their beauty, strength, and energy to the expanding radiation, until finally, it will envelop the entire planet and all its evolutions with the peace and harmony of its presence.
Beloved friends, as you know, this will be our fourth conference. Since the inception of these conferences, many achievements of great merit have been realized. Some of these are pictured in the finished frieze decorations around the base of the great altar in the Royal Teton, such as the dissolving of the compound, the awakening of the sleepers and the removal of the discarnates from Earth's surface. These manifes- tations, which had exerted tremendous pressure on the mass of the people are—thank God—no more.
Now, this year, we are going to try to bring NIRVANA DOWN INTO
THE EMOTIONS, MINDS, ETHERIC BODIES AND FLESH OF THE PEOPLE.
Let us see collectively what we can do! Let us see what we can do, one for another! You, beloved students, are they heart of this entire move- ment! You are the representation in the physical appearance world of your Master, Saint Germain, the great prince, known throughout all heaven as the most courtly gentleman—the most magnificent embodi- ment of COURTESY. His ray is the embodiment of divine courtesy. When you look upon him, you see that magnificent graciousness—and that, beloved friends, is what you are called upon to represent to those who come within your environment or your radius.
IN THE ASCENDED MASTER REALM,EVERYTHING BELONGS TO EVE-
RYONE ELSE. When an individual reaches the Ascended Master state there is a voluntary surrender of all the mental, emotional, and etheric riches one has accumulated throughout the long ages. Our very con- sciousness is turned over willingly to the cosmic fund, and that is why we are required to apply for permission to use even an ounce of our As- cended Master energy for our own individual gratification. Love— unselfish brotherly love—is not only the rule, but the delight, of all those who dwell within the kingdom. That is the nature of God, beloved ones,
and is what we are trying to develop in those of the Earth who claim to love us and who desire to follow in our footsteps.
You know, we talk about you a great deal up there. WE KNOW MORE
ABOUT YOU THAN YOU KNOW ABOUT YOURSELVES, which is, perhaps,
just as well, because you are all very self-conscious and all desirous of doing your best, that corrections bring you to a point of self condemna- tion and discouragement instead of raising you up. WE WOULD LIKE YOU
TO REALIZE, BELOVED FRIENDS, THAT THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF LIFE,
OR THE MASTERS WHO LOVE YOU,WILL NEVER PLACE AN OBSTRUCTION
WITH FLYING COLORS.
NOW, BELOVED FRIENDS, DO NOT “LET US DOWN” BEFORE THE
KARMIC BOARD. LET US STAND BEFORE THEM AND POINT WITH PRIDE
TO THE STUDENT BODY WHICH AS SWORN “TO SERVE US EVER,” AS
YOU SAY IN YOUR SONGS AND DECREES. WE KNOW THAT YOU ARE
WORTHY OF THE TRUST AND FAITH THAT WE, THE ASCENDED MASTER
BROTHERHOOD, HAVE PLACED IN YOU. God bless you always. EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
July 15, 1956
Beloved Children of the One Father,
After carefully listening to the reports and petitions presented to the Karmic Board, by ascended and unascended beings alike, at the great Royal Teton half-yearly council meeting, it seemed to be the general consensus of opinion that WHILE A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LAW HAS IN-
CREASED APPRECIABLY ON THE EARTH PLANE,THE GENERATION OF DI-
IT. It was, therefore, the unanimous hope of the attending members that mankind at large, particularly those who come under the direct in- struction of the Ascended Masters, would awaken in time to the fact that the conscious generation of divine love in the feelings is an absolutely essential requirement if they are to rise above the present human con- sciousness.
The seven mighty Archangels—and the entire angelic host, for that matter—through their affiliation with the emotional bodies of mankind, are all cosmic exponents of this indispensable God-quality, and may be invoked, without limit, if an individual finds it difficult to love or tolerate or have compassion for his fellowman.
Lord Michael, himself, in a recent address, and the beloved Gabriel, part of whose address I have the pleasure in offering you this week, both make appeals for the CONSCIOUS GENERATION OF DIVINE LOVE
WITH ANOTHER. Beloved ones, allow me to add my plea to theirs, and say to you in the words of our blessed Jesus—”LITTLE CHILDREN,LOVE
ONE ANOTHER,THAT ALL MEN MAY KNOW YE ARE MY DISCIPLES.’
Beloved Archangel Gabriel speaks on the activities of the Rocky Mountain Retreat, 7/4/56:
Beloved Friends,
The sponsors for 1957 were chosen last evening, instead of waiting, as usual, until the coming New Year. Now, that is interesting from many standpoints. You see, everything is being stepped up, in this present endeavor, between the Ascended Master realm and the human octave. The choosing of next year's sponsors now means that each of you can begin to magnetize and draw on those beings, of whom you are fully cognizant, and to whom the spirit of this conference was dedicated. These sponsors are the beloved Elohim of Purity (Claire) and the beloved Goddess of Truth (Pallas Athena). As these beings will be the sponsors for 1957, it follows that truth and purity will be the joint keynote for next year.
However, as there is a period of six months remaining, within which time there must be externalized SOMEWHERE the Keynote of 1956, which is that of DIVINE LOVE, emphasized through the nature of Chamuel, Charity, Paul (the Venetian) and Nada, the students must un- derstand that they are expected to express outwardly a conscious un- derstanding and manifestation of the quality of DIVINE LOVE before they can hope to attain a clear perception of truth and purity in their entirety.
It is for this reason, beloved ones, that we cannot tell you of things to come too far in advance—beloved Portia spoke to me at length about this—because the human consciousness is liable to jump over the six months' period into the radiation of the incoming sponsors, and neglect the essential and poorly-learned activity of DIVINE LOVE presented through the Silent Watcher to Sanat Kumara for the year of 1956.
We have yet six months within this cycle, in which to intensify through your specified group activities and your personal worlds, the thoughtform for this current year—the pink heart—representing, as you
know, both the auricles and the ventricles, the receiving and directing centers of the energy through the body. You also know that you have the same activity within your conscious ego, that is, the capacity of re- ceiving the light from your Presence and the directing of it forth in ser- vice through your group activities, as well as in your individual service to your fellowman.
The Lady Masters, who made particular appeals for the incoming children, were very graciously received. Beloved Portia, who has such a tremendous love for the souls that are to come, and who represents op- portunity in herself, did all she possibly could, under the Law, to give the beloved Nada, Meta, and the beloved Mary the assistance for which they asked. Most of it revolved around the calling forth of purification of the etheric, mental, and emotional bodies of the individual before incarna- tions, and the purification of mother and child during the period of ges- tation, so that the Christ Self of the incoming soul will have as perfect an instrument as possible through which to fulfill its divine plan.
The calls that you have made, beloved friends, individually and col- lectively, for the incoming children, were greatly appreciated by the Hi- erarchy. Beloved Kwan Yin, herself, read a report of all that you have done in these calls for the purification of the inner bodies of the incom- ing souls, as well as for their homes and families, their parents, guardi- ans, teacher, and all those with whom they come in contact.
Kwan Yin's interest, as you know, centers around the so-called “fall- en woman,” and around the tremendous selfishness, pride, intolerance, and other human emanations that so often engulf an unwed mother-to- be, causing intense suffering and distress to that lifestream. She spoke upon that subject herself at some length, calling forth from the unas- cended portion of the audience a great response for the establishment and maintenance of homes where those individuals can hold up their heads and bring forth their offspring in a spirit of happiness and hope, rather than self-deprecation, degradation and shame. The beloved Kwan Yin commended highly those religious organizations (sponsors of which were present) for having already done so much along this line of en- deavor. Of course, you will understand that conditions of this kind are much more prevalent among the teeming millions of the Oriental coun- tries, rather than in the Western Hemisphere.
The beloved Saint Germain made a great call for the particular activi- ty he is so interested in and for which he stands sponsor, that is, a hap- py passing from the physical body at the time of so-called death. His own transition as Joseph, in the presence of Jesus and Mary, was so
peaceful it prompted him to make a vow to life that henceforth he would dedicate a portion of his existence to making invocation to the Great Universal Cause for a “happy passing” for every lifestream connected with the planet Earth, human and otherwise, as well as for the removal of pain and the indignity of disintegration, decay, and senility that seems to accompany “old age.” He received a tremendous amount of energy supporting that call, as well as a great release from the Karmic Board.
The Brotherhood took many of the petitions which you were holding mentally, and which they had not incorporated, into their own. You see, you had been visiting the retreat from the fifteenth of June on, and had more or less associated yourselves intimately with the masters, the an- gels and unascended lifestreams who were interested in the same pro- jects, and so the ideas were passed around from one to another.
As I have told you previously, when the beloved MICAH,WHO IS THE KEEPER OF THE SCROLLS FOR THIS YEAR, receives and welcomes the visiting Hierarchs and sponsors, he assigns them to the special council room set aside for their use. Here they receive the members of the Brotherhood who are interested in the petitions they wish to present. These petitions are then placed on bulletin boards outside the doors of the various chambers and the many visitors from the outside world, like yourselves who wander around the corridors in their inner bodies at night, read these bulletins. Then they find themselves knocking, rather timidly, at the doors of the council chambers and, being graciously ad- mitted, listen with great interest to the plans these great ones have for- mulated for the benefit of the race.
This year, we found so many good ideas forthcoming from the unas- cended beings, that it was decided to place a special council room at their disposal. So it was that the beloved Lanto had to have his builders of form hew out another chamber. AT THE RATE THE RETREAT IS EX-
PANDING,IT LOOKS AS IF IT WILL TAKE IN PRESENTLY THE WHOLE TE-
TON RANGE. There you all gathered and expressed yourselves on the various ideas that you thought were good—as indeed most of them were.
Many lifestreams from other activities drifted into that room—liking the sound of your voices and the color of your auras, as well as the en- deavor in which you were engaged. Some of them stayed, while others wandered out again, still searching for something with which they could vibrate.
You remember the phrase “water seeks its own level.” That is also
true of people's consciousnesses—like seeking like. That is how groups are formed. Individuals who have the same tendencies, the same type of consciousness, are inevitably drawn to a leader who is of the same kind and are perfectly happy and content in that environment, which is as it should be. That group is then liable to develop into a beautiful expres- sion of God's perfection, all the members being of one accord. It is very interesting to note this tendency in all life's expressions. Even in the re- treats you will see Blue Ray people drawn like a magnet to a Blue Ray speaker and the same with the other rays—a very interesting thing to watch.
That is the way it works in the higher octaves also. There are people working in the First Ray Temple, the second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh—and I tell you from experience, as an activity of the Fourth Ray (purity) that ours is not the most popular in the world. In our ser- vice on the resurrection—that of cleansing and purifying the various bod- ies, especially the etheric—it stirs up latent distresses, so I know some- thing of what it is to use positive energy which moves inert matter, and inert matter both resists and resents that. Of course, since our lifestreams do not possess any of the frailties of the human nature, these feelings do not tie into us, but it would be apt to do so with unascended beings, if they put their attention on it.
Your various petitions were all gathered up by the beloved Morya and presented by him to the Karmic Board. Some of you had your peti- tions embodied in those of certain of the Masters (being the same in substance) but some of you presented your own.
We do not wish to repeat ourselves, because the human mind is al- ways on the search for something new—but we have had opportunity to describe to you how very brave you were in the writing of your petitions, but how very timid—when you had to stand before the great audience and deliver those petitions, yourselves, to the Karmic Board. Neverthe- less, I think it is a most marvelous and wonderful thing that you have the interest of mankind, as well as the other evolutions of the Earth, so much at heart, and you are to be commended for the strength of spirit that it takes to even stand up and open your mouths before that tre- mendous body.
I have seen people who had wonderful ideas, but at the last mo- ment, when they looked at that great assembly, at the Karmic Board, the Ascended Master Hierarchy, the angelic host and all the visitors, includ- ing those from other suns and systems, were just not able to go through with it. They would start up the circular stairway leading to the ros-
trum—and then turn back. So you are to be commended upon your courage and the full import of all that was contained in your petitions. The beloved Morya, as well as the other Masters under whose instruction you have been, were very pleased, indeed, with the impression their chelas made before that vast assemblage and the Karmic Board, particu- larly.
The replica of the Temple of Truth, which has covered the Western Hemisphere became worldwide last evening. It now encompasses the entire planet, which gives a tremendous impetus to the beloved Vesta, Pallas Athena and Hilarion in bringing in the radiation of truth, and to the beloved Elohim of Purity (our beloved Claire) and Astrea in bringing the Purity Ray into the lower atmosphere. We are of the opinion that you will find a greater clarity of truth and purity in your own consciousness, which will pass through radiation to those in your immediate environ- ment, and eventually to the rest of mankind.
The old proverb says, “with all thy getting, get UNDERSTANDING,” but before this can be done in its entirety, it is necessary to remove the effluvia from your mental, emotional, etheric, and physical bodies, that has closed in your light and made the truth difficult to understand. How- ever, during this class, we have removed tons of this dark substance from the entire student body, which will expand the flame in their hearts and accelerate their brain consciousness.
Try to understand this and accept it. Call to me and I will help you to understand. That is why we speak to you in simple words that can be
readily understood. THE OLD OCCULT STUDIES WERE,AS YOU KNOW,SO
ABSTRUSE THAT FEW COULD UNDERSTAND THEM, but now that we are
speaking to you like children, there should be no lack of understanding. If you find yourself puzzled on some point of the Law, just call, “Gabri- el—HELP!” and I will be as willing to assist you as I was to help the be- loved Mother Mary in her hour of trial. Thank you and God bless you, beloved ones. GABRIEL
Beloved Maha Chohan
July 29, 1956
Beloved Children of My Heart,
I offer you, this week, an address by my beloved son, Serapis, deliv- ered on the occasion of the recent Transmission Flame Ceremonies, at his retreat in Luxor, during the course of which he not only acted the part of a very entertaining host and guide through his beautiful sanctu- ary, but he also took advantage of your attention to impart a little of his beloved Law. As you have been told so often, the God-free Beings take these opportunities of addressing the children of men very seriously, and spend much time in the preparation of their subject, in an endeavor to cover as many points of the great Law as possible, coupled with instruc- tion on how to live within it. The hour allotted to them by the Law is so precious, dear ones, and they put so much of their time and energy into the preparation of their address that a request to change these plans at the last moment is not lightly given. Mankind could well learn a lesson from their gentle courtesy, obedience and grace. As the Archangel Ga- briel saluted the beloved Mary with the words “blessed art thou amongst women!” I say to you—blessed are ye among the sons and daughters of men, that ARE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY to hear the words of the As- cended Host of Light and profit by them.
In giving you glimpses into civilizations of the past, during which the majority of you took both an active and constructive part, it is not the intention of the Master to stir up etheric memories of these long- forgotten experiences. Rather, it is meant to convey the encouragement that comes from the knowledge that you have served life well in past embodiments, and to provide a certain entertainment, which we feel you have merited, by reason of the service you have rendered in those by- gone days, as well as by your present splendid, cooperative endeavors.
The awakening of your “eternal divine memory” actually means the memory of those transcendent experiences that you had with your own mighty I AM Presence “before the world was.” Memories of experiences AFTER the fall of man invariably bring regret, sorrow, and, very often, bitter remorse, with their attendant recoil of discordant energy, the pain of which YOU NEVER NEED EXPERIENCE if you make persistent use of the Sacred Fire of Purification.
Beloved children, divine discrimination is one of the very first As- cended Master gifts bestowed upon the earnest student of truth. This quality, coupled with what the world is pleased to call “common sense,” will go a long way toward keeping the student's feet firmly planted on
the upward path that leads to freedom. If you can eradicate the karma placed upon your shoulders in this embodiment through your calls to the transmuting power of the Violet Flame, and demonstrate before life that you are indeed “your brother's keeper,” by making similar calls for him, then you may safely trust that the Law of Divine Justice and Mercy will wipe out your own individual debts to life.
BODY TO PROBE INTO PAST ETHERIC RECORDS, IN AN ENDEAVOR TO
UNCOVER SOME OF THEIR ACTIVITIES IN OTHER EMBODIMENTS.MAY I
GENTLY SAY HERE,BELOVED ONES,THAT IF SOME OF THESE RECORDS
NOBLE AS YOUR EGO WOULD HAVE YOU BELIEVE THEY WERE.RATHER
THE LIGHT,INVOKE THE GLORY—’THE GLORY THAT YOU HAD WITH HIM
IN THE BEGINNING,’ AND ‘LET THE DEAD (PAST) BURY ITS DEAD,” as
the beloved Jesus once admonished his followers.
BELOVED SERAPIS BEY speaks:
Beloved Ladies and Gentlemen,
I am come tonight to bring to you the feeling of buoyancy and joy that is within the heart of the Ascension Flame—that flame on which so many lifestreams belonging to Earth's evolution, as well as the guardian spirits from other evolutions, have risen into a God-free estate of perfec- tion, beauty and eternal freedom. As each one rose on that flame, they left within it the feeling of their individual joy, happiness and gratitude for their release, all of which has added to the momentum of the bliss and exaltation that is within its essence. This is the flame, beloved ones, that we guard at Luxor, and to which we pay honor and praise this evening.
On this flame, some day, somewhere, each of you, when you have completed your life course, shall ascend, in like manner, into the heart of your own I AM Presence—becoming one with it, which is, of course, your preordained destiny. But, beloved ones, while you are still “working in the fields,” and in the process of “reaping your harvest,” do not, I beg of you, either emotionally or mentally, look upon the ascension “as a means of escape” or “a way out” of certain experiences that seem try- ing to you as you walk the way of Earth. Rather would it be the part of wisdom to trust in the Law, knowing that when your work is done, when your particular obligation to life is completed, and when the purgative
power of the Sacred Fire has cleansed and purified your lifestream, then, and then only, will you be summoned home.
You know, beloved ones, the tendency of the outer nature is such that when difficulties arise—when there are conditions to be surmounted which seem to try all the strength of the mental, emotional, etheric and physical bodies—there is a desire within the outer mind to ESCAPE in some manner. Some of the orthodox beliefs have furnished such an es- cape for their followers by encouraging the mind to dwell on gold-paved streets in heavenly cities, while in metaphysical and occult circles, they find a certain peace in dwelling on the so-called MYSTERY of the ascen- sion.
When individuals come to Luxor, THE MOTIVE in desiring the ascen- sion is immediately discernible—whether it be to draw from the Causal Body all of its wonderful perfection in, through, and around the lower bodies as a blessing to life—or whether it is more or less of a wish TO
RENOUNCE A RATHER DIFFICULT TASK in the world of form—AND RE-
TURN HOME.
Before I came this evening, I discussed very freely with the Maha Chohan, (as we always do), the subject matter of my address, and he said to me, “Which do you think they would like better—a treatise on the Law, or a trip through Luxor?” I need not say that I did not have to answer that question! So, he smiled, in that gentle way of his, and said, “Son, they have had so much of the Law that they are practically “tied up in knots” trying to understand and obey it, trying to breathe rhythmi- cally, and all the other things—I think it would be nice if you just took them through Luxor this evening.” Well, of course, that “clipped my wings,” as far as a lecture on the Law was concerned, for as you know, both the beloved Morya and myself always try to present some portion of the Law every opportunity we get. However, as the beloved Maha Sahib's word is “Law” to us, tonight I will assume the role of guide, and take you by means of projected consciousness through the halls of Lux- or.
This sanctuary is builded on the principle of the columns which I have always loved so well. In former times we used them in Greece as well as in Egypt. Here they are laid out in a vast square, twelve mighty pillars to a row and eight deep, so that they make great squares, one inside of the other, something like the boxes children play with. You will understand that each square gets smaller as we approach the center, and it is in this center chamber that the Ascension Flame abides.
The forty-eight mighty columns forming the outside barrier of the re- treat are rather colorless in appearance, something like your sandstone, but the seven inside rows of columns are in the glorious colors of the Seven Mighty Rays. However, due to the fact that this sanctuary is the focus for the Ascension Flame, the colors of the rays do not run in their general consecutive order, the pillars forming the innermost square be- ing of pure crystal WHITE. The row of columns next to the outside is an exquisite sapphire blue; the next row is gold, the one inside that is pink; next comes the green, then the ruby, and last, the violet. When one passes through the magnificent violet chamber, he comes face to face with the brilliant white light enfolding the ascension chamber.
In the spaces between these rows of pillars are the compartments and corridors in which are housed the various aspirants and chelas. The outer corridor is the one where the neophytes are placed when they first come to Luxor. Here they are sorted, as it were, and their states of de- velopment examined by one of the Brothers, before they are presented to the Hierarch (myself in this case).
The mystic part of this retreat is that there is no need for curtains to shut off the various corridors, because the light emanating from each one forms a barrier, and while the occupants of each one feel the radia- tion of light, yet they are unable to see beyond it.
Now, the occupants of the outer corridor—looking toward the blue columns—see what they think is a great wall of sapphire blue light be- tween each of the pillars and—while they feel and enjoy its radiation, they do not see within it. Those in the next corridor, looking toward the gold columns think they see a wall of golden light, and so on, the same with those looking toward the pink columns—all the way in—but they all know that when a certain point in their development is reached, they are automatically advanced, each step bringing them closer to the Ascension Flame. They also know that there is an activity going on behind that wall of colored light, but they do not know what it is and are invariably sur- prised—when they are moved from one corridor to another—to see that there are people like themselves functioning therein.
While in my aura this evening, beloved friends, you have been free to walk from one beautiful corridor to another. There are no doors in this retreat like there are in Shamballa and other places. Each pair of col- umns makes an entrance, so that there can be a mass movement of several hundred people walking forward at once between these pillars. However, as I said before, each aspirant knows that he can only move forward when his own vibratory action fits him to enter the light, and
then he finds himself in the next inner compartment.
As we find ourselves in the Violet Flame Chamber, you will note that its appearance is somewhat different from the others, in that the four sides of this vast room are of the most exquisite, purple light. It is un- derstood, of course, that the average unascended being may not enter the Ascension Chamber, but if you look through the curtains of violet light, you will be able to distinguish the exquisitely-carved crystalline col- umns that form the walls of the inner chamber, as well as the magnifi- cent three-tiered, circular altar which occupies the center of the room. On top of this high altar, you will notice, is a beautifully-carved Egyptian urn, from which blazes our beloved Ascension Flame.
Around the base of the altar are three massive rings of the same beautiful crystalline substance. These rings are placed one inside the other, at an equal distance apart. Depicted on the outer one, in raised figures, are twelve beautiful figures, representative of the twelve virtues of the Deity. (We use the numeral twelve in all our activities here at Lux- or, just as you have the twelve signs of the Zodiac through which your Earth passes in the course of a year.)
The forty-eight columns that form the walls of the Ascension Cham- ber formerly upheld a magnificent Eastern canopy of crystalline sub- stance that covered the entire room, and when the flame rose, it blend- ed into that shining essence, making an aureole of light that shed its radiance over the entire countryside. However, owing to the expansion of the consciousness of the race through our beloved Maha Chohan's Transmission Flame activities, and the amphitheaters that the Brother- hood found it necessary to build over the retreats to take care of the thousands of lifestreams that are drawn to them through these activities, we recently removed the canopy, allowing the Ascension Flame full free- dom to rise up into the amphitheater, where the people are gathered and where instruction is given.
Tonight, as I am host to this vast assembly, it is both my pleasure and responsibility to welcome the members of the Heavenly Host who grace our retreat with their presence—the beloved Lord Gautama, the beloved Lord Maitreya (the new Buddha), the beloved Archangels with their Archaii, and the other members of the Celestial Hierarchy, including the beloved Ascended Masters who have come to us from other planets as well as this. They are all in pure white tonight, in honor of the Ascen- sion Flame, and grateful I am to them for their presence here with us.
We are so grateful to have this fine amphitheater created over the
Continent of Africa, and I ask you now to make calls that this be perma- nently sustained here because, as you know, it is the darkest of the con- tinents belonging to Earth's evolution. This Ascension Flame, which con- tains within itself divine purity and all the other qualities necessary for the ascension, should do much for the race of people evolving here, as well as for the animal life, the reptile life and all the imprisoned elemen- tals on this continent.
You may be under the impression, beloved friends, that serving the humanity of Earth from the ascended state is a comparatively easy task, but let me assure you that such is not the case! In the first place, we are dealing with beings of free will who, including some students under our instruction, do not always feel like cooperating with our suggestions and endeavors. Then we have those in different states of development, re- ceptivity and capacity, and lastly we have the general run of mankind, who are not even aware of our very existence, and whom we must serve with impersonal radiation.
However, every time our retreat here at Luxor is active, and I see all the lifestreams who are attracted here, I pray to God that there may be a “click” in the feelings of the people, that DEATH is not the end, but that the ascension—the CONSCIOUS ASCENSION—is the ultimate victory of all their endeavors. So, beloved friends, we are sending forth on the Ascension Flame tonight, from the hearts of the assembled Host of Light and the conscious chelas assembled here, the strong feeling of EVER- LASTING LIFE, AND THE JOY OF SERVICE, and we know that you will cooperate with us in this during the current month, while our beloved Ascension Flame is active.
Many, many long ages ago, when the Atlantean Civilization was in full bloom, there was a great temple of light, in what is now one of your large Eastern cities. This temple was dedicated and consecrated to the power of protection, which is the specific God-activity of protecting the divine spirit nature of mankind embodied at that time, as well as all the other evolving life upon the planet.
The individuals who served in this temple all wore varying shades of blue, from the deep sapphire and midnight colors, to the very palest shades, representing the powers of faith and protection, and the other qualities that come under the Blue Ray. Sometimes these blue garments were banded with the golden hue of wisdom.
From this temple the priests and priestesses, who were conscious of and able to contact the beloved Hercules, the beloved Archangel Michael
and all those beings who represent the activity of protection, drew into themselves a concentrate of the Blue Flame. Day and night, rhythmically, groups of these priests and priestesses (never less than seven to a group) gathered together and, through their calls, were able to see the activity of the Sacred Fire ascending and descending, as well as to con- sciously hear the directions of the beloved Hercules, the Archangel Mi- chael, or one of their representatives. In this way, they drew a concen- trate of energy which was qualified with the powers of strength, endur- ance, faith, protection, and the will to do that which their own Christ Self and the God-free Beings desired. From this temple rays of light, like beams from the Sun, radiated out until they covered the whole surface of the Earth.
The people in and around Atlantis proper, of course, were much more acquainted with the power of the priesthood than were those in the outlying districts who only learned of the powers of magnetization and radiation from the visiting missionaries, but the people from all over the landed surface of the Earth were invited to come from time to time to the main temples of Atlantis, learn at firsthand the teaching, and take part—according to their development—in the activities.
Now, these activities have engaged the lives of many of the present- day students of Saint Germain. Therefore, you have builded within your- selves certain strengths on this Ray of Cosmic Christ Protection, which we hope (and have hoped since the beginning of this new endeavor), you would use for the protection of everything connected with the activi- ty of Saint Germain.
The blue robes that you then wore, the Blue Light that you drew, the faith that you embodied—are all part of your etheric bodies. YOU
HAD IN THE LIGHT, NO MATTER HOW MUCH DESTRUCTIVE THOUGHT
AND FEELING YOU MAY HAVE DRAWN AROUND YOURSELF SINCE THEN.
You see, beloved friends, each successive life that you live forms a coat- ing, like the petals of a flower, each one closing in the experiences of the life before. Therefore, down in the deepest core of the etheric body are the experiences that you had “before the world was,” and outside them, layer after layer, are the experiences of every life you have lived up to the present.
Another phase of the Law which, of course, is apparent to the stu- dents of Saint Germain, is that if you awaken what the world calls “the subconscious” (which is really the book of memory in the etheric body), and are not acquainted with the Violet Transmuting Flame and its use,
you are going to have to handle not only the karma which has been giv- en you in this present life, but you are stirring up something from a past life which the Lords of Karma did not deem wise to impose upon you at
present. IF AN INDIVIDUAL DELIBERATELY AWAKENS A PORTION OF THE
SUBCONSCIOUS MIND OF ANOTHER (WHO IS, OR IS NOT, CONSCIOUS
OF THE POWER OF THE SACRED FIRE) AND THROWS THAT INDIVIDUAL
BACK ONE OR TWO EMBODIMENTS,STIRRING DORMANT ETHERIC REC-
ORDS INTO ACTION, HE WOULD BE VERY GRAVELY RESPONSIBLE TO
LIFE, TAKING UPON HIMSELF, IN IGNORANCE, THE PREROGATIVE OF
THE LORDS OF KARMA,but lacking their cosmic love and wisdom.
Beloved friends, you have an affinity with each other through past service. Your etheric bodies have certain definite remembrances within them of constructive services performed together, which makes for uni- ty, and in unity there is STRENGTH. That is the strength of COOPERA- TIVE SERVICE we are endeavoring to build up through the WELDING TOGETHER OF THE STUDENT BODY by their love for us, their love for each other, and their love for mankind, as a whole.
People of all grades of development come to us here in Luxor—all seeking escape from the weary round of births and deaths. We have the seven departments already described to you, through which the aspirant for the ascension must pass:
THE FIRST,or outer one, is the place where he desires and decides to do God's Will.
THE SECOND,where he receives the illumination so to do.
THE THIRD, where he learns to love his God and his brother as he loves himself
THE FOURTH,where he is willing to purify himself.
THE FIFTH, where he is willing to consecrate all his energies, vehi- cles, time and talents to the service of the Godhead.
THE SIXTH,where he becomes desirous within himself to minister to all evolutions on the Earth—human, elemental, animal—in whatever form he may encounter them.
THE SEVENTH, where he learns to become Master of all energy through the sacred love of the Sacred Fire.
Use the Sacred Fire of purification offered to you by the beloved Saint Germain constantly, beloved ones, because in your inner bodies there is darkness as well as light, and the more you use the Violet fire the more of this effluvia will be burned away until only the light remains.
Your etheric body can either “bog you down” or, through purification, it
can become the MOTOR BY WHICH YOU CAN PERFORM MIRACLES AND
FINALLY ASCEND. I hope you have enjoyed your visit to Luxor as much as I have enjoyed being your host. Thank you and God bless you. SERA-
PIS
Beloved Maha Chohan
August 19, 1956
Beloved Children of God seeking the Way Home,
As my beloved Kuthumi was your guide and mentor on the occasion of your recent visit to beloved Meru's retreat in South America, Saturday evening last, it is with great pleasure that I present his words to your outer minds, even though your inner bodies hold the vibrations of the joy and gladness you experienced on that journey.
Time and space being factors which even the Celestial Hierarchy find it necessary to observe in dealing with the affairs of this lower octave, I now offer you my beloved son's report, which I know your outer minds will find interesting in the extreme, and which should, through contem- plation of its contents, help your spiritual progress.
Transmission Of The Flame, God Meru's Retreat
August 18, 1956
Beloved Friends,
It is my pleasure and privilege to conduct you, through the activities of your projected consciousness, to the beloved Meru's retreat, situated, as most of you are aware, in the high Andes of South America, where the Transmission Flame Ceremonies are being performed this evening. This retreat is the focus of the great Feminine Ray for the planet Earth, the Masculine Ray being under the guardianship of the great Himalaya, in his retreat in Tibet. This Feminine Ray expresses itself as the great Flame of Illumination, which we honor tonight.
As we approach the great Andes range, we can see the holy moun- tain, Meru, and looking upon it, let us think for a moment of that great Feminine Ray of the Godhead directed through that mountain, where it
meets with the Masculine Ray from the heart of the great Himalaya, and forms the cradle around which the builders of form fashioned the planet Earth.
For many long ages, the Masculine Ray has been active. You are aware of the fact that all the great Masters, Gurus and chelas have been drawn to Himalaya for his teaching and understanding of the Law, but as the Feminine Ray in Meru's heart becomes more intensified, you will find that, in time, the jungles will recede, and new civilizations will come in.
CERTAIN CLIMATIC CHANGES WILL TAKE PLACE,and many of the Illumi-
nati of the East will come and sit at the feet of Meru for their complete
illumination. MANY OF YOU WILL NOT PERHAPS BE IN EMBODIMENT AT
THAT TIME,BUT THEN AGAIN,SOME OF YOU MAY.
Contemplating the majesty of this great mountain tonight, let us feel the pressure of the tremendous Feminine Ray, which is the fertility or manifest expression of all the ideas held in the Mind of Deity for the planet Earth. All that expression of fertility and manifestation, anchored through the flame of Meru's mountain, can be yours tonight. We hope you will accept it in your feelings, and that you will realize (through prox- imity to the flame), the capacity within yourselves to do all the things your hearts desire and that you will be wise enough to hold your atten- tion anchored on the mental concept until manifest expression comes into being.
Now, let us walk into the lodge, where those who serve in the re- treat are assembled. The walls (as we have described to you before) are hung with beautiful tapestries woven by the natives, and depicting vari- ous activities of the Incan civilization and the Golden Age, when South American culture was at its height. Here we can rest for a moment on the beautiful embroidered cushions proffered us, and feel the pulsation of the great mountain. We notice that there are not so many lifestreams gathered here just yet, but we do feel a tremendous sense of peace as the curtain is drawn aside, and the guide beckons us to follow him down the beautiful corridor, which is carved right out of the mountain, in the floor and walls of which you can see the polished veins of virgin gold, indicative of the untouched wealth of the Andes.
At the end of this long corridor we come to the great open chamber where the Illumination Flame burns. The ceremonies in this retreat, you will remember, are informal compared to the other retreats. The attend- ing Celestial Hierarchy, which includes Lord Gautama, Lord Maitreya, the Lord Maha Chohan, Pallas Athena, my brother Chohans and others, are all seated Eastern fashion on the beautiful pink and gold cushions pro-
vided for their use, in a great circle around the flame. Some Masters are robed in pure white, while others are in garments of unadorned gold, but all wear a pink rose, which is the symbol of the retreat, and with which they have been presented on their entrance.
The Illuminati of the world, men and women, are seated back of the Hierarchy and we will now take our positions behind them. All are in atti- tudes of intense devotion, facing the flame. The flame has no chalice, no adornment, not even an altar. It seems to ascend right out of the heart of the mountain and disappears through the roof of the cave in a pillar of blazing light. However, as is usual with the retreats, over the moun- tain is built a gigantic amphitheater to hold the multitude of visiting lifestreams and here the flame circles and blazes, spreading out into a great canopy of light which encircles the whole of Central and South America. The amphitheater is built in the form of a rose, the seats and decorations of a delicate pink, blending into gold.
At the outer edges of this beautifully-formed structure are gathered untold numbers of lifestreams this evening, drawn hither by the feelings of fear and insecurity, which they have absorbed into their inner bodies due to the upset conditions of the planet at this time. In the center of the amphitheater is seated the Manu of the seventh root race, the Great Divine Director, surrounded by his people, who are destined to take em- bodiment on this South American Continent. By the side of the flame, in the chamber where it is focused, stands the mighty God Meru. He pre- sents a truly majestic appearance, golden of hair, blue of eye, with a serene and noble countenance. He is wearing a simple garment, some- thing like the ones you have seen depicted on the master Jesus, but banded on the cuffs and hem with deep gold. Standing by his side is his beautiful Goddess, who is an almost exact replica of himself, except that her golden hair is longer and flows down over her shoulders. She wears a band of light around her head, with a beautiful pink flame rising from the forehead.
A peace—a tremendous sense of peace and well-being—pervades the entire atmosphere of the holy mountain and its vicinity, this evening. We, the Brothers of the Golden Robe, will take an active part in the ex- pansion of the flame during the ceremonies. We have summoned from Kashmir all the Brothers and Sisters belonging to this order, to assist us as we breathe in the Illumination Flame and project it forth into the mental and feeling bodies of the race. We ask you to assist us, not only tonight, but during the entire thirty days that the flame is active so that the fears of the people of Earth will be allayed, and peace, illumination
and brotherly love will reign on our planet.
It will interest you to learn that the beloved Serapis' retreat at Luxor will remain open and active during this current month. This, beloved ones, IS AN UNPRECEDENTED OCCURRENCE and has been granted to give the conscious chelas opportunity to visit the continent in which that retreat is situated, and to make earnest calls for the peace and stabiliza- tion of conditions, not only here, but all over this planet. It is no “hap- penstance,” beloved friends, that both the Illumination Flame and the Ascension Flame should be called upon to send forth their joint radiation at this particular time in the Earth's history. A magnificent bridge of light (white and gold) has been erected, connecting the two retreats, tremen- dous in its expanse, one side reaching as far north as Nova Scotia, the other extending far below the tip of Argentine.
Now, as the breathing ceremony is about to commence, I must take my place and will say—God bless you, friends, and good evening! KU-
THUMI
Beloved Maha Chohan
August 26, 1956
Beloved and Blessed Children, Walking the Ways of Earth,
I can assure you that there is no particle of imprisoned life among the evolutions of this Earth, within it or in its atmosphere, that does not desire freedom and comfort. Therefore, my responsibility to the planet is to bring comfort to all life that has lost its natural rhythm of harmony and perfection.
Now, let us remember that whereas all life requires TO BE comfort- ed, comparatively few self-conscious intelligences desire to learn the way to BECOME a comforting presence in themselves. They refuse to make the required effort to sustain the vibratory action of harmony and peace necessary to quiet those energies and keep them vibrating in the har- monious, positive and beautiful manner that is necessary, if that individ- ual is to be used by any Ascended Master or myself as a focus from which we may project comfort.
What happens when any part of life sends out either a conscious or an unconscious call for comfort? Whether that expression of life is a member of the human family who is sick or in distress of mind or body— whether it is a wilted flower, a bird with a broken wing, or one of the four-footed creatures that are at the mercy of mankind—the vibratory
action of the energy in, through and around that manifestation is con- trolled for a time by some self-conscious intelligence who has learned to magnetize energy, direct, control and sustain it at a specific vibratory action representative of healing, of peace, of comfort, of supply, or whatever the need may be.
The intelligent life within the flower, the bird, the four-footed crea- ture, or within the physical or inner bodies of mankind KNOWS ITS MAS- TER, knows that the Divine Intelligence which is in control of its energy for the time being has full authority to change the vibratory action of distress into light. Therefore, the electronic substance within the MANI- FESTATION REQUIRING ASSISTANCE is accelerated under the direction of the SELF-CONSCIOUS INTELLIGENCE conducting the healing or comfort— and is held at peace.
However, that is not the ultimate answer for the individual self- conscious member of the human race evolving presently on the planet Earth—because some time, somewhere along the course of life's way—
THE ENERGY IN HIS OWN WORLD, NOT ALLOWING IT EMOTIONALLY,
MENTALLY, ETHERICALLY, OR PHYSICALLY TO BE BROKEN IN RHYTHM
THROUGH DISHARMONY OF FEELINGS, IMPERFECTION OF THOUGHT,
RESUSCITATION OF BITTER, ETHERIC MEMORIES, OR ACCEPTANCE OF
THE DISCORDANT SUBSTANCE FROM THE OUTER WORLD. Now, it is to
these FEW (comparatively speaking) that I have primarily dedicated my individual assistance through the ages since I became qualified to be- come the representative of the Holy Spirit to the planet Earth. For the greater part (as those of you know who have studied the Spiritual Law), I have had very little to do with the mass of unascended mankind— working usually through the blessed Chohans upon whose rays the lifestreams are developing—but, sooner or later a lifestream QUALIFIES THROUGH FEELING to the place where he can be not only INDIVIDUALLY
COMFORTED—but BECOME A COMFORTING PRESENCE IN HIMSELF.
Take, for example, a child. A small child desires to be comforted with warm clothing, sufficient food, and the benediction of love from parents or guardians. As that child comes to maturity, it, in turn, desires to be a comforting presence to a NEW GENERATION YET UNBORN. But, when you deal with the billions of lifestreams on this planet (and I speak knowingly when I say that the majority of them desire comfort), do not be disappointed—you who serve—if those on whom you expend your energy do not desire for the most part to learn how to sustain the bless- ing directed to them—because as soon as they are comfortable, as soon as they are temporarily relieved from pain, from financial limitation, from
disharmony of any kind (whatever the potential threat of the moment is), they are content to consider the blessing they have received as part of their just due from life and continue on more or less as they always have done.
They are people who, like the child with the scuffed knee, after it has received comfort and the wound swabbed and bandaged, returns with abandon to its play. However, I am happy to say that the “few” desire more—they desire to BECOME and to remain A CONSCIOUS,COM- FORTING PRESENCE to this universe—and IT IS TO THESE FEW that I am giving my life in this present individual instruction.
Now, beloved ones, if you will cognize for a moment the fact that within the heart of your Electronic Presence there is a beautiful, immortal Threefold Flame, which is the life, the being, the self-consciousness of that Presence—that from that flame, flowing down the SILVER CORD OF LIFE, anchoring itself in your PHYSICAL hearts—is also a flame, an exact replica of the flame in the heart of your Presence (not in size, of course, but in design)—you will see THAT THIS SILVER CORD, with the FULL FLOWER of the flame in the HEART OF YOUR PRESENCE, and the tiny embryonic SEED OF THE FLAME within YOUR PHYSICAL HEART, form the mystic rod mentioned in all spiritual writings as THE ROD OF AARON and the rod of power of kings—the SCEPTER—that they wield in the outer world.
Now, beloved ones, it is our desire—with YOUR cooperation—to ex- pand through that silver cord the embryonic flame within the heart of the individual and personal self until that flame—expanding and expand- ing—controls without any question of doubt, all of the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical energies that make up the outer evolving self. IT IS AS SIMPLE AS THAT! AS ABOVE SO BELOW! You are living in the unbal- anced state at present because the magnificence of your immortal flame within the heart of your Presence FILLS THE ENTIRE BEING OF THAT PRESENCE and fills YOUR ENTIRE CAUSAL BODY, yet very little flows down through the silver cord—SO TINY IS THE RECEIVING POLE where the microscopic flame that gives you life abides.
As we endeavor (ALWAYS WITH YOUR CONSCIOUS COOPERATION)
to draw from your Causal Body and direct and project through that silver cord more and more of the perfection of your Presence, YOU will become a COMFORTING PRESENCE to life. Why? Because when the Christ Flame within you governs your feelings, your human tendencies cannot act— the electronic energy within them WILL NOT OBEY THE LESSER MASTER, which is your outer ego or human self.
The electronic intelligence within the electrons that make up the at- oms of your emotional body WILL ONLY OBEY the God-control of your expanded Christus. The electronic intelligence within the particles that make up the atoms of your mental body WILL OBEY ONLY the expanded God-control of your Christus. The electronic essence that make up the atoms of your etheric body WILL ONLY OBEY the expanded Christus. And the electronic particles that make up the atoms of your physical body WILL ONLY OBEY the expanded power, radiation, and God-control of your Christus.
Now, beloved ones, this is as scientific as any formula by which mathematicians arrive at a conclusion. It is not “happenstance.” It has nothing to do with personality or place, so far as the outer world is con- cerned. Every man must, in time, become a COMFORTING PRESENCE through first controlling the energies of his own life. Which would you rather be—an individual in constant turmoil, to whom a Master directing a ray could only give temporary peace and as soon as he returned to his own cosmic level, you immediately returned to your turmoil—or would you rather be anchored so firmly in your immortal flame that your emo- tions, mind, etheric body, and flesh are always under the control of your Christ Presence—a part of which is in the heart of your Electronic “I
AM”? IN THE LATTER STATE YOU COULD GO ANYWHERE UPON THE
FACE OF THIS EARTH, OR TO ANY OTHER PLANET, OR TO ANY OTHER
SYSTEM AND ALWAYS BE THE MASTER CONTROL OF YOUR ENERGY.
Blessings and love.
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 2, 1956
Beloved Children Seeking the Way Home,
There are two main activities of life—the inbreath and the outbreath. It is so simple, and yet so much has been woven into and around it through the study of so-called “mysticism.” In the two activities of breathing, you have the MAGNETIZATION of the gifts and powers of the Presence through the inbreath, and the RADIATION of its love, wisdom and power through the outbreath.
This is the same activity that takes place at cosmic levels with regard to suns, planets, systems and galaxies. All operate on the rhythmic mo- tion of the inbreath and the outbreath. We have endeavored from time to time to give you a glimpse of the working of the cosmic scheme to
which we belong, so that you may comprehend the place in which our galaxy stands at the present time.
At the beginning of a “Cosmic Day,” before a new universe comes into being, the Central Sun in charge of the system BREATHES OUT the lesser suns that are to assist it in the evolution of its system. THIS IT
PILED ONE ON TOP OF ANOTHER,only, of course, in this cosmic picture there is a tremendous distance between the suns mentioned. Now, these lesser suns, in turn, breathe out the planets which will make up its gal- axy in a HORIZONTAL motion. At the end of the Cosmic Day, the Great Central Sun notifies the lesser suns that it is time for the inbreathing of their planets in preparation for the time when it (the Great Central Sun) will again absorb the ENTIRE SYSTEM back into itself after the lesser suns with their planets have evolved into the full perfection of itself.
In obedience to the fiat of the Great Central Sun, each of the lesser suns of the system begins the great cosmic inbreath, drawing the plan- ets of its galaxy closer to itself, UNTIL ONE BY ONE THEY ARE ABSORBED
INTO THE SUN WHICH BREATHED THEM FORTH. Of course, this takes
aeons of time and this is just the briefest sketch of what is taking place at cosmic levels at the present time. At the end of the Cosmic Day, the Great Central Sun will have breathed into ITSELF ALL of the suns which it projected forth and the lesser suns, in turn, will have breathed back into THEMSELVES all the planets which they are responsible for, with all the life upon them expressing the full perfection for which they were created “in the beginning.” In occult circles this entire activity is known as a Day and Night of Brahm.
Now, beloved ones, I know that this seems a little difficult for the outer mind to understand and the only reason I mention it at all is on account of the Cosmic Hour in which we stand. WE ARE PREPARING FOR
THE FIRST INBREATH FROM HELIOS AND VESTA (OUR SUN) IN WHICH
THEY BREATHE IN THE FIRST PLANET OF OUR SYSTEM. AS THE FIRST
PLANET IS ABSORBED INTO THE SUN OF ITS SYSTEM, THE ENTIRE PLAN-
ETARY SYSTEM MOVES NEARER TO ITS SUN AUTOMATICALLY, AND THE
OF ALL THE LIFE UPON THE PLANET.
Incidentally, the “laggards” mentioned so frequently were those lifestreams on the various planets who were not ready or willing to move forward with their planets on one of these cosmic initiations and so the beloved Earth offered them refuge. Some of these laggards came from planets in systems higher than our own. You must also understand that
this horizontal motion—in fact, all cosmic motions—are gradual until the final day of initiation comes when the life on every planet in every sys- tem must vibrate at the necessary high rate that its advanced position calls for.
Now, this cosmic picture of the inbreath and outbreath of Deity is an exact duplicate of the activity YOU FOLLOW IN YOUR DAILY BREATHING. The outbreath of the cosmic scheme has been completed, and the in- breath is well under way. On every planet in every system there is tre- mendous activity, as their evolutions get ready to meet the initiations through which each expression of life must pass as their planets are drawn nearer to their suns.
This is also the reason for the Ascended Masters' tremendous inter- est in the evolution of the life upon this planet at the present time and
CONVEY TO THE STUDENT BODY, AT LEAST, THE NECESSITY FOR THE
ACCELERATION OF THE VIBRATORY ACTION OF THEIR MENTAL, EMO-
TIONAL,ETHERIC,AND PHYSICAL BODIES IN THE HOPE THAT THEY MAY
the knowledge of suns and planetary systems—this information being given you for your own personal enjoyment—but THE LOVE PEACE, FOR-
AND HELP HER IN HER HOUR OF INITIATION.
Saint Paul spoke of “the quick and the dead.” The “quick” are real- ly those whose vibratory action is more rapid. There are various ways and means of accelerating the vibratory action of your inner and flesh bodies. ONE OF THE GREATEST OF THESE IS THE USE OF THE RHYTHMIC BREATHING of which I have been an exponent, devotee and teacher for ages of time, because IT IS THE RHYTHM OF CREATION. When you draw the energy of life into the flame in your heart and send it forth again on the breath, you begin to come into harmony with the natural rhythm that is in every activity of nature—in the rising and setting of the sun; in the rise and fall of the tide; in the changing of the seasons. All of these activities take place in absolute, unbroken rhythm.
The Golden Ages where mankind have known the greatest peace, the greatest illumination, the greatest bodily health, the greatest beauty and the greatest opulence, were ages when the natural rhythm of life was observed, not only in breathing, but in every facet of expression.
Now, beloved ones, I ask you to watch yourselves—even in a small
process like walking—and see whether you are moving with the rhythm of the music of the spheres. See, when you talk, whether your speech is staccato—too rapid—or whether it is rhythmic and beautiful! Watch your gestures and see if they are graceful and rhythmic or whether they are harsh and breaking that rhythm of creation! Watch yourself in your breathing and see if your breath is slow, measured and deep, or whether it is shallow, panting and gasping!
When these imperfect physical manifestations are evident, you will know that you are not within the proper rhythm of your own being and as you begin to correct yourself in small things—in ascending a flight of stairs—in the process of preparing a meal—in clothing yourself—in going out upon your daily routine of business by streetcar or otherwise, you will find for one thing that you will not become so exhausted as you seem to get now in the outer. For another thing, you will find better health in your body. You will find a greater spiritual equipoise in your mind and consciousness. You will find a greater beauty and youthfulness in your physical form, and last (and perhaps not least), YOU WILL BE
MORE COMFORTABLE FOR OTHERS TO LIVE WITH.
This I can tell you, beloved ones, IS THE WHOLE LAW OF LIFE—the rhythm of MAGNETIZATION and RADIATION. If there is too much mag- netization of POWER and not an equal radiation of LOVE and BLESSING— again you have broken the rhythm. If there is too much BLESSING and
MINISTRATION without enough MAGNETIZATION OF POWER from the
Source of the all good by which you live, there is depletion and exhaus- tion. In other words, all of mankind's distress, disintegration, disharmo- ny, and decay is the result of BROKEN RHYTHM.
All life on the planet today, beloved ones, needs comfort. Practice the sending out of a conscious radiation of comfort into all the turbulent and angry emotions that rise up here and there and very often express themselves in self-righteous, yet chaotic, thought patterns. Practice sending peace into those rebellious etheric memories of the past and into the tremendous subconscious fears that are seeping up toward the surface of people's lives as the transmuting power of the Sacred Fire plays upon them during this period of planetary unrest.
Now, beloved ones, as an exercise, I will ask you, each one, to make conscious effort to KEEP AS MUCH RHYTHM AS YOU CAN in your life this coming week—your voice, in your work, in your walk, in your service, in your adoration and realization. If you will faithfully do this, it will give me an opportunity to pour my radiation through you so that you, too, may be a comforting presence to ALL LIFE.
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 9, 1956
Beloved and Blessed Children of God,
I want you to feel in its reality that you are living and have your ac- tual being within the body of the God and Goddess that created this uni- verse (Helios and Vesta), and that that body is made up of countless tiny particles of electronic light substance which are intelligent and obedient to the self-conscious beings that say, “I AM.”
Now, many, many of you, on a bright day, have seen these particles in the atmosphere! These particles of self-conscious, intelligent light form the substance of the atmosphere that you breathe in, and any number of them are willing, at any time, to enter into your world and become part of the substance that you require manifested in form, either per- sonally, for Saint Germain's new endeavor, or for the entire planetary evolution.
Mankind may be liked to a man who sits in a room, the atmosphere of which is composed of pure gold and does not know how to use it, yet cries because of his limitation.
The creation of form IS A PART OF THE SCIENCE OF PRECIPITATION
for which mankind took embodiment upon this planet and which you, who are the guardians of this planet and its evolutions, MUST LEARN. Therefore, it is right for you to create, consciously, beautiful forms and then, through the use of the all-powerful creative words “I AM” draw into those forms this beautiful, universal, intelligent and obedient light which, drawn into form by your thought and feelings, becomes a mani- fest expression within your hands, for your use, and governing power.
IS TO MAGNETIZE, RECEIVE, AND DISTRIBUTE AS MUCH OF THE ELEC-
HE BELONGS AND FOR ITS ATTENDANT EVOLUTIONS.
Now, Helios and Vesta pouring forth this electronic light substance which encompasses and is the life of every planet that makes up their planetary scheme, continue to draw from the Central Sun of the system (Alpha and Omega) more and more of that light substance in such tre- mendous and prolific generosity, as cannot be conceived or cognized by the human mind. The Maha Chohan of each planet (for there is a being holding that office on each of our seven planets) magnetizes, through his consciousness and body (as I do for the planet Earth), as much of that light substance as is required and requested by its various evolutions—
the nature kingdom, the elemental kingdom, the human kingdom, and the guardian spirits.
If there is no demand on the great Universal Storehouse for an in- crease of the electronic light substance, those of us who guard the re- lease of that energy—because we are not wasteful—allow it to flow on to another planet, where there are beings who are using their magnetizing power to a greater extent and creating from it something of beauty and perfection.
You might visualize the distribution of the electronic light substance from the heart of the beloved Helios and Vesta as a great stream of light energy flowing from the Sun to the farthest star and planet, and as it reaches each sphere, the Maha Chohan of that planet directs from it a great funnel of light down to his sphere, which interpenetrates and en- compasses it round about, and which forms the life and substance of every expression of evolving life thereon. Each Maha Chohan watches carefully to see that enough light energy is released to create a sufficient harvest to supply all the needs of his people, enough to clothe them and supply all the necessities for their daily comfort, as well as to create ex- pressions of beauty and perfection through the individualized creative intelligences of some of the embodied lifestreams evolving on his planet.
Therefore, beloved ones, from that great funnel of light which I draw down and radiate out to the planet Earth, there flows enough life es- sence to supply the great nature kingdom, which expresses itself in the beauty of tree, grass, flower and fruit of every description. The ele- mental kingdom uses it to sustain the life energy in the water and air. But the mankind of Earth are, for the most part, given a great deal more of this universal electronic light than they ever use or dare, I will say, to invoke and mould into form for the blessing of their own worlds and the evolving life all around them.
As the wise engineer, watching the flow of water over a dam, opens one sluice and then another, according to the required irrigation of the ground for which it was intended, so do we, who hold the Office of Maha Chohan, watch the amount of energy that is being used, and release only as much of this precious substance as the evolving life upon our planet requires. Therefore, if the planets nearer the Sun or those follow- ing us require more of this beautiful substance than does the planet Earth at this time, to fulfill the creative activities of their evolutions, it is but an impersonal and perfectly just balance that they shall receive it.
I say, therefore—and it is no particular credit to the evolutions of
Earth—that the light substance released to this planet at this time is LESS than that released to ANY OF THE SEVEN PLANETS OF OUR SYS- TEM, but I say too, for your comfort, that I have access to as much of that substance as ANY ONE or ALL of mankind will ask for, and that they need only prove, by the stirring up of their mental processes and their FEELING process in CONSCIOUS PRECIPITATION to give that precipitation life and form. Then, it will not only be my pleasure and privilege, but it will be my OBLIGATION to release more and more of that precious light substance which is only WAITING FOR AN OPPORTUNITY to be molded into manifest form for the glory of God and the comfort of man.
Now, beloved children, you, who are so close to my heart, you, whose motives are honest, earnest, and God-sincere, you are living in a world filled with intelligent, universal life and light. As you move your hands upward or downward—as you walk upon your way, as you lie up- on your beds, as you are about the various activities of your daily lives— you are actually LIVING AND BREATHING within this PALPABLE,INTELLI- GENT,UNFORMED LIFE ESSENCE which I have taken the responsibility of drawing from that great stream of cosmic release from the heart of be- loved Helios and Vesta, in the hope that you might choose to avail your- selves of the opportunity of CONSCIOUSLY CREATING THROUGH THOUGHT AND FEELING that which will make you more efficacious, more healthy, more filled with supply and abundance, and more GOD FREE.
Mankind has used thought and feeling to IMPRISON some of this substance in distorted forms in this manifest world, proving that the sci- ence of thought, feeling, spoken word, and action may be used in a de- structive manner also. But, now we come to a new day—we are at the approach of a new era, where people are crying for FREEDOM—and freedom only comes, beloved ones, through the control of the processes by which you create—by reaching your arms into this universal light, lov- ing it, knowing that it is the body of God; that it is drawn into this plane- tary scheme and entrusted to you by myself; that it abides in a WAITING STATE that is intelligent; that it will (because it has been so directed by the beloved Helios and Vesta) answer you and become for you that which you desire to help expand the borders of their kingdom upon this planet.
Now, I have endeavored, beloved children, through my own person- al invocation, to get you TO FEEL—while your attention is on my pres- ence—that all the substance which your outer mind could desire is within my aura, and may be yours for the asking. That substance can become for you the elixir of youth, the vital energy of healing flowing through
your spinal column and your nervous system, reaching into every cell and atom of your being. It will become condensed through your thought and feeling processes until it is visible and tangible in your hands, to use as any manifestation you desire. That substance, which is all around you, can and will respond to the directions of your own immortal flame through your positive affirmation in the acknowledgment of the Presence of God within you as the “I AM” which gives you life, AND IT CAN AND WILL JOYOUSLY BECOME FOR YOU whatever the requirement of the moment is.
Faith is essential, beloved ones, to the power of precipitation. In studying your Bible, you will note that the Master Jesus almost always admonished the beneficiaries of his so-called “miracles” to have faith. You will note that in Nazareth “He did not many mighty works there BE- CAUSE OF THEIR UNBELIEF.” And his beautiful humility was evidenced in his statement, “OF MINE OWN SELF I can do nothing. It is the FATHER WITHIN ME—HE DOETH THE WORKS.” I will be watching with interest, beloved ones, what ye are going to do with this mighty power that I now offer freely for your acceptance! Blessings and love
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 16, 1956
Beloved Children Seeking the Way Back Home,
Home is a state of uninterrupted harmony and peace and is the realm in which we abide by reason of our learning the law of constant control of our energies, not allowing these energies (the life force) to vibrate below the vibrations of harmony, love, peace, tolerance, kindli- ness, forbearance and truth.
One day, upon life's path, you, too, will consider the maintaining of the peace more important than any personal gratification, any sense of self-justification, any desire to aggrandize personality or, conversely, to condemn yourselves for “works not well done.” When you come to that point I shall help you to find the POWER that dwells within you and which is such a master control of the energies of your minds, your feel- ings, your memories, yes, and even the organs, cells, nerves, and sub- stance of your flesh body. Then by love rather than by will shall you feel the glory of harmony among your many selves. Once you have felt this harmony, there is nothing that will be important enough to allow the energies of any of your vehicles to lose this harmony. So it is with us.
The Law of Mercy and Compassion is good beyond man's fondest conceptions. One aspect of that Law is the “veil” drawn between man's conscious mind and the memories of the experiences (with their at- tendant bitter thoughts, feelings, and actions) of past lives. Remember the Lords of Karma, themselves, allowed you new opportunity TO LIVE IN THIS DAY.“NOW IS THE TIME,” sayeth the Lord. If you were fettered with the feelings and memories of the countless centuries in which you were embodied, plus the experiences of this Earth life, there would be little opportunity for you to learn the lessons that the soul must absorb in this life. Further, those past memories, with their attendant weakness- es and discords, would bitterly affect your association with others.
Individuals, like Lot's wife in the Bible, are intrigued with the idea of “looking backward.” The outer personality enjoys the ideas of great glo- ry, power, service and accomplishment in ages that have passed from the screen of life. In this way, the present personality seeks to glorify the present, sometimes insignificant, ego. The individual FORGETS that in so throwing the consciousness backward (against the wisdom of the Karmic Board), he may well enter into the FEELINGS, the THOUGHTS, the AC- TIONS, and EVEN THE PHYSICAL DISABILITIES of those former embodi- ments. It is not just a matter of observing “a picture or a play” when an individual FORCES the curtain of mercy open.
It is a matter of entering into and becoming the personality long since discarded, and it is a very dangerous practice, indeed. From time to time, the Ascended Masters do reveal certain aspects of past embod- iments, for two specific reasons only: FIRST, to allow the individual to evaluate his present tendencies, human nature, etc., and to make the corrections in this present life; SECOND, to allow the individual to see what part his momentum of service through the ages has been, so that he may couple that momentum of good with his present personal ser- vice.
FOR ANY INDIVIDUAL, HOWEVER, TO ENDEAVOR TO PROJECT HIS
CONSCIOUSNESS BACKWARD,UNLESS IN THE ACTUAL PRESENCE OF AN
ASCENDED BEING, IS TO OPEN THE DOOR TO HEARTACHE AND DIS-
TRESS. Be not like the disobedient wife of Lot who “turned to a pillar of salt” through curiosity and rebellion against the Lord. LIVE IN THE NOW, grateful that what you have done, what you have been in past embodiments is mercifully withheld from your present brain conscious- ness in order for you to more happily and efficaciously enjoy this present embodiment and so to set your worlds into divine order.
This does not mean, however, that you cease to call with all the in-
tensity of your beings for the dissolving, transmuting, and sublimating of all past errors and mistakes in your entire lifestream. The great angels of mercy and purification will do this for you at your call, but you need not experience the suffering of knowing and feeling, again, the remorse and distress of those past ages.
Live In The Eternal Now! Prepare for the future when you accept your God Perfection! Jesus referred to this aspect of the Law when he said, “Let the dead bury the dead! Follow thou me!” Because of special endeavors to purify the Earth and its attendant evolutions, the following decree is strongly recommended by me to be said DAILY for the next twelve months. Blessings and love
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 23, 1956
Beloved Ones Seeking Truth,
I greet you in the name of the universal I AM Presence and your own I AM Presence, which is the truth of your being. Accept this truth for yourselves. For ages mankind has accepted, through the power of contagion, limited concepts—until, seeping into the unprotected mind, and energized by unprotected feelings, these concepts manifested in the flesh form and in the world of the individual.
Before one can again accept the truth of his own divinity, and cast off the self-created fetters of limitation, the activity of purification of the already polluted energies in the vehicles of man must take place. You would be amazed at the tenacity with which the outer consciousness holds on to human concepts. It is for this reason that the activities of purification—magnetized by unascended beings into the Earth's atmos- phere and the inner realms where souls are yet unable to accept their individual divinity—are so necessary in this hour. People like confirmation of their own human concepts in all things.
Every advance in science, education, humanitarianism, research, and religion has been opposed by the mass of the people, and its proponent ridiculed and despised as a charlatan or fakir. These men and women who have “lived before their time” have brought the VISION OF THINGS TO COME. Time has proved them right, although confirmation of their presentation of truth seldom comes during the Earth life of the messen- ger carrying that truth. In the Temple of Truth at Crete, those who offer to be such messengers spend much time looking upon things AS THEY
ARE,and not as THEY SEEM TO BE. This is the period of cleansing and preparation for the entrance into the atmosphere of Earth and the con- sciousness of her people, of truth.
The original founder of every great world religion brings truth—and with it a certain aspect of religious worship. Then, when the original founder is called home, the earnest and sincere followers weave into that divine concept, all of their own ideas, plans, and etheric memories. Thus the truth is distorted, and the followers of that religion pursue, some- times with atrocious acts, the anchoring of these concepts into the con- sciousness of the rest of the race. St. Paul followed this course as a zeal- ot, abiding by the letter of the Law. He was blessed by the true conver- sion, learning that LOVE is the basis of all true religion. Through the bal- ance of his earthly life, he endeavored to impress upon all who would listen to him that divine love is the essence of truth.
In the Fifth Sphere are temples dedicated to the development of truth on each of the seven rays. The Temple of Truth forms the central temple. Tonight Vesta herself presides here. Around her are the angels of Raphael and her own Cosmic Court of angels, seraphim, and cheru- bim. Pallas Athena stands at the right. At the left of Pallas Athena stands Hilarion, Chohan of Truth.
The vast amphitheater builded over Europe, Asia, and Africa, has been created by Archangel Raphael, beloved Mary, Mother of Jesus, the angels of ceremonial and builders of form. The seats are in a complete circle, rising tier after tier, up to the ten-thousand-foot level. These seats are of a substance like unto clear jade. Over this amphitheater the lumi- nous presence of Archangel Raphael pours forth a delicate green light which is absorbed by the inner bodies of all present.
The beloved Mary has brought with her all those children who will embody within this year so they may have the added conviction of the power of truth. Lord Michael has brought every lifestream who was re- leased from the compound, as well as all the loved ones belonging to the student body, who were freed from the wheel of birth and death by his petition and endeavors. He also brought all discarnates removed from the Earth, and sleepers who have been awakened.
Beloved Raphael has reserved a portion of this great amphitheater, so that all the present souls in the sleepers' realm can be carried by the angels of ministration into this radiation. Thus their quiescent souls will be bathed with the power of the Consecration Flame.
Each Chohan has reserved a section for his own groups of individu- als.
The beloved Vesta will address this audience at the termination of the breathing exercise (15 minutes). Then Pallas Athena will make her address, followed by an address by Hilarion.
The Cosmic Beings, Ascended Masters, Archangels and other Celes- tial Beings who are not specifically engaged in collecting and protecting groups of individuals, form the head of the procession entering into the Temple of Truth. First walks the Elohim of Purity with beloved Astrea. Saint Germain and Portia follow. As the processional begins, the great choir of seraphim, cherubim, and angels sing the anthems, which are truly the music of the spheres. After the entrance of the Divine Beings, who take their places closest to the altar, the chelas fill in the back of the temple halls. Vesta lowers her wand into the beautiful Green Flame. At the same moment, Pallas Athena and Hilarion turn and face the flame and add to it the strength of their cosmic momentum. The attendants at the temple breathe into it their power of light and truth, and it expands upward into the amphitheater, where it is anchored into the bodies of the race, the imprisoned angels and elemental life as well.
Then, at the conscious direction of Lord Raphael, this cosmic out- pouring of truth is sent north, east, south, and west until the entire planet is covered up to the ten-thousand-foot level with the pressure of truth—divine love—practical works in God's most Holy Name!
As the breathing begins in the sanctuaries, this activity will have tak- en place, and along the track created by the directed thoughts, feelings, and breath of the student body, a great angel from the Temple of Truth will fly, carrying a concentrate of that essence, which will embody the atmosphere of the sanctuary, or home, where the class is being ob- served, as well as being anchored into the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical bodies of all mankind for this entire thirty-day period, par- ticularly.
Let me ask you, as a personal favor, DO NOT BE AFRAID OF TRUTH! She is lovely, embodying only God's Will, which is goodness of every de- scription. This she wants to give YOU—the capacity to see, feel, and be your own Christ Self in action, to walk and talk with the Masters, to make of this Earth a heaven instead of a hell. Accept her, in my name! I love her and I love you!
Beloved Maha Chohan
September 30, 1956
Blessed Children of Earth Seeking Wisdom,
To you I come, because wisdom, when attained, is LOVE. The secret of being, the apex towards which all roads lead, the final illumination, the awakened consciousness, is LOVE.
Love is a principle—a consciously-maintained attitude of radiation. The children of love are peace, contentment, happiness, beauty, well- being, and opulence. Light is the aura of love. The evolving flames of the all-pervading, Universal One must sooner or later, according to their in- dividual ability, come to the conscious understanding that LOVE IS THE
ULTIMATE.
Patience is love. Impatience is fear. When one loves there is no fear, and the pulsations that go forth from that one contain no repellent vibra- tory action, but makes the loving heart a magnet for all good. The loving heart makes a shining body. Any quality in the emotions that is less than love is opposing the natural activity of the flame. When the individual allows the Flame of Love to expand through him, it is really God loving his universe into perfection.
To define love is impossible, because the outer mind cannot com- prehend it; but to seek love from God's heart is to find the greatest ease and security in the universe. Man has become many entities, separate and apart, and until he loves himself back into the indivisible whole, he shall not know happiness. Were a man to plunge into the heart of his own God Self and send forth the peaceful radiation of impersonal love, though he never moved from the place of meditation, ALL THE GOOD IN
THE UNIVERSE WOULD BE DEPOSITED AT HIS DOOR—for this is the Law.
Love is not emotional. It has no selfishness within it. It asks for no return of its outpouring, because no human being can generate LOVE. LOVE is given of God by God through man. It cannot be bought nor sold nor bartered. He who would be a funnel for LOVE must ask God of the universe to allow him to unite with the infinite and melting consciousness of the One into nothingness. Such a one becomes a Lord of Love.
Love alone is the reason for man's BEING. God individualized himself that there might be more foci through which the love principle might flow, and until each God-center becomes the fullness of love, there will be no peace, no security, and no abiding contentment. God—LOVE— holds every being, every star, every planet, every soul, and all of nature in the scope of his kingdom within himself. Love is fully acquainted with and one with every part of life and intelligence in this universe, and there is no one shut out from this all-encompassing consciousness.
Those individuals who have entered the realms of nature, like Saint Francis, are able, by radiating love, to feel the beat of the heart of the four-footed creatures and the birds of the air, and to feel the struggle and the pain. In like manner, beings like Dr. Carver, Booker T. Washing- ton, and Luther Burbank became one with nature. The Master Jesus and Lord Buddha, through radiating love, became one with men. THIS UN-
MISERY,BUT IT IS THE CAPACITY TO FEEL THAT WITHIN ANY PART OF
LIFE WHICH CAUSES CERTAIN ACTION, AND, UNDERSTANDING THE
CAUSE,THEN THEY CAN HEAL.
It cannot be stressed too powerfully, this contemplation on love, and the indescribable tenderness of God that throws out the wings of con- sciousness and gathers in the component parts of life, bathes them in the life of the spirit, and like a mother bird with its eggs, evolves a new life by the very warmth of its presence.
To you, blessed children, who stand at the threshold of a new state of consciousness, I offer the flame of patience from my heart, for when you have become the patient, tolerant man, you will be the Lord of Love.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 7, 1956
Blessed Seekers After Peace,
As has often been said, mastery is the ability to control a situation without words and without any apparent outer action. A Master can hold the peace within a room, or a nation, by the mere exhalation of Cosmic Peace drawn and focused through his own heart. The difficult thing for Western students to learn is to leave off “wordiness,” that in the silence of their tongues, they may hear their hearts speak, and hear the souls of other men, who perhaps have much to give. It seems so frequently, at a meeting of Western students, that each one is waiting with baited breath for a pause in the conversation that he may jump in with his concepts and ideas. Thus, each man is so enamored of the little knowledge or sto- ries he projects into each conversation, that he hears not anything but the things in his own world, and these are sometimes worn thin from his own repeating.
Beloved ones, it is in the SILENCE that power is generated, and in the SILENCE is the lesson learned from the heart of truth. That is why, in the Eastern retreats, chelas are bound by pledges of absolute silence. Thus, their lower selves are stopped from constant chatter, until the great Self is heard within them, and then, no longer do they wish to ex-
press the idle nothings of the lesser selves. Silence is the way of peace. In the silence one cannot incite another to anger nor draw down unnec- essary impediments to his own progress. In the silence one does not set up the causes that reverberate as destructive effects farther on upon the road. The Breath of God is too pregnant with power to be used so light- ly. Much outer turmoil would be avoided if the breath were conserved within the body, until it could be sent forth to accomplish a good pur- pose.
For an individual who chooses to enter the Great, Great Silence, I would suggest a simple formula by which he may be a silent mentor over his own lifestream:
EN, THE HABITATION OF THE GODS AND THE ANGELS, THE HIGHEST
EXPRESSION OF BEAUTY, CULTURE, LOVE AND LIGHT THAT HIS MIND
AND HEART CAN CONCEIVE.
HIMSELF, THAT HE WILL NOT DESECRATE THE SILENCE BY ANY VIBRA-
DOM.
SERVE ENTRANCE TO SUCH A KINGDOM.
FEELING ARE,IN LIKE MANNER,EITHER ADDING TO ITS BEAUTY OR DE-
STROYING ITS HARMONY.
THE ENTRANCE TO THAT KINGDOM,HE WILL EVENTUALLY ATTAIN THE
WITH ALL LIFE THAT HAS ALREADY LEARNED, AND BECOME, THE LAW
OF LOVE.
It is important to remember that mental vibrations cannot govern the vibratory action of the inner bodies eternally. Human will may silence the tongue, but not the rebellious FEELINGS of the inner man, but by the grace of God and the light of God changing the inner bodies, the outer man will, of necessity, express that harmony. Thus will the outer man reach a point where his ears will be deafened to the loud tumult, and his heart will be filled with the voice of God and his holy wisdom.
And, so, blessed friends, for an hour, for a day, a week, a month, a year, practice generating the Ascended Masters' feeling of peace and power in silence and love.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 14, 1956
Beloved Friends on Earth,
IN THE EARLY BIBLICAL DAYS,MEN AND WOMEN LIVED FROM SEVEN
HUNDRED TO A THOUSAND YEARS IN ONE BODY. Some of you, dear
ones, achieved this, yourselves, on many occasions. The people of that age were trained to look constantly to God, the Flame of all life, in the heart. Thus, looking with heart and mind and spirit, they opened the door to the re-charging from the heart of the I AM Presence. As the Light poured through the bodies, the vibratory action was kept at a fast enough rate to naturally repel the disintegrating vibratory actions of the earth plane. Such individuals were immune to the diseases and appear- ances, and they remained in a state of acceleration and exhilaration until they chose to withdraw consciously from the bodies, and allow the sub- stance of those bodies to return to the universal for purification.
Now, dear ones, you have become well acquainted with the physical body, but the unseen bodies are sometimes a little vague to your con- sciousness. They are just as real as your physical body, but because they vibrate at a more rapid rate, they remain unseen by the physical sight. Your mental, your emotional and your etheric bodies must be remem- bered as much as your physical body, in order to completely balance your lifestream.
When the battery in your car runs down, it is attached to an equip- ment provided to recharge it. The energy charged into the battery ena- bles the motor to run and the car to fulfill its efficient place in the scheme of living. The battery of your physical, mental, emotional, and etheric bodies is likewise depleted by constant usage in the world, and as the battery runs down, the vibratory action of your bodies becomes slower and slower—just as the revolution of the motor within the car.
When your bodies come to this state of slowed-down action (which usually occurs from the early sixties onward), you immediately become prey to the unseen vibrations that move at a similarly slow rate through the physical plane. These vibrations are sickness in its various forms, and the condition of disintegration ultimately sets in, unless remedied. People say, “the resistance is gone,” which is true, because the amount of light allotted to the four bodies for that embodiment has been spent through excesses of an emotional, mental, etheric, and physical nature.
I say to you blessed ones, as in Biblical times the bodies were re- charged and reenergized, so again today in gentle perseverance of the use of the flame within the heart, can you renew and revivify your vehi-
cles and thus raise their vibratory action.
You have my assurance that I will be with you, raising, sustaining, renewing my life in you, each one, for you are my right hand in the world today. May I repeat, dear ones, it is best that this be done in quie- tude, assuming a comfortable position, untiring to the physical body.
To help you realize what I might say in the simplicity of the action in revivifying your bodies, I will repeat, your physical body has tens of thousands of pores which are little octagon-shaped openings through which the body draws in the nourishing substance of the Sun, the air, and the water, and through which it exudes the poisons of the system. An enlarged portion of the flesh body, greatly magnified, would show these pores to be “little doors” and could naturally illumine the intellec- tual consciousness to the fact that the physical body is porous and not a solid mass. Here it will be seen that EXCESSIVELY RESTRICTIVE CLOTH-
ING IS NOT A BENEFIT TO THE PHYSICAL BODY.
The God Flame always responds to the call of life. It is the Law. Thus, as soon as the call is made, the flame charges through the physi- cal and inner bodies, dissolving all poisonous substance, human accumu- lation and fear, leaving in their stead an added accumulation of light and love and revivifying action.
Those of you who have seen a honeycomb inside the beehive will remember that many times a comb will be filled with a certain amount of solid wax and that other portions of the comb will be empty. Well, that is the appearance of the substance that has clogged the pores of man- kind's bodies, and as the flame's radiation passes through, it dislodges and dissolves this impure substance and increases the pressure of light, according to the capacity of the individual to receive its full energy. So, dear ones, when sufficient accumulation has been dissolved, you will feel an acceleration of the light through the heart, the throat and the head and hands particularly, and a general feeling of well-being in the inner nature.
So, beloved, you and I together, in gentle relaxation, but withal eternal vigilance, will bring forth renewal of youth and strength and beauty of mind and body by the conscious power of the ever-present flame of life.
My love and my life enfold you, each one.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 21, 1956
Blessed Children on the Path,
The chelas who have found the path are those who have elected within themselves to leave the slow evolution of the masses, and strike up across the face of the mountain in their search for truth. For a period they seem to travel alone, and often regret the hardihood that prompted their separation from the seeming safety and irresponsible company of the throngs. But sooner or later they encounter wayfarers inspired by the same urge, and for safety, the pilgrims form themselves into groups, eventually joining other caravans intent on the same upward journey.
The path to mastery is steep. The magic part of this path is that each one ascends in consciousness first, and then the magnetic pull of the awakened consciousness raises the physical vehicle. You might liken it to mountain climbers who proceed with the aid of a guide. The guide goes first, then reaches back from his firmly-established standpoint and raises the flesh body of the aspirant. Thus, dear ones, your conscious- ness proceeds before you and, by the Law of Magnetic Attraction, draws the flesh body to the greater heights. That is why the EXPANSION OF
CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE FIRST CONCERN OF EACH WAYFARER. Often-
times it is a super-human effort to draw the flesh body to the greater heights—with the constant pull and clamor of outer living that take the attention.
It may comfort you to know, beloved children, that the travelers on the path are never entirely alone. Countless angels hover ceaselessly about them, removing many obstacles which would prove almost im- passable to tired feet; giving courage and inspiration at critical moments when faced with a sudden crisis. The higher the wayfarer goes on the climb, the rarer grows the atmosphere, and the mount of attainment is no exception to this rule. For this reason you have been given the knowledge of the fires of purification, the use of which renders the inner bodies lighter and removes much of the karma. You also have the added advantage of the protection, care, and instruction of those who have long since reached the summit and are now engaging their energies in helping their “younger brothers” attain the longed-for goal.
As the presence of the Master is only able to reach the lifestream through the medium of silent prompting within the feeling nature, or in brilliant flashes of illumination through the medium of the Higher Mental
Body, IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE CHELA CULTIVATE SILENCE in the
outer nature to permit these promptings to record with sufficient intensi-
ty the guiding activity of the daily living. Beloved ones, practice the habit of listening to the voice within, instead of the clamorous outer chaos. The voice of the Presence has few enough facets through which to guide and protect the destiny of the many in the future, and the momentum of balance MUST BE GAINED AHEAD by the chosen shepherds for these hours and days.
I might repeat, dear ones, the pathway leading to mastery is the path of surrender, yes, of all things, and persons, that might be obsta- cles in this attainment. The chela, in peace and gentleness and one- pointedness, must step upon the path alone. As Jesus intimated, the people of the kingdom of heaven are our friends—all others are but phantoms that engage our attention and keep us from going through the gateway to the kingdom.
Beloved children, let me assure you that this seemingly steep and narrow pathway leads to ultimate freedom, leads to peace, contentment, and service unto all. Few there are of outer thought and emotion who find it. My love and gratitude, dear fellow-travelers on this sacred path, enfold you each moment of its way.
Beloved Maha Chohan
October 28, 1956
Beloved Friends,
It is my pleasure to present my beloved son, Morya, in his own ver- bal description of the opening of the Temple of God's Will at Darjeeling, India. Love and blessings,
BELOVED EL MORYA speaks:
I greet you, beloved ones, in the name of the will of God, which is goodness of every description (even surpassing the present understand- ing of the human mind). Did not God create you and your fellowman in his own image and likeness, conferring upon you the powers of creative activity (thought, feeling, spoken word and action)? Did not this same God of kindness give to you ALL the life you should choose to invoke and use for whatever purpose your individual intelligence should elect? Did not this God withhold his very counsel, allowing you to play with life, thus learning the Law of Cause and Effect?
Mankind, for the most part, have confused the will of God with their
own returning destructive karma, bending their heads to the blows of “fate” and attributing such “blows” as the will of God! PREPOSTEROUS!
The will of God is to see all his children re-established in their God Mastery of energy, vibration and constructive control of the powers of precipitation! To this end the Karmic Board sometimes ALLOWS (not sen- tences) an individual to live a strenuous life, in order that such an indi- vidual, who applies for the opportunity to redeem his energies, experi- ences those particular facets of human distress and thus LEARNS CON- SCIOUSLY not to create any more such causes (as the ebb and flow of the tides is inexorable) that must, of necessity, return to their creator. Then we have the experience of a so-called trying life, and the individu- al, in self-righteous submission, often misuses the phrase “whom the Lord loveth, he chasteneth.”
The will of God is to awaken the soul, sleeping among the tides of the masses and constantly played upon by the effluvia of the disembod- ied, to a realization that the divine heritage for every man is to arise above the capacity to create causes of discord, and to USE THE SACRED FIRE OF PURIFICATION AND MERCY (the Violet Flame), to dissolve not only the effects, but also the inner and more subtle causes of distress.
OF HIS KINGDOM—and more besides—to give you the blessing of be- coming conscious co-creators of the kingdom of heaven on Earth. It is the will of God to raise all belonging to this evolution and those impris- oned in this evolution from other planets and systems to gods and god- desses once again! It is the will of God that the natural powers of precip- itation, levitation, etherealization, invocation, etc., be used by ALL his children. The manifold blessings that will fill not only the personal world of such a one who will accept the divine heritage, but also the entire human world, will help in this restoration.
Because certain among God's children have voluntarily chosen to ex- periment with their powers of creation, and thus evolve limitations which press back upon them by the natural Law of the Circle, is no reason for them or others to call this reaping of a bitter harvest the will of God.
Because certain among God's children have voluntarily offered to ac- cept the responsibility of dissolving their own entire destructively- qualified karma in one embodiment, thus qualifying for the ascension, or to accept the greater responsibility of racial, religious, national, or plane- tary karma as “their gift to life” is no reason to call it God's will, nor to feel resentful, bitter nor distressed at the temporary discomfort.
THE WILL OF GOD IS GOOD! THE WILL OF GOD IS OPULENCE! THE
MARKS OF DECADENCE, DECAY, AND FINALLY SUCCUMB TO SO-CALLED
DEATH! WITNESS THE LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS FOR THE TRUTH OF MY
WORDS. It is not the intent of those of us who have the beautiful oppor- tunity of expressing God's will, to stand idly by and allow mankind to blame their own misuse of life, with its ultimate recoil (unless transmut- ed) upon a good God.
It is our divine purpose, having forsworn Nirvana, to project actively and positively the remembrance of the divine concept for every lifestream into the outer consciousness. To this end, we use the spoken and written word, the picture, the example. Many are our chelas (some unconscious entirely to our presence and direction) who help us in this service.
Darjeeling is ideally situated for the study of the astronomical bodies and their effect upon the Earth. In the foothills of the Himalayas, far enough from the “beaten track” to discourage all but the hardiest of “tourists,” the very atmosphere is unpolluted with the average thoughts and feelings which follow an accepted, though often erroneous, pattern.
For over 1000 years, this focus at Darjeeling has stood, although the present buildings are of a later architecture. Because of my interest in interstellar space (dating from the time of Babylon) our Lord Maha Cho- han suggested that this focus be established here, in the beautiful upper atmosphere, where the cool and inspiring radiation of the Himalayas could stimulate the spiritual senses and wisdom of the Brothers and Sis- ters of God's Will. This, of course, was done!
As you will remember, one of the towers of the retreat which is presently used by my humble self is dedicated to such a study of the stars, planets, and their effect upon the earth. HERE ARE PRICELESS
OF THE PEOPLES OF EARTH, AS WELL AS FOR THEIR PROTECTION IN
THEIR FORWARD PROGRESS THROUGH THE COSMOS.
Within the central hall of our retreat, I have endeavored to duplicate the Taj Mahal—the beautiful spiritual vision of my brother, Kuthumi.
As you have been told, my private drawing room opens off this hall, and here you are invited to visit with me often, reminiscing over past sweet association as well as present accomplishments.
The council chamber, where the Spiritual Hierarchy gather to offer
their fully-gathered cosmic momentum of good to forward an interest, knowledge and participation in doing God's Will on Earth, has been es- pecially prepared for our honored guests.
It is our deep and sincere prayer that, during the thirty days when our retreat is open, there may be some light which enters the outer con- sciousness and minds of the people as to just what is God's will for them. Angels of Lord Michael's court will dispel the fear of God, the Kar- mic Board, eternal judgment and damnation, as well as acceptance of every type of calamity as the hand of God! When man realizes that HE— not God—is the creator of his own miseries, we shall move forward to- ward the establishment of freedom's star!
Tonight, the crystal and sapphire-blue altar is presently surrounded with delicate crystal vases, in which beautiful and lush blue violets (of which I am so fond), pour forth their radiance and beauty. Since October 15th, the flowers in these vases have been changed nightly by various members of the Brotherhood—angelic and ascended—(and some few unascended chelas) in homage to the will of God.
As in all present Transmission Flame classes, the comparatively small council chambers of the retreats are not sufficient to accommodate the great numbers who attend in their finer bodies (either as they sleep or during the period of so-called death). I should like to point out to you the diamond chandeliers in the council chamber, the entrance hall, and my drawing room. These are made of pure white diamonds, in the cen- ter of which is a delicate flicker of electric blue. Thus, they illumine with- out the necessity of what you call “electricity.”
The beloved Hercules has created the amphitheater above Asia, and his royal blue cloak covers the entire periphery of this amphitheater. The great Archangel Michael stands in the exact center of this amphitheater, where the four descending rows of seats meet. Thus, his faith and Her- culean endurance will assist all those who attend this conclave and want to do God's will, but have neither the strength—spiritual, moral, mental, emotional, or physical—nor the faith to see them through whatever those experiences may be WHICH THEY HAVE VOLUNTARILY CHOSEN .
The crystal and blue flame from the altar in the flame room will begin its expansion at the moment that the presiding Master directs all gathered in the council chamber to direct to that flame the fully- gathered momentum of their breath. As both Sanat Kumara (Regent) and Lord Gautama (present Lord of the World) have offered to be our guests, we have provided for them places of honor at either side of the
flame. They, who have vowed to set the earth and its evolutions free, are naturally interested in having the precepts of God's divine will charged into the souls and outer minds of the peoples of the earth, and all who will embody here in the future.
Again, there is a section provided for the sleepers, so they may be stirred and awakened to do God's will. They are carried in on lovely lit- ters and FEEL the pressure of that desire TO DO! There is a special sec- tion provided for those released from the compound, because in their emotional, mental, and etheric bodies is such a reluctance to accept as logical anything but their own will. There is also a section provided for the disembodied, who come from the various spheres into which their consciousness has taken them, and they, too, shall have the concentrat- ed pressure of God's will. The unascended chelas are invited into the council chamber, itself, together with the angelic host, Cosmic Beings and Ascended Masters. Therefore, do not be surprised if you are filled with the energy and enthusiasm to “get things done,” for spiritual strength is far more contagious than human distress.
Beloved Mother Mary, Kwan Yin, Nada, and Meta are bringing all children to be born in this coming year.
Aside from these special sections, presided over, of course, by glori- ous angels wearing blue robes, there are the seven usual sections which are occupied by any and all who really, in motive, desire to do God's will in their chosen profession.
Tonight all wear various shades of blue and crystalline. I have cho- sen for myself garments of crystalline substance, made in the usual Hin- du style, and I wear a bunch of lovely blue violets at my waist, the same species which adorn the altar. Most of the Spiritual Hierarchy is kindly and courteously wearing blue, with the exception, of course, of the new Lord of the World, who wears the royal purple, with the overcape, the heavy chain of a substance like unto gold around his neck, and the six- pointed star blazing upon his bosom.
Now, as the breathing will begin, I shall take my place among the assembly, facing the altar, so Sanat Kumara and Lord Gautama may have the strength and assistance of my breath, also. Remember the door of my humble quarters at Darjeeling is never locked, and my drawing room is always open. You will find some interesting volumes upon the shelves of the bookcases, some lovely musical pieces within the rose- wood box that stands near the piano which you are invited to use, and— for those of you who are not developed in talents of this sort—there is a
musical-record machine, at the base of which you will find selections to your liking. If you wish refreshments, just pull the tasseled cord that hangs by the drapery and a respectful servant will assist you. If you want counsel (which is less likely), for most men like to be a “law unto themselves,” either myself or one of the brothers is available.
Yours to do God's will in joy, and to become the manifest expression of God's will in fact!
EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
November 11, 1956
Beloved Children,
I bring you greetings for this great Holy Day which has been given the beautiful name of “Thanksgiving”—the giving of thanks. With the great Helios and Vesta, I represent one of the Hierarchy who are the recipients of the gratitude from all life for our outpouring through nature and the avenues that supply the energy to the people of Earth. This has been my great privilege for centuries.
At inner levels the Thanksgiving ceremony is celebrated by every angel, Master, and nature sprite, and mankind is the beneficiary. Grati- tude, or the pouring forth of thanksgiving, is one of the most glorious, uplifting and expanding expressions of life. It gives not only ease of mind and body and spirit, but it springs up in a limitless profusion of gifts wherever the attention directs its currents.
The giving of thanks is one of the most contagious expressions of spirit and is one of the unifying activities of God. It is an instantaneous transmutation of hard or discordant feelings and it is a cosmic magnetic power that draws all good towards the generator of genuine thanksgiv- ing. So, dear ones, hesitate not to let your hearts sing thanks for the blessed air you breathe, the water which cleanses, the humble Earth up- on which you set your feet, yea, even for the hard cement of the city streets, which supports the weight of so many, uncomplainingly. If for, say, three minutes daily, in this busy outer world, you will address your gratitude towards all life everywhere, both manifest and unseen and to the heart center of all created beings, you will open channels through which returning currents of blessings will flow into your life—for such is the Law.
MENTS IN THE BODY TO HIS PERSON, WILL KEEP THE INDIVIDUAL FREE
OF ILLNESS OF BODY. Gratitude for the God-Intelligence and substance of feeling loaned to him by the Cosmic Creator will keep the individual free of illness of mind or of upset emotions. Ingratitude by the masses has brought about all conditions of distress, and is a grave insult to life, which is constantly pouring its gifts to man, far beyond his merits.
Blessed friends, I say to you that many of you were embodied among those early pilgrims on the rugged Massachusetts shore. Your inner selves can remember well the hardships of that new land. When the early forefathers first acknowledged Thanksgiving, they had merely tuned into this cosmic day, for as you have been told, the Feast of Thanksgiving is a cosmic activity, and so YOU, dear ones, helped inaugu- rate this feast in America.
THE DIRECT GUIDANCE OF AN ASCENDED BEING, THEY BECOME PART
OF HIS CONSCIOUSNESS,AND,IN REALITY,A LIVING PART OF HIS VERY
BEING—even as a child has a separate individuality but remains through life a part of the parents from whence it sprang. The student thus adds all the strength and good of his causal reserve to the Master's great con- sciousness and widens the Master's field of service, by providing another complete set of vehicles through which the Master may work. And, in turn, the student receives of the great store of the Master's gifts and light. So, my dear children, at this Thanksgiving season I render to you my sincere gratitude for giving me your attention and for permitting me to serve you. All my blessings and love be ever with you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
November 18, 1956
Blessed Ones Desiring to Comfort Humanity,
I thank you for your willingness to let go of old concepts and desires folded away in the etheric garment for centuries. In order that you can better serve God's plan, free from spiritual arrogance and intellectual pride, I humbly refer you to a description of the beloved planet Uranus.
Dear Ones,
For a group to bring through from the higher realms those truths which will be of benefit to the great minds that are to come in the fu- ture, the group cannot work with the accumulations of the past, so I am grateful for your humility in choosing to draw forth truth—even if it be discomforting to the outer consciousness.
Looking upon the planet Earth with inner sight, great tides can be seen of what we call psychic or astral matter. These are born in the mental and feeling worlds of the people on Earth. These tides are defi- nite strata, and as everything works on vibration—water seeking its own level, for instance—so do vibrations of a similar nature seek their level. Every vibration of hate, jealousy, obscene thought or feeling becomes a channel into that river of like vibration. These vibrations cause a rent in the “tube of light” and again connect the lifestream with the mass tide.
I SAY TO YOU, NEGLECT NOT TO CLOTHE YOURSELVES IN YOUR TUBE
OF LIGHT!
Today on Earth you have a double activity. You have the inward or sideways motion of your planet, toward your physical Sun, and then at a cosmic moment you have the upward moving activity of your entire planetary system toward the Central Sun of the entire system. You have your Earth, which is number four, Uranus, which is number three, and then you have Aquaria, which is number two, and Mercury which is number one, these planets all belonging to Helios and Vesta. The Earth will move into the orbit of Uranus, Uranus into the orbit of Aquaria, Aquaria into the orbit of Mercury, then Mercury will move into the heart of Helios and Vesta.
Now, with the fourth planet of this system moving into the third place, Uranus, this gives you some understanding of the Uranian planet. The peoples on this very large planet of Uranus have developed beyond disease, death or decay. They are seven to eight feet tall, golden-haired, and are particularly concerned with the New Age. The present enthusi-
asm for uranium on Earth is no accident, some individuals from there having come to help in the transition. The radiation and outpouring of their presence have created uranium deposits—a gift of this great planet to Earth. We sometimes smile at the tremendous “search for uranium” today. It is a GIFT of some individual who magnetized and drew the very substance of the planet Uranus into the Earth plane. This is not cosmical- ly important; it is mentioned because of what interest it may be to some of you.
Now the planet, Uranus, is going to enter into the orbit of Aquaria. You have heard much about the Aquarian Age. This is because Uranus will enter into the Aquarian orbit; then Earth, entering the Uranian orbit, will be ready on the next wave to step into the Aquarian orbit. These facts have come through from various individuals because you have people here from Uranus, from Aquaria, and from Mercury at the present time. Each brings some memory of their planet and their evolution.
SPIRAL, YOU SEE, AND IT IS IN CONSTANT MOTION. Astronomers spot
stars, but do not get the properly-timed prospectus. They pick up stars which are in the different systems belonging to one galaxy. The chang- ing of the outer records of astronomy will come through, perhaps, but not in your day. At least some of it will be recorded in your day and you can have this for your own private use, Then, when the wisdom of the great Law sees fit, perhaps part of it can be given forth publicly.
On Uranus the center of the entire planetary scheme is built around the spiritual priesthood. The people are trained from childhood in the rites of invocation and radiation, in the powers of levitation, precipitation, and etherealization. The Ascended Masters and Cosmic Beings walk and talk with them, as you walk and talk with each other. There is no veil, no maya, no human creation around the planet Uranus. It is marvelous to see what an evolution can accomplish when there are not those tides, which I spoke of before, to hinder the expansion of the Immortal Flame within the heart and the divine pattern externalized through that flame.
The buildings on Uranus are colossal. Having powers of levitation, there is no need for mechanical machinery. Everything is done by mind force, and the coloring is done by feeling. Their atmosphere is perfect. The moisture does not come in rainfall, but by a coarse substance that comes through what is similar to your earth. The very earth body of Uranus, itself, is a beautiful green instead of brown. The moisture comes through this porous substance, fills their lakes, rivers and cisterns, and
fills the atmosphere with the necessary moisture.
Let us say that a citizen decides to create a temple or a lovely home. He takes mind-force, directs his attention to the God-Self or perhaps to some Master who is developed in the art of architecture—as Serapis Bey is for the Earth. Then, through mind-force, he cuts his design and builds. Buildings are mostly open to the sky; some have canopies for beauty's sake, but not for protection from the elements, because there is no need for it. When you come to the great temple work, the priesthood, alone, works on that. The priesthood draws from the Universal First Cause the design and pattern. When these patterns have been received by the priesthood, they are then imparted to the ones who will participate in the building, in the same manner as Sanat Kumara imparts the thought- form of the year to the great Hierarchy. Then the temples are built. The water is aquamarine, the landed surface green, the verdure and growth variegated in color.
In the establishment of a contact between Uranus and the Earth, the important thing to realize is that the Earth's next step will be to enter into the orbit of Uranus, on a sidewise motion. Then, when the upward motion takes place, the Earth will move upward into the place in the planetary system above, now occupied by Venus. So at the present time you have people from Venus and Uranus here. This, dear ones, may be a little complicated for some of you to understand at this time, and your patience is appreciated, but it might give you a small glimpse of our en- deavors. My love enfolds you, each one.
Beloved Kuthumi
November 25, 1956
Beloved Friends,
SHAMBALLA! Its very name stirs the light in the hearts of the mystic. It brings back memories of sweet association, of communion with the sainted ones, of the conferring of new authorities and powers to be used on behalf of mankind, and of the joy of bringing in the harvest of each year.
What is that harvest? It is merely the effect of the RIGHT use of en- ergy within the past twelve months, which has benefited in some man- ner the evolution of the sweet Earth and its attendant evolutions. That harvest is, furthermore, the manifest expression in PRACTICAL WORKS of the Law of the Circle, “as a man sows, so shall he reap.” No Cosmic Be- ing, Ascended Master, chela or elemental can escape this Law, which
causes the energy released by and through him to have an effect and then return as added power, understanding, light and wisdom in the Causal Body of the one who has used free will in drawing life, qualifying it, and using it for either the blessing or the distress of himself and the evolutions which he has vowed to serve. Of course, in the case of God- free Beings, they have learned not to “play with life,” and the effect is
ALWAYS GOOD!
SHAMBALLA! Symbol of the great sacrifice of a beautiful God Being, Sanat Kumara, who, together with his court, felt Earth and its evolutions should have the right to remain a part of our small solar system. SHAM- BALLA! Created through the long centuries for the coming of Sanat Ku- mara, so that his light and love might sustain the Earth and its evolu- tions until THAT DAY when mankind, stirring in its soul sleep, should want to learn to become that LIGHT AND LOVE, radiating it forth into the universe, themselves.
SHAMBALLA! Where first the sacred presence of Sanat Kumara stood, and, finally, working only with energy (life) qualified with love, drew to himself the Lord Buddha, the Lord Maitreya and others who were willing to help him in this task of redemption of the souls of men! SHAMBALLA! The home of the mystic Great White Brotherhood, where all gather before the Christmas Season to be blessed by the Lord's great presence!
This year, as in previous years, the harvest of elementals—who have so obediently and lavishly provided the glory of flower and bush and the gentle shade of the tree as well as the abundant harvest which has been the sustenance of the bodies of the people—is great. The purification and blessing of this kingdom by unascended beings make them even the more eager to help mankind attain its rightful estate!
The harvest of the angelic host is also greater than in previous years, because the hearts, minds, souls, and outer consciousness of more and more people are becoming aware of the REALITY of the angel- ic kingdom and welcoming them as co-workers in God's kingdom! This has provided the open door through which the angels have been able to release (without losing the precious essence of their virtue), more and more of the FEELINGS of the Godhead into the lower bodies of mankind.
The harvest of mankind is also greater than in previous years be- cause, even though it seems slow to the outer sense consciousness, more and more of the embodied members of the race are aware of the divine plan and offering, voluntarily, their energies to assist in lowering the vibratory action of that divine plan so that it may be of practical as- sistance to the entire race!
The harvest of the Great White Brotherhood is greater because they have found co-workers among unascended beings, and, through them, have been enabled to direct their conscious patterns and plans for the benefit of the race!
On this Transmission Evening, the White Island, is still! The visitors (divine and human) have gathered together on the other side of the marble bridge, so that they may form a glorious processional—the Elo- him leading, the Archangels and Archaii following, the Cosmic Beings and Ascended Masters behind them, and then the earnest chelas and repre- sentatives of the elemental kingdom. All will proceed over the bridge in order of spiritual rank (consciousness). The great hosannas will be sung. The temple of the Lord of the World, shining with celestial Light, in- creases in radiance as the worshippers approach it!
Of course, since the ascent of the new Lord of the World into his au- gust estate, he should be the officiating Master awaiting the entrance of the divine guests, but he has prevailed upon Sanat Kumara to perform this honor. Sanat Kumara—Ancient of Days—in his glorious purple robes, standing just above the Threefold Flame upon the altar, is not always visible to the unascended who find their way thither, but his presence is acknowledged by the God-free whose sight is not dimmed by any veil of human consciousness. From the star, Venus, a great pathway of Light descends, directed by the beloved being Venus, anchored in, through and around the entire White Island.
The new Lord of the World (Gautama) has chosen to sit, in oriental fashion, beneath the immortal Threefold Flame, with his hands out- stretched to receive the harvest of each lifestream, divine and human. His spiritual guard, one on either side of him, dressed as he is in deep golden light, take from his hands this harvest and place it within the flame.
All of the divine visitors and conscious chelas are in pink, in honor of the radiation of the year. Those who are drawn by unconscious desire to serve come in various colors, often the colors of their night robes. EACH
LAY THEIR HARVEST (THE USE OF QUALIFIED ENERGY) HUMBLY IN THE
LORD GAUTAMA’S HANDS. He seems not to cognize the presence of any- one, but sometimes, when the harvest is particularly sweet and selfless, a smile of ineffable sweetness flits across his face.
At the sacred moment, Sanat Kumara descends into the flame. All the divine visitors are in their places, together with their chelas. The ser- aphim and cherubim send forth the glorious music of the spheres in song and through combinations of beautiful instruments, and together the flame is breathed in and sent forth upon the track that it follows around
the world.
Above Shamballa is the great amphitheater, created by the builders of form, duplicating in architectural design, color, etc., the beauty of Shamballa, itself.
REMEMBER,BELOVED ONES,THAT THE HARVEST OF 1956IS GREAT-
ER THAN ANY SINCE THE DAYS OF THE ATLANTEAN CULTURE, AND THAT
TERS, ANGELS, MANKIND, AND THE ELEMENTAL KINGDOM CAN BRING
INTO BEING.
Visit us often in this time of joyous festivity at Shamballa. Know the Lord of the World and his Regent! Learn to walk fearlessly, but reverent- ly, across the marble bridge into the sacred city! YOU WILL BENEFIT
THEREBY IN RENEWED FAITH, COURAGE, CONFIDENCE, WISDOM, LOVE
CHRIST SELF HAS ASSIGNED YOU!
This Christmas
Why not give a gift of eternal blessing—a veritable magnet of divine love—which will one day raise the recipient of that gift into all truth—just as surely as it is given? That is exactly what you are giving when you present the periodicals, books, and music of the Ascended Masters' teaching to others. These contain the practical Laws by which the Great Ones set themselves eternally free. This is impersonal Law, and it will work for you, your friends, and others, just as it worked for the Masters. It applies the same way to everyone!
Perhaps you will say here, “My friends and relatives are not interest- ed in this activity. They would not welcome such a gift.” Are you sure? How do you know what the Masters' power of love can do for them? Is not the Masters' magnetic love more powerful than your friends' or rela- tives' lack of understanding? Think this over! This is eternal truth, dear gentle reader. We are not dealing with theories, vapory suppositions and ideals! As one who has proven himself interested in expanding the Mas- ters' words and works, and having accepted the Masters' gifts of com- fort, healing, peace, illumination, by Cosmic Law you have become a cup-bearer for the Lord (Law) obligated to carry the contents of that cup to all who are athirst. Why just continue to circulate the Masters' teach- ings among those who already know? Why present it only to those
whom you know will accept?
YOU SEE, DEAR FRIEND, EVERYWHERE THESE BOOKS GO—
EVERYWHERE THEY ARE LAID, (MIND YOU, NOW, WHETHER THEY ARE
READ OR NOT!)—THERE, AT THAT SPOT, THE MASTERS’ RADIATION IS
POURING OUT INTO THE ATMOSPHERE, AND THAT RADIATION WILL
NEVER CEASE! Can you conscientiously deny the Masters a wide open door through your gifts this Christmas which, who knows, may start someone's ascension in the light? For this, the returning blessings to your world would be beyond human concept. Beloved Saint Germain said one time that when we had gained the ascension, we would meet many folks there who had made it before us—folks for whom we never dreamed it was possible.
How would you like to have someone come up to you in the ascend- ed realms and say, “I am here today because of the gift of the Masters' words which you gave me on Earth. This gift enabled my Master to con- tact my outer consciousness and set my feet firmly upon the pathway of light, which brought me home!” Now—right now—is your opportunity to make this come true!
THE BRIDGE TO FREEDOM
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 2, 1956
Beloved Children of God,
There is a sea of Godliness which has no center and no periphery, which extends from eternity to eternity, and within which are merged the individual consciousness of all awakened beings. This Godliness en- folds us within itself. Within it is our breath. It is our being. It is our envi- ronment and it is our cause, and yet each one of us in some strange in- explicable way is the heart center of that sea, and to the aspiring soul, who would attain happiness, we can but say that it is an awareness, an awakening, an unfoldment.
In the tightly-closed bud, the heart center of the flower knows naught of the world around it and finds the close confines of the en- wrapped petals as the outer periphery of its world. But as the forces from within itself push it forth in its progressive stages of growth, and as the forces from without play upon the unfolding flower, the heart center, or consciousness, of the bloom becomes aware of the great world around it, that always was, and which enfolds and surrounds it.
So it is with man today, who stands with clenched fist and tight-shut eyelids within the narrow periphery of his own world, which is the effect
of the thoughts and feelings of his imaginings. When, however, the heart center of his being begins to awaken and push forth the divine plan, coupled with the pressure of the cosmic moment from without, then gradually the narrowed eyelids are forced to open and the hands to re- lax, and so the Godly impulse of his being causes him to unfold, until he finds himself a flowering bloom in the world of light, far beyond that of his own wild and corrupt imagining.
We, who tend the garden of life, see the possibilities in each tightly- closed bud, and can, with happiness and peace go about the task of en- couraging the unfoldment, both by love and cooperation of the natural forces of nature provided in the “incubator” or “cosmic hot-house” which is established “because the cycle endeth,” and the altar of all life demands that ALL blooms shall adorn the Most High on the Final Cosmic Day of worship.
I might say, dear ones, that the student body, as a whole, have made great strides in the unfolding of their petals. This tenacity of spirit we are counting upon. As the lotus unfolds, you will see a tremendous whole where there are seemingly many component parts. Remember always that the divine plan as presented in the written word of the Mas- ters (or as presented to your own inner sight, which is constantly being developed) is not to be interfered with by any outer minds.
To carry the lotus blossom through a herd of stampeding elephants and arrive safely at the farther end of the field, still carrying the blossom intact, is a simple matter as compared to receiving a divine idea for per- fection, and passing it through the maze of human opinion, thought, and the general mass opposition to anything that is good, and arrive with the fulfillment of your design containing any semblance of divine order.
Let me add here, little children, that many of you, in fact I might say the whole student body, feel that they are tremendously wise people, but a great part of that wisdom is the constant playing of our conscious- ness, like a searchlight, through the cloak of your aura, and the bright- ness about you is as much the sustaining power of the Masters, as it is the unfoldment of each one's spirit. THE TEST IS AT THE TIME OF THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE MASTER’S PRESENCE,how strong each lifestream will be when placed on his own to pass through initiations.
All Masters have learned to remain calm, having no part in any op- position and having no recoil, remorse, or self-pity. After the waves of emotion have settled, or the numerous oppositions have been brought forth, in the heart of the SILENCE, and in perfect peace, one can then proceed to the fulfillment of his design.
Beloved Jesus
December 9, 1956
Dear Ones,
On the anniversary celebrating my physical birth, mankind pours out love and gratitude to the Father of Light, and I, in turn, send through the ethers my outpouring of cosmic understanding, to enfold the Earth children in the illuminating presence of the Christ. So the seven sacred weeks preceding Christmas present a tremendous opportunity for the students to enter into the river of flame, and the energy in their worlds becomes saturated with the Christ Consciousness.
As you have often been told, mankind's attention is the most valua- ble lever by which he can be raised again to perfection, so the Christmas Season is, for this reason, truly a Godsend, to the Hierarchy. In the course of the busy year, the attention of mankind is not easily gained, but in the weeks preceding Christmas the resentment and rebellion at Godly things is held in abeyance, and through mankind's receptivity we can more quickly permeate them with the true understanding of love and of life. Will you, therefore, blessed ones, who have an intense love for me, during these weeks, devote some time, daily, to MAKING THE
RECEIVE,CONSCIOUSLY,INTO THEIR MINDS AND HEARTS THIS CHRIST
LIGHT.
Strange that the peoples of Earth delegate to me all the powers of the Godhead, and yet absolutely deny me the ability speak again in the physical world, having closed off my message with my crucifixion. Yet, today, I am voicing my love to you, dear ones. I give my eternal grati- tude to life for your friendship, for I have known and loved you long be- fore you became aware of me. For centuries of time I have nurtured the friendship that blossoms today, and that shall stretch, unbroken, through centuries yet unborn.
Thus do we prepare, for aeons of time, the sacred bonds that bind the hearts in spiritual service. Earth bonds and blood bonds may be builded in one incarnation, but those who are to serve in immortal ca- pacity must be attuned for thousands of years, to insure a bond of spir- itual force that may endure the tides of physical fortunes, now good and now evil, that play upon the brave spirits who stand forth to hold the light in any age.
You, my friends, are in a favored position today, as your faithfulness and fidelity of spirit have enabled the Hierarchy to accept you, each one, as a grail, and from your cup, through your calls and your Godly actions, you pour blessings into the consciousness of mankind. As they drink from your cups (rather than being depleted in spirit), you will find you
become more accelerated, and in giving you are getting a tremendous spiritual impetus towards your eternal freedom. Blessed be your spirit this holy season; blessed be your thoughts and words and works, and may my understanding be yours for the asking.
Devotedly, JESUS
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 16, 1956
Beloved Children Walking the Ways of Earth,
I am going to endeavor to keep recreating for you the vibratory ac- tion of my own spirit, every opportunity I have to reach your outer minds so that, wherever you go, you may be a comforting presence.
This planet, Earth, is in a state of spiritual poverty. People know pri- vation and lack of even the substance wherewith to clothe and to feed themselves. Many are without shelter from the elements. Many suffer from disease, wherein there is no known comfort. The opportunity for giving comfort to those in embodiment today IS WITHOUT PARALLEL. Joyous you should be in having physical bodies, in having contact with the Ascended Host, in being part of the authority in the emotional, men- tal, etheric, and physical worlds, while yet unascended.
Many lifestreams at inner levels vow to serve a great cause when they see upon the cosmic screen a plan which would bring greater per- fection to the Earth. This plan is projected by Ascended Beings as your moving picture screen projects film for the enjoyment of the audiences. Many witnessing an Earth without sickness, poverty, or distress are ea- ger then to cooperate with that Master who has shown the picture, and yet after birth, after the assumption of personal karma, after the stirrings of desire and the soul's wants, so many of those who have made a spir- itual vow find themselves disinclined to keep it in the world of form. So from the great numbers who dedicate themselves to every great cause, few there are with constancy of purpose, of endeavor, of service—of constancy in the control of emotions. This is the rhythm of life. Students cannot know peace while they are erratic in service.
Now, dear ones, it is better to take a smaller part in the universal scheme, and be constant to it, than to take a larger obligation and per- form it erratically, because you would have a jagged edge to your aura, and an erratic vibration through the energies of your world. You are not master of your world when your energy can be changed by thought pro-
jected at you by another, or by the mass tide of energy in the atmos- phere, that leaves you negative and in distress The whole reason for which the people of Earth are embodying here is to learn that mastery.
Each one of you is a focus of self-conscious intelligence. Within the soul is the presence of Almighty God. Intellectually you have accepted that, but in the outer consciousness the acceptance is fleeting—you go back to the enjoyment of the natural process of weaving out of the soul the various memories, thoughts and feelings that form your soul capaci- ty. WHAT REALLY IS YOUR SOUL? Your soul is just an accumulation of your consciousness, which began when you first disconnected yourself from your Presence, played with thought and feeling in secret, and cre- ated causes that projected themselves into the emotional, mental, and etheric worlds, and finally into the physical world.
Then, through the Law of the Circle, they came back and anchored within that soul as memory of good and evil, through the ages. That soul lives in between embodiments in the etheric body. THEREFORE,THE EN-
DEAVOR OF THE ASCENDED MASTERS IS TO ILLUMINE THE SOUL,until
you individually want to have a consecration of that soul to God's mighty service.
A SPIRITUAL VOCATION IS NOT THE SAME AS A SOUL VOCATION.A
spiritual vocation takes place when you, as I described above, look upon a plan at inner levels and say, “Yes, I will help.” A soul vocation takes place when you have taken embodiment, and your physical body, your brain consciousness, the desires and habits of the family into which you were born, your own natural tendencies (usually directed from your de- sire-world and your etheric body)—all these selves make up their minds, through heart and brain, to serve God and the Masters.
The memory of your vow to help build the Golden Age is in your etheric body. It is a pulse-beat in the flame of your heart. It is a pres- sure of energy that makes you uncomfortable when the soul and the lower vehicles want their own way. Sometimes the soul-self wins and the vow of the individuality is not fulfilled.
Many great leaders of spiritual movements have felt that great de- pression when they knew that the vocation of the soul would not be suf- ficient for a complete sublimation of the lower nature for the good of mankind. Some others did make that sublimation consciously, working through the same vehicles that you now wear.
Beloved ones, think about this. When you lay your body down, even if it were to be this morning, you will have to appear before the Karmic
Board in your etheric garment (your soul), and answer why you have not, to the best of your ability and light, FULFILLED YOUR SPIRITUAL VOW.Let us think about these things. There must be a sublimation, dear children, of the outer self. This means that you, as an individual, must learn the mastery of the energy that is given you.
Energy is obedient to the qualifying activity of the creator. There- fore, if your thoughtform is tinged with selfishness or with any discord- ant quality, that substance will cause the thoughtform to take on its col- or and vibration. If your energy, the drive of your feelings, which fills that thoughtform with life, is of a discordant nature, you will have mani- festation, but an imperfect one, because of the quality of your energy. Even the quality of your decrees, your songs, and gestures as you en- deavor, in the privacy of your room, to draw the good of your Causal Body into them—that quality is charged into every manifestation.
That is why every form brought forth in the physical appearance world begins to disintegrate the moment it is completed. It might be added further, that imperfect individuals, even though they are construc- tive for the most part, be they engineers, chemists, scientists and re- search men who bring forth new ideas, bring them forth through mental bodies that are, of course, not wholly purified, and then their feelings charge into the idea the quality of energy which is the motive behind bringing it forth. If that motive is to make money, we will say, to gain a sense of power individually, to become a controlling influence over great
numbers of people, THEN THAT MANIFESTATION,THAT BUSINESS,THAT
ACTIVITY IS SUBJECT IMMEDIATELY TO DECAY. The things that have
lived through the ages, inventions or literature, have been brought forth with a motive that was not for self.
Now we are at the beginning of an era where there is to come forth on Earth a vibratory action like that of Uranus. Where can we start, but through the minds and feelings of the few who listen to us, AND BELIEVE THAT WE ARE ! So today I ask you, in all sincerity, to ponder by yourself on how much you are willing to give! How much of the inner bodies would you dare offer to the Masters of Light without a reservation that you could have them back at any moment when something chooses to distress or displease you? Think about it!
I give to you my comfort, my healing, my peace, my supply and my understanding. You give to me—and I shall accept—your emotional dis- tress, your mental confusion, your etheric bitterness, your physical ap- pearance of age and disintegration—IF you would let them go! One ex- change for the other. So I thank you, my friends, AND I IMPLORE YOU
TO LET GO!
Beloved El Morya
December 23, 1956
Beloved Friends of Light, gathered together again at this Holy Christmas Season, to you I bring the gratitude of the entire Spiritual Hi- erarchy, on behalf of your individual and collective endeavors to hasten the progress and evolution of the Earth.
As you have been told so recently, THE EARTH IS EMITTING THREE TIMES MORE LIGHT AT THIS SEASON THAN IT WAS ONE YEAR AGO! This makes it possible for our gracious Regent, Sanat Kumara, to take his departure for Venus on New Year's Eve and stay for a longer time with his blessed star, preparing its peoples for the step in the evolution of that planet into a greater radiation of the Sun!
Our leaving Shamballa this time was tinged with a little nostalgia, as you can well imagine, for so long have we come to Shamballa and so long have we found Sanat Kumara, our gracious host, our ever-present counselor, teacher, guru, and friend. We enjoyed, particularly, the asso- ciation with him during the thirty-day period while we were within the radiation of Shamballa and took every possible advantage of securing as much of his counsel and assistance as we could. The presence of our blessed Sanat Kumara will always be felt as an actual radiation, and an actual luminous imprint, you might say, upon the ethers at Shamballa where he has talked with us, walked with us, where he has shown us, each individually and as collective units representing the seven rays, how best we might assist the mankind we have chosen to serve.
Moving from Shamballa to the great Teton on the fifteenth, of course, has not given us a great deal of time to get settled in the Teton itself. Many of the Masters and the angelic host began leaving Shamballa yesterday and some only today. Therefore, when they reached the great Teton, though the Transmission Flame Class will be held in the central council chamber with the seven chambers opened around it, the actual assignments (by the Keeper of the Scrolls) for the various members of the Hierarchy to the council rooms will not take place, probably, until tomorrow morning, at which time we will go about the process of giving our scrolls containing our petitions, the patterns and plans that we have designed for 1957, to that angel keeper.
Then we shall meet with others of the Ascended Host, and many of
you from the unascended realm who are interested in Ascended Master service and we shall endeavor to prepare the most efficacious petitions to present to the Karmic Board. That should be easily possible, as the great Spirit of Truth and the Spirit of Purity are to be so prominent in the activities of the coming year! Let me say, beloved ones, that the opening of the Teton this year is a magnificent sight. Many of you, of course, are well acquainted with it—some of you have visited it in your physical bod- ies—all of you have visited it in your inner bodies.
The radiation starting from Alpha and Omega, the Central Sun of the system, pouring down through the lesser Suns, is like a mighty search- light, and it is anchored not only over the Teton, but also is like a canopy which covers the entire North American Continent. That directed radia- tion forms, as we have told you, a spiritual highway. It is builded the same as your engineers build a wonderful highway over which your au- tomobiles travel. The directed ray from the Central Sun of this system, which is focused and anchored through the Tetons at this time is such a tremendous, concentrated, protected current of energy that angels and seraphim, cherubim, Cosmic Beings, Masters and all belonging to the entire galaxy up to Alpha and Omega, themselves, may safely enter that highway and come into the atmosphere of this Earth.
Sometimes you question how it could be that an angel or a seraphim could be anything but safe! Well, of course, they are completely safe within the orbit of the planets or the planetary system to which they be- long—but the development of an angel, a seraphim, or a cherubim, the development of the energy within that one determines how much pres- sure of light he can magnetize, radiate and sustain. Just as your divers' suits are provided to protect divers that descend beneath the surface of the sea, a particular intensity of light acts as a protecting radiation around a solar system, around the planetary system, so on and so forth. It forms a cushion, you might say, to the radiation of the evolutions that belong to that particular system.
Now, if one gets out into the Cosmos, outside of the radiation to which one is accustomed, to which one's own pressure of development has allowed, one may find that the COSMIC RADIATION IS MORE POW- ERFUL in its centripetal force THAN THE DEVELOPED POWER that the Immortal Flame of God has developed in its centripetal force to sustain such a one. Those beings, though they are wholly pure and perfect, are swept just like driftwood into other systems or galaxies, UNLESS THERE
WHICH THEY MAY BE SENT.
I do not think that mankind of Earth realize how much goes into the provision of an atmosphere of safety, even so far as the physical body is concerned, or how much the directors of the forces of the elements have consulted with the Maha Chohan and beloved Virgo and Helios, in order to have a certain consistency of air, a certain buoyancy and density of the substance of Earth, to hold the increasingly condensed physical forms, the water element providing substance for purification. The great spirit of the fire element and its salamanders guard and protect the radi- ation from the Sun so that there is just enough light to give warmth and fecundation to the substance of Earth, and illumination to the peoples of
Earth, BUT NOT MORE PRESSURE OF ENERGY THAN IT CAN HANDLE.
It is exactly the same in our endeavor to reach through the veil to mankind! We have to create an atmosphere! Now, to create that atmos- phere we have a certain group, who are more or less trained along the same lines of vibration. Your energy, your physical, etheric, mental, and emotional bodies, are vibrating more or less in the same rate through proximity one with the other, and we then have to test that atmosphere which is created by each and every one through communal service and through personal application, even while one is in the privacy of his own room. That atmosphere we test before bringing a radiation or a specific gift from the realms of love and light to you. To do this you know that there may not be more than a certain pressure of energy entering into your world than you can handle! THE VIBRATORY ACTION OF YOUR IN-
WHO COMES INTO YOUR MIDST!
Therefore, we are very grateful, indeed, when you choose individual- ly and collectively to make personal application, and to create an atmos- phere which can magnetize as much as possible of the vibratory action of the Ascended Master Realm, the angelic realm. Then, through the power of your own radiation, our blessing pours out through the lower atmosphere. You are conductors that bring our radiation into the atmos- phere of Earth, and the radiation pours out through the atmosphere of Earth and touches every person—their physical, etheric, mental, and emotional bodies.
These classes sometimes are not fully understood, because although few words are spoken and the outer mind is entertained for a short time, there does not always seem to be sufficient progress in the individual's world. Let me tell you to be of good cheer, for we are using you as open doors through which we are directing certain positive statements and
affirmations of truth and fact, which will find anchorage in the outer minds and consciousnesses of receptive men and women and children all over the planet. There is no time when a group of individuals gather to- gether, in God's name, when the Ascended Ones address them, when there are not specific angels who carry that radiation and direct it with the speed of an arrow, into the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical worlds of all upon the planet and all who belong to its evolution, whether they are disembodied, whether they are at the gates of birth, or whether they are presently wearing physical garments.
Your beloved cherubim, who have served you so well, return home tonight into the heart of the Sun. They shall go dressed in the magnifi- cence and splendor in which you have so carefully and thoughtfully pre- pared them, and they shall show what association between cherubic be- ings and unascended beings can manifest. They shall carry your gifts to the heart of the beings to whom you have sent them, and they shall re- turn to you on Christmas Eve, bringing great love and much greater light and will remain with you again for another year.
Each and every one of them has grown to love you far more than you have loved them, and the proof of that is in the growth, develop- ment and maturity of those beings. I do not know if you realize that, in the maturity of those beings, there is also a certain maturity of your own inner selves—emotionally and mentally—because the beings that live in your atmosphere grow in strength and light through proximity, and you, in like manner, grow and develop with them.
Turning back to the description of the great magnificent Teton, we have the chairs carved for the Karmic Board, in the beautiful pink again, still honoring the Pink Ray, which, of course, will be superseded in favor of the Spirit of Truth and the Spirit of Purity for 1957! The beloved Lanto has chosen to keep the Pink Ray in action, particularly now, through the whole year, and it has not been decided yet whether they will keep the same magnificent color as they were, described to you in July. The Kar- mic Board does not assemble until about the 27th of December, but the beloved Portia has chosen to come tonight, taking the central chair, in honor and recognition of the Transmission Flame around the Earth.
Descending into the mountain itself, you will remember that the cen- tral chamber has a beautiful altar. That altar is created in circular form and around it are the friezes made in the form and design of the various steps in the evolution of mankind. Around the top is a golden mesh cur- tain into which the Brothers and Sisters of the Teton weave the various
colors of the flame flowers that the members of the Spiritual Hierarchy, the Ascended Host, and the various angels choose to bring.
Tonight they are using heather at beloved Leto's request. There is a specific reason for the interest of our beloved Leto at this time in your progress and welfare. She is endeavoring to help you to remember, when you return in the morning, your visits in consciousness to the re- treats at night. You will remember that through the ages it has been her specific service to life to take people out of their bodies so they might explore, in the aura and radiation of an Ascended Being and under the protection of that Being, some of the inner realms. Beloved Leto has asked that you accept her and think of her daily, as you visit the Teton, or think of her nightly before your retire—not with any sense of tension, not with any sense of trying to drive your consciousness, but just gently,
FIRST THINKING OF THE TETON, THEN THINK OF THE BELOVED LETO
AND ASK FOR HER ASSISTANCE.
You will find that it will be much easier to enter into the heart of the magnificent Tetons and go into that central chamber where the Flame of Precipitation is upon the altar and visit there either in the central cham- ber or one of the council halls, where you choose to offer your petitions or join with one of us who are presenting various petitions.
The curtains of the ante-chamber, you have been often told, are of lovely fine gold mesh, and they are drawn back. In the seven chambers, chelas and beings representing the seven rays are abiding for the time being. At the front portion of each of the seven chambers are the Cho- hans who represent each ray. In the central council hall, beloved Lanto presides. He stands on the green carpet, which is inside the ring of flow- ers, and is where the beautiful green Flame of Precipitation glows! On his right side, we have the beloved Pallas Athena, and on his left, be- loved Astrea. They are beginning their radiation a little ahead of time this year, to bring the assistance which is required.
As the Transmission Flame is to flow around the world, please re- member that the activity of the Royal Teton is the power of CONSCIOUS PRECIPITATION! Think about that just a moment as the brothers and sisters from the various retreats, the angels and cosmic visitors begin to enter and take their places!
You are, each one, a precipitated ray from God's heart! It is the very nature of your being! You are not stagnant! There is no stopping of the flow of God energy from the Universal First Cause (or by whatever name you wish to call it) down into your heart and out into your world to its
periphery and then back again into your own beings, emotions, minds, etheric bodies and flesh, until the circle has been completed.
It is always constant motion! If you could look at each other as I am looking at you now, and see that precipitation of the electronic light as it flows from your I AM Presence through your silver cord, you would see the most exquisite colors, truly rainbow rays, flowing down into your heart, expanding the immortal Threefold Flame of God and then flowing out through you and then—forgive me—the colors are not always as beautiful, but from above down they are most beautiful and exquisite, representing the good of your Causal Bodies and the specific radiation of your own beloved I AM Presence and the radiation of whatever Ascend- ed Master is endeavoring to use you as his or her chela.
Why does precipitation seem so difficult to comprehend with the outer consciousness, when each and every one of you, and myself, every angel, every being, is a precipitating ray from the Universal First Cause! During this 30-day period think of that power of precipitation as being
yourself—YOU ARE THE PRECIPITATION POWER! As I speak to you, I
am precipitating Light, forming it into words, directing those words with all the energy and conviction of my fully-gathered cosmic momentum of faith into your life! What happens? According to the amount of re- sistance around you or the amount of receptivity does that energy which I direct either enter into your worlds or bounce off, as you have seen a hailstone bounce off window pane or the windshield of your automobile.
Now beloved ones, we are used to having our words “bounce” off— that has happened to us for a long, long time. Ever since the inception of the Theosophical Order and our endeavors to convince mankind of our reality, we have had a good deal of experience with that! Now there is less and less of that condition, and thank God there is more and more acceptance of the possibility that there are intelligences in the same uni- verse who have completed their mission on Earth, having the capacity to help and assist others who wish to attain like mastery! You know, it was a difficult thing when mankind was so prone to limit its acceptance of just the one beloved Master (our blessed Jesus). Breaking through the prejudices so that other beings could be accepted has taken the strength of many stalwart souls!
Now there comes in the West a greater and greater realization that WE DO EXIST, IN FACT. THERE SHALL COME A DAY WHEN WE WILL
STAND FORTH, VISIBLE AND TANGIBLE TO YOU. Then your conviction
will be strong enough to convince others who will not have earned to
right to those “privy councils.”
Above the great Tetons, beloved ones, the form of the amphitheater that has been created by the builders of form is in the shape of the North American Continent. They have taken in Alaska, New Foundland, Greenland, Mexico and the Florida peninsula. They have divided this am- phitheater into the seven groupings representative of the seven colors of the rays. Into this great amphitheater are coming, particularly, those you have been calling for, who are to embody, having been released from centuries in the compound, and many, many are coming from the As- cension Temples, those of your loved ones that have passed on through the change and who are now preparing for their own ascension.
The sleepers' realm is well represented, and I think by the end of the year, those abiding there will not require more than about three months in the sleepers' realm. The Archangels have chosen to stand, as are the Chohans, each in one of the seven sections of the amphitheater above the Teton. The beloved Lady Master Leto is with me tonight, and it is her desire to touch the flame in your hearts and to give you that feeling of freedom from bondage of flesh! Just as you are seated for a moment, or as you read this, feel her as she walks among you touching the flame in your heart until that flame becomes more powerful to you than the bondage of flesh! I know those flesh bodies are weary—when they have served long and hard, and LETO’S RADIATION IS ONE OF GREAT JOY
AND LIGHT.
It is her service to help to relieve the burden of the physical vehicles. Relax physically now, and just take that substance as she gives it to you. She is a very lovely golden-haired lady who wears purple and has a very small crown of amethysts on her head. She is endeavoring to render this service for you during this thirty-day period (December 15th, 1956 to January 14th, 1957). Thank you and good night.
EL MORYA
Beloved Maha Chohan
December 30, 1956
Beloved Children on the Path,
Each lifestream proceeds through the universe upon a pathway of light energy, which is emitted from the individual himself, and which de- termines, for the most part, the course of his journey, and the nature of his experience. Therefore, although most men and women walk side by side, no two tread the same path, because their consciousness is unfold- ing before and around them according to their own particular design of thought, feeling and activity. When we refer to the Masters and the path, we come to a definite aspect of the Law.
The student or chela desiring to fulfill his God destiny, has inquired of life, mentally and emotionally, as to its purpose and its goal. To him is revealed the higher way, and to him is given certain exercises of control and self-improvement, wherein the path consciously released from his body, may pattern itself as THE WAY. When an individual thus weaves by his own energy that path of light over which he will pass, in the way of the Master, he no longer follows an ever-winding byroad shooting hither and thither, but, rather, follows a straight and progressive pathway of light and life, which ultimately leads to the goal of freedom, mastery and perfection.
The PATH lies within every man, and his nature is determined by this consciousness. When the student is determined to stop this human cir- cling, he can create the path, or ladder, upon which his consciousness rises into perfection. It is not enough to love the path, to admire the path or those upon it, but to EMIT that path by one's own life energy.
So, dear ones, as we now look at the students with the inner sight (WE SEE ALL YOUR BODIES AS EASILY AS YOU SEE EACH OTHER’S PHYS- ICAL FORM), we are encouraged with the individual effort we see put forth in the building of each one's path. We are therefore immediately able to grasp the state of development of the lifestream, and more or less certain as to what to expect of the individual under pressure. An engineer, looking at a bridge with the designing eye of a master in his profession, can pretty well determine how much of a load that bridge can carry—where any particular strain would first be felt; so does the Master determine, upon looking at the inner bodies, as well as the physi- cal form of the student, how much or how little pressure that lifestream could stand in the superhuman work of the Gods.
IF THE STUDENT IS SINCERE,HONEST,AND DETERMINED TO BE OF
ASSISTANCE IN THE PROGRESS OF HUMANITY, THE MASTER,IN COOP-
ERATION WITH THE HOLY CHRIST SELF, WILL SET INTO MOTION CER-
LIMATED,FOR GREATER WORK AHEAD. These causes and their resultant effects sometimes project the student into a series of turbulent experi- ences, during which time he forgets his previous offer to serve, and he bemoans his discomfort, not being astute enough to recognize the expe- rience, rather than being an unpleasant one, is but a strengthening of the fiber of his nature.
In the outer world, if an individual plans to become a pianist, he vis- ualizes himself sitting in the concert hall playing an exquisite concerto, but when he applies to the teacher he is given wrist exercises, scales and certain mechanics of a mental nature, none of which is glamorous or inspirational. However, if he applies himself to the PREPARATION, the concert of the future becomes a fact. He must rely upon the wisdom of the preparation. Then dexterity comes WITH APPLICATION. It is thus in the Masters' service. This is the way of the chela, little ones, and it does not always seem a comfortable way. These experiences, beloved ones, should not be a pall upon the spirit.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 6, 1957
Beloved Children of the One God,
It is my pleasure to offer, for your instruction and edification, an ad- dress by the beloved Adelphia, guardian angel of students of the light. Blessings and love
ADDRESS BY BELOVED ADELPHIA, December 24th, 1956
Hail to thee, blessed children serving God in the restraining confines of physical bodies! You are working toward the establishment of the spir- itual partnership between the angelic kingdom and the kingdom of hu- man beings, thus heralding the new day of Saint Germain's freedom on this earth, presently filled with so much travail and temporary distress!
I bless you as co-workers in re-establishing the kingdom of heaven upon this sweet Earth! In long ages past, this glorious association was natural, and the angels did walk and talk with men. What has been, re- member, lives in the ethers, and is more easily re-established than that which has never manifested.
In every God-aspiring group, who have proved themselves sincere,
devoted, loyal, and constant, there is always a member of the angelic or devic host in attendance—at least during the meeting time. This being takes up the prayer force of the group, removes the carnal emanations of the people, and charges into that prayer force his or her own added momentum, driving it, like the sped arrow, through the psychic plane and into the Presence of God, himself.
However, WHEN A GROUP OF INDIVIDUALS PASS THE INFANT STAGE
(spiritually speaking), THAT GROUP OFTEN DRAWS A SPECIFIC BEING
TIVITIES, EVEN WHEN THE SERVICES ARE NOT IN ACTION. Then such a
being uses the place of worship as a focus, and OFTEN GATHERS TO-
tinue the dissipation of the clouds of evil and distress that form the psy- chic plane, in which the majority of mankind live at the present time. The magnetization of such a being is due to the type of worship, the nature of the individuals forming the group, and often—as in my case— past association and service together.
Your forcefield is a LIVING, BREATHING FORM, composed of all your thoughts, feelings, actions, spoken words, your applications, songs, visu- alizations and prayers, not only in your communal worship, but also in your private lives. These forcefields are like jewels, shining and radiating throughout the murky atmosphere of the Earth at this present time.
Into these forcefields certain of us have chosen to come, adding our light, wisdom, strength and understanding—our faith, love and confi- dence in the reality of the Godhead and ALL who dwell with him, joyous- ly willing to do his bidding! Thus—as you give to us your light (each ac- cording to his own capacity), so do we give to you our light and encour- agement—according to our comprehension of Deity!
Here, you have chosen to re-create the protective activity of the spiritual selves of mankind, hidden like a kernel within the groping soul! That, too, is my desire. Therefore, is it not natural that you and I should serve together in His name?
Christmas is a hallowed time, when men and women all over the planet, who ordinarily never go to a place of worship, join together to honor that Christ which, instinctively, they KNOW is hidden within the heart! Thus the churches are filled, and we are given opportunity to gather up all this worship and prayer force and send it on high!
(Will you pause a minute to sing to the angels, thus allowing us fur- ther opportunity to render our service? Thank you.)
Some among you have desired to know the difference between the seraphim, the cherubim and the angelic host. I shall endeavor to clarify this for you!
ELECTRONIC BELT AROUND THE SUN TO WHICH THEY BELONG, SATU-
DESS, AND BRING THAT FEELING AND VIRTUE TO THE EARTH. They
learn, even as you do, through experimentation, how to HOLD the virtue and radiate it out to bless those to whom they are sent. There are little cherubim (as yours were when they came to you) who dissipate that virtue in the strong impact of unbelief and rebellion, but who grow (as yours have done) until they can hold within their auras the blessing they have been sent to radiate, and remain untouched by the energies of less-developed lifestreams.
THE GREAT CHERUBIM WHO GUARD WORLD MOVEMENTS, SUCH AS
CHERUBIM LOVELEE, ARE THOSE WHO HAVE SO DEVELOPED AND
PLANET IN THEIR RADIATION OF GRACE. (Sing to Cherubim Lovelee,
please.)
COSMOS. Always, when such beings make a visitation, you will see the presence of the delicate, graceful seraphim preceding the Cosmic Being, Master or other divine guest. They, too, are a radiating center of divine love and protection, but, for the most part, their service is one of min- istration to the Divine Messengers.
The angelic host, (as a whole), are created by Archangels, Archaii, Cosmic Beings and Ascended Masters, and form the “spiritual court” of such beings. For instance, around beloved Mother Mary, there are count- less angels of healing, around Kwan Yin countless angels of mercy, around Lord Michael countless angels of protection. These angels are messengers of the beings who have created them out of their own hearts, and carry the gifts of the being into the atmosphere of Earth, when directed, to bless and uplift whoever chooses to accept that gift and their reality.
Your beautiful cherubim have enjoyed much, their visit to Helios and Vesta, to Alpha and Omega, to their own divine complements, and to the realm in which they naturally abide. Remember, in all this glorious free- dom, they have absorbed (because that is their nature) the FEELINGS of
the Sun Gods and Goddesses, the other divine ones whom they visited, and the crystal clear atmosphere, free of distress, in which they have abided for this short time. Every one is EAGER (a most unusual activity) to return into your auras with their Christmas gifts of renewed faith and the various qualities of which you personally are cognizant.
The beloved Archangel Michael will escort them back on the cosmic highway created on Transmission Evening, and each one of them bring to you a gift of radiation. Stop a moment and FEEL IT! Ask your Holy
WORLDS TO KNOW THEY ARE HERE! Association with them has kept you upon the spiritual path thus far. Further association with them will raise you to a point where you can truly not only feel but actually see, with the inner sight first, and then the physical sight later, the company you keep!
Your auras (composed of the emotional, mental, etheric and physical emanations from your soul and outer mind), are more or less unprotect- ed from the world in which you live. You have not yet learned the value nor accepted the power that there is in the TUBE OF LIGHT in which we live, move and have our being. Thus you are more prone to accept into those auras the distress of the world, than the glory of your own I AM Presence, the Divine Ones and even your cherubim. Gradually, however, you will learn that the energy directed from the immortal Threefold Flame within your hearts can be controlled to change the quality of en- ergy in the world around you. To this end the cherubim, like the Spiritual Hierarchy, have “forsworn nirvana” to help you. Thus can mankind KNOW the value and practical benefit of association between angels and men!
You have heard that the service of beloved Saint Germain is to re- establish association among the angels, human beings and the elemental kingdom. This service has begun, truly. You have also heard (long ago) that this is the law of CONTROL of energy and vibration. Now, this con- trol cannot come from will power and be sustained, although the WILL TO DO is the first step in such association. It can come as the under- standing of the chelas is increased, their faith strengthened, their ac- ceptance increased, and the Christ within given opportunity to burst through the hard shell of the soul (the accumulated experiences of ages of time). Then you will be able, not only to magnetize the rays from your spiritual partners, but also be able to radiate those rays more powerfully within all the accumulation of discordantly-qualified energy with which you might find yourselves surrounded.
What think you of the blessings to your homes, your families, your business, your associations, when a cherubim actually LIVES within your aura? Ah! children, you know not yet what their radiation does for all who touch the compass of your individual and collective worlds!
I, long ago, served in what is now known as Philadelphia. When your forcefield became strong enough, and it was seen by the Directive Pow- ers, whose will we serve, that I might ensoul that forcefield and guard it, and you and your tiny cherubim too, I came! I am grateful, indeed, for this opportunity! Thank you for coming again! We are grateful that you often sing to us. You shall not be regretful when you see the clouds of distress, the cause and core of disease and limitation, that has been lift- ed from mankind through your fidelity! I AM REAL! I AM YOUR FRIEND.
Often, when your cherubim has a “difficult time,” I hold such a one in my own arms, and create the atmosphere of the Kingdom for him or her, thus enabling him/her to continue in the service. I guard and guide your group activities. I invite and sometimes plead for certain beings who come to bless you! I direct your individual endeavors of a spiritual, as well as a secular, nature, into the paths of righteousness. When an individual leaves your group and returns home “to go out no more,” that cherubim returns with such a one, and often forms the first of the spiritual court of the ascending one. There is truly a great comradeship in such an association.
Your cherubim, all grown now to about sixteen-year-old youths, by your earthly count of age, return in golden robes, banded a the hem and sleeve cuff by the royal blue sapphire bands—indicative of the service of the temple that pulsates above the City of Brotherly Love. Accept them, take time when you return home tonight to really FEEL them. LOVE them. THANK them! You will receive the response in an uplift of your own feelings—this I promise you!
Many among you have asked that I speak with you. It is not often that the cherubic kingdom renders this service. They are primarily RADI- ATING CENTERS OF VIRTUE. However, no honest request in God's name, can be denied, so I have been given permission so to speak, and thank you, on behalf of the Sun God and Goddess of this system, the Silent Watcher of this Earth, and all Celestial Beings who have desired to see the Earth rise again with its attendant evolutions as Sanat Kumara promised the Cosmic Law it would do!
My aura is elastic, so to speak, in your terminology (forgive me, but I have not used “human phrases” for so long, that it is difficult to
“word” my thoughts and feelings to you in a manner that is comprehen- sible to the outer mind). However, I abide, always over your sanctuary and your city, and usually in garments of gold and blue. I am awaiting your call. A holy and hallowed Christmas Season be yours! I decree that
1957 shall SHOW YOUR RELUCTANT OUTER MINDS HOW REAL WE ARE!
To you, who served with me on Atlantis, at inner levels through the ages and now again, I say thank you and God bless you!
ADELPHIA
Temple of Truth over Crete (Jan. 15, to February 14, 1957)
Just after midnight (December 31st), as the New Year of 1957 came into being, the new Lord of the World (previously known and loved as Gautama Buddha), received into his consciousness from beloved Helios and Vesta (God and Goddess of our physical sun) the thoughtform for this year. It is made of a lovely crystalline substance and, in form, looks something like Aladdin's famous lamp, from which blazes the brilliant green Flame of Truth. This thoughtform reveals to all who know of its presence or who look upon it, that the God-virtues of TRUTH and PURI- TY are to be externalized by the mankind of Earth this year, as well as being developed and expanded by the cosmic sponsors of the year, the Elohim of Purity (beloved Claire) and his divine complement, beloved Astrea, our Lord Maha Chohan and his divine complement, beloved Pal- las Athena (Goddess of Truth).
Therefore, in the wisdom of the Great Cosmic Law, the Temple of Truth, which now is active in the ethers over the Island of Crete), pre- sided over by the Ascended Master Hilarion, will be the first focus this year of the attention of the Great White Brotherhood, and those unas- cended lifestreams interested in serving with them.
Once, long ago, the last remnant of Atlantis sank beneath the waves of the present Atlantic Ocean, and certain priests and priestesses of the White Order were entrusted with the carrying of their specifically- magnetized God virtues to other landed surfaces of the Earth. One such God virtue so to be carried to safety was truth. The group of consecrat- ed lifestreams who were designated to carry the God virtue of truth sailed eastward to what is now the Grecian Peninsula, and its adjacent
islands. There, in a ceremony of reverence and devotion, they anchored the Flame of Truth on what is presently the Island of Crete. At that time, this island was a part of the mainland of the Grecian Peninsular, but sub- sequent earth changes have disconnected it by water from the mainland. Through ages of time, the virtue of truth (which is anchored within a flame) has radiated that quality into the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical planes of Earth in which mankind presently dwell.
Just exactly what does the focus of a cosmic virtue so radiated into the atmosphere and worlds of mankind do for them and all the evolu- tions belonging to a planetary system? It supplies a pressure of the sub- stance and feeling of that virtue, which interpenetrates the planes of mankind's consciousness heretofore referred to, and beneficially affects all the life belonging to those evolutions.
The nature of even the physical flame IS TO RISE! Therefore, in or- der to magnetize and sustain that flame from the Realms of Light in the physical octave of Earth, certain dedicated and consecrated individual intelligences (such as the Brotherhood of Truth at Crete) volunteer to form the open door to the drawing forth of such virtues by calling them into the lower atmosphere of Earth and radiating them there. Such vol- unteers should be sincerely appreciated and blessed by Earth's people.
One such focus of God-qualities radiating to the mankind of Earth is that of truth, and this flame has been guarded, sustained, radiated, and expanded through the human concepts of the races which have used the Earth as a schoolroom from time to time. All leaders of activities of con- structive nature have “tuned in” to this God virtue of truth and whatev- er light of truth has broken through the misconceptions of the mass mind, all through the ages, is due to the actual presence of the Flame of Truth in Earth's atmosphere. Receptive, willing, sincere consciousnesses, who have been eager for and have called forth this virtue, willing to open themselves to its presence, have received this light of truth into the outer mind, thus allowing speedier progress and greater spiritual devel- opment to bless the members of the human race.
At present, the great hierarch of the Temple of Truth is the Chohan of the Fifth Ray, known by the name of Hilarion. HE WAS ST.PAUL,THE
APOSTLE,AT THE TIME OF BELOVED JESUS’ MINISTRY. Hilarion was pre-
ceded in this office as hierarch by many other illustrious ones, who kept truth alive amidst an ever-dimming human consciousness.
As was the case with many other temples dedicated to the virtues of God, the devotees of truth builded on their new location at Crete a glori-
ous temple similar in design to the Temple of Truth in which they had served on the Atlantean Continent. It looked very similar to the Parthe- non, which had been designed by Phidias. Wise men and women from all over the landed surface of the Earth made pilgrimages to this temple, to secure added light upon their individual and collective endeavors to serve God and man. Proximity to the Flame of Truth expanded their con- sciousness, especially concerning that virtue, enabling them to know truth and to carry its wisdom back into their homelands.
Later, this physical temple was destroyed by those who rebelled against truth, and against the disciplines of purity and harmony, and today only the beautiful etheric Temple of Truth remains (over the Island of Crete). Here Hilarion and the Brotherhood of Truth continue to receive the wise pilgrims, teach truth and expand its virtue through the con- sciousnesses of these pilgrims (who visit this temple in the finer body— mostly at night, while the physical body sleeps).
Thus, shining in the ethers over the Island of Crete, there stands this many-columned temple with its faithful guardians and all are invited to visit it in consciousness as often as they wish, absorb its truth and, in turn, become radiating centers of truth through the avenues of expres- sion to which they have devoted their lives.
The Goddess of Truth (Pallas Athena) is very active in this temple. Ages ago, when the gods walked and talked with men consciously, visi- ble to the physical sight of all, it was comparatively easy to convey the truth which beloved Jesus said would set mankind free. Later, using the etheric memories of this temple, CERTAIN “DARK FORCES” CREATED SIMILAR TEMPLES OF TRUTH wherein they drew men and women who were not always strong enough to withstand the pressures of personal adulation and gain. Through these individuals, these unfortunate mem- bers of the “dark forces” pretended to present the words, the truths of God to a credulous, hopeful and sincere people. This took place in the latter days of the Delphic oracles.
However, now we return to the true etheric Temple of Truth, to its divine patroness—Pallas Athena, Goddess of Truth, to its hierarch, Hilari- on, and, through the sincere endeavors of unascended lifestreams who are willing to thus cooperate with the Ascended Ones to the best of their ability, “funnel” the feeling and love of and for truth to mankind. Daily, consciously “tune in” to this temple during these thirty days, while it is particularly active. Ask for LIGHT and UNDERSTANDING upon your indi- vidual path, as well as the path of the Earth and all its evolutions. If you will consistently do this, you will be amazed as to how ideas, patterns,
plans and thoughts which have seemed vague or disjointed will suddenly become clearly connected and practical!
Remember that the brotherhood of each retreat has offered you the loving daily service of a sponsor from that retreat. Ask that one to come and make you know the truth about yourself, your personal activities as well as your fellowman and communal activities. PROVE that this virtue is alive and eager to enter into your worlds, giving you its blessings of illu- mination. The hierarch of this retreat is Hilarion, Chohan of the Fifth Ray. THE COLOR OF THE FLAME OF TRUTH IS EMERALD GREEN, and the key- note is the melody “Onward Christian Soldiers.” The Statement for the Transmission Class of January 19th, 1957, is:
I AM inbreathing th' cosmic feeling of perfect truth from beloved Hi- larion (Use also for absorbing, expanding and projecting)
Thomas Printz, Editor
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 13, 1957
Beloved Ones,
Although the inner bodies of the more advanced members of the race have heretofore been coworkers with the Hierarchy in their design for the furthering of mankind's greater good, the work of the Brother- hood has been hindered to a great extent by reason of the LACK OF CO-
HIGHER AND THE LOWER MIND. Thus, the plans of the Brotherhood could only reach into the affairs of men by the unwieldy medium of IN- TUITION and strong pressure on the feeling nature of the chela, and the honest, sincere member of the race who WOULD do God's Will if he might know the way. Many of you, dear ones, have made great strides in the matter of inner perception during the past year, and with the aforementioned dispensation, you will, in this manner, be able to add the full force of your outer bodies, and by the authority delegated to you as members of the human race, to promote the God-design as presented this year.
Although the vast majority of the race will not be accorded this privi- lege, it is a good beginning, and as the Cosmic Lords of Karma see the efficacy of conscious cooperation between the inner and outer, as mani- fested through you, it will be easier to have the dispensation widened in its scope to include greater numbers of sincere lifestreams, who, if they
could see more completely, would most certainly add the pressure and weight of their consciousness to the cause. The practice of realizing the Presence is a mighty power in the parting of the veil.
Mankind would love to receive an immortal scroll, inscribed in gold and precipitated directly from Saint Germain's heart and hand, on which is written, on pure linen, “Practicing the Presence.” They would, in their delight, suspend it like a talisman around their necks, wrap it around their bodies, hang it in a gold frame upon their walls, because it breathed of phenomena and satisfied THE SENSE OF FORM, which is the proof required by the human race in order to change the pattern and tenure of their nature. Yet it is through impression, inspiration, and sometimes a hint, that the divine edicts of the universal cosmos must be imparted into the lives of the students to forward the work of the Hierar- chy.
Today, beloved ones, as the new year begins, I give you, each one, in spirit, this scroll of priceless linen, knowing that in the year ahead you will be interested enough in THE WAY OF THE PRESENCE to desire that the vibratory action of he Presence might actually impress your feeling nature, your thought formation, and draw the outer self and the Pres- ence into an intelligent and harmonious partnership.
In return, I humbly ask that each night you direct your soul (as you direct the car by the steering wheel) toward the retreat of the month, before sleep, and it will pursue its course, unerringly aided by the mag- netic currents established for this purpose.
Hilarion's Retreat at Crete, then, is your day star until February 15th. My gratitude and love enfold you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 20, 1957
Beloved Children of My Heart,
From time to time, individuals are of the opinion that there is no need for a mediator, or bridge, to connect the God Self with the outer intellect. These people are honestly and firmly convinced that as the Presence is connected through the Higher Mental Body with the heart of every lifestream, outside means of communication and spiritual guidance is unnecessary. To these people I address the following—
The purpose of a mediator is to convey the truth from the heart of
God to the outer minds of individuals who have lost their personal and direct contact with their own divinity. When this purpose has been ac- complished, no mediation or transmission of consciousness is necessary, but until this point is reached, the outer mind of men (unable to rise to the inspiration of their own Higher Selves) are benighted, and through the mercy of God are given enlightenment by those who have attained a degree of evolution wherein they may climb the Mount of Attainment, assimilate the truth and carry the knowledge of that truth back to the pilgrims on the path. The WISE pilgrims will avail themselves of the cup thus offered, and in so doing THEIR climb up the Mount of Attainment will be less arduous.
Every lifestream on the planet has had direct communication with the Presence from the time individuality first took place. Over every lifestream on the planet hovers a Silent Watcher. Yet, without a mediator or spiritual guide in flesh form, these individuals are unable to receive direct guidance from their own Higher Self. This is self-evident by reason of the fact that for four-and-a-half million years, the Presence has been unable to raise the outer consciousness into union with ITS conscious- ness, because the subtle and fine vibrations of the Presence fall unheed- ed on the ears of the outer self.
God, in his mercy, has thus provided spiritual counsel—a step-down through physical bodies highly-developed as mediators of this counsel— which turns the outer self towards truth. Many false mediators have come. The test of their reality, however, is, if their teaching turns the outer self towards the individual's own Mighty I AM Presence—THEN
THAT MEDIATOR COMES FROM GOD.
Humanity is like a great group of people on one shore of a wide river where there is neither food, nor drink, nor sunshine. On the other side of the river is a land flowing with milk and honey. Humanity is unable to cross the river into this land of plenty except through the medium of a BRIDGE. Those who are wise walk on the bridge into the rich fertile land, receive of its bountiful nourishment, and carry it back to their less alert brethren, who refuse to enter the rich land by means of a bridge, prefer- ring to remain in privation until they can cross the river under their own motivation. A bridge is required UNTIL THE SPIRITUAL KNOWLEDGE HAS
DEVELOPED THROUGH REPEATED CROSSINGS to the other shore, where
all truth is attained.
Beloved ones, levitation is an activity of the spirit as well as of the body. When spiritual levitation is developed, each individual can PLUNGE into the heart of his own Presence and bring forth the fullness of truth,
but the mass of mankind will never develop these spiritual powers until they accept and use the medium of the bridge or mediator to carry them into the realm of truth, where they may sit humbly at the feet of the Master and acquire the ways and means by which their own spiritual perception may be developed.
Knowledge of the Masters of the Sacred Fire, the Violet Flame and the divine destiny of the planet Earth all was gained on the far shore, and brought back to the land of privation.
It pleases me, dear children of my heart, that you have wisely and humbly partaken of this cup. You have not condemned the “plank and the cables of the bridge,” but have availed yourselves of the mercies that such a span affords. By repeated crossings, many of you will soon make sufficient contact whereby the realm of the real will flow into you, and you will remain in consciousness on that rich and verdant shore. Thus, in your dealings with your fellowman, every moment of which calls for the exercise of love and patience and self-discipline, you will be radi- ating centers of my peace on Earth. My love and light are ever with you.
Beloved Maha Chohan
January 27, 1957
Beloved Children of God,
I LOVE YOU! In the final analysis, LOVE ALONE will assist you to re- gain your perfect identity. For the sake of love, we remain with you to LOVE you free. My beloved son, Hilarion, chose to give the description of the activities on the anniversary of the Transmission Flame Class cele- brated at the famous Temple of Truth at Crete. I present herewith his words, which are, of course, his life (his love) given to you to help to set you free. Love and blessings,
Address by beloved Hilarion, January 19th, 1957
The Temple of Truth was opened on January 15th, and we have since been receiving cosmic visitors as well as those not yet ascended. Because of Lord Gautama's tremendous search for truth during his earth life and his enduring interest in truth through the ages, he offered to be our cosmic guest of honor. Wearing soft white robes, his presence stood above the green Flame of Truth rising upon the altar, and the green flame seemed to blend with the whiteness of his robe. The beloved Maha
Chohan, wearing an Indian costume of a white satin-like texture, with a matching turban fastened in front by a large emerald, took his place at the right side of the flame. The beautiful Pallas Athena, resplendent also in shimmering robes of white, took her position at the left of the great altar, pouring the radiance of her momentum of truth into the flame, whence it flowed into the worlds of the entire assembly present, out into the worlds of the entire student body and all evolving life upon the plan- et.
As these two great beings are the sponsors for the Earth for 1957, we feel greatly honored by their presence with us. Blessed Serapis will be honored by the presence of the other two sponsors, the Elohim of Purity, and blessed Astrea, at the next Transmission Flame Class, which will be held at Luxor next month.
Around the altar, green ivy and lovely crystal flame flowers, looking something like the calla lily, make a perfect adornment. The seven Cho- hans, myself included, will officiate in the actual etheric Temple of Truth during tonight's ceremonies.
In the atmosphere above Europe, the builders of form have created a great amphitheater, in the form of a gigantic square, outlined with col- umns of emerald green, using the same emerald green substance for the seats for all who will be drawn toward this activity seeking truth upon some aspect of constructive endeavor. The Archangels, as usual, officiate in, through, and around the amphitheater.
Thinking back to the glorious Temple of Truth, which was manifest- ed in the physical world on the continent of Atlantis, one marvels at the capacity of unascended individuals who, as priests and priestesses of the Temple of Truth, over which Pallas Athena presided, brought ONLY THE MENTAL IMAGE of that temple with them when they began the long voy- age to Greece. They passed from one embodiment to another, spending some time in the inner realms and returned to Earth life again, having to adjust to family and racial ways.
They were still able to draw upon that mental image and re-create, in Greece, a Temple of Truth very like the one in which they served with Pallas Athena in Atlantean days. After the decline of the true Grecian culture, the physical Temple of Truth also began to crumble and decay. The devotees of truth used caves and simple huts, wherein the Delphic Oracles abode. These Delphic oracles were trained from a very early age to become natural receivers of the word of God. Later, corruption en- tered the priesthood at Delphi, and those corrupted the oracles, so that
they were no longer accurate or trustworthy. Consequently, Pallas Athe- na, who was the patroness of the true oracles, could no longer use this channel to give truth to the few who sought it.
The establishment, by the Maha Chohan, of the forcefields where SPECIFIC virtues are magnetized by sincere students and radiated out to all evolutions in the Earth, on its surface and in its atmosphere, is the beginning of the re-creation of those foci of God virtues which will inten- sify and expand in Saint Germain's Golden Age. Thus, have we encour- aged the manifestation of certain aspects of God's virtues at places where they were manifested in previous Golden Ages. THE WARNING TO
GROUPS. SPIRITUAL PRIDE (THE ERROR OF THE HUMAN PERSONALITY)
WILL ONLY HINDER THE SERVICE.
Both our Lord Maha Chohan and Pallas Athena spoke to the assem- bly and blessed all endeavoring to assist the Earth and its evolutions at this time.
HILARION
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 3, 1957
Beloved Children of the Light,
If a person is thirsty and hands you a cup, your first desire is to fill that cup with some liquid, which will satisfy that desire within the indi- vidual's vehicles.
From the time that you fill the cup and return it to him, your respon- sibility ceases. Whether he drinks it, or whether he spills it away, or whatever use his body forces put that drink to, is not your responsibility, nor does it, for the most, part require your further attention, your thought or your feeling, except insofar as your making a call for his en- lightenment.
In a similar manner, when an individual professes an interest in the Higher Law, and holds out the cup of his consciousness to the Hierarchy, he cannot be denied a release of substance to fill that cup, which usually comes from a Master or a messenger of the angelic kingdom. The cup is filled with the particular need or requirement of the moment.
When you hold your cup up to your Presence and to the Masters
through a prayer, an invocation, a decree, or a heartfelt desire, it is im- mediately filled, because the Law of Life is that a blessing asked for, can never be denied. There is no human being, no matter what the accumu- lation around the outer self may be, who ever is, or was, or ever will be denied a blessing when the cup is held up for it and the invocation goes forth for such an outpouring.
The size of the cup determines the gift, not the nature of the suppli- cant, just as when the rain falls, the sinner or the saint receives the same amount of substance in the cistern, but the nature of the individual will determine how much good the blessing will do.
When the heart signifies to the Higher Self, and to the Hierarchy, that the individual is desirous of uniting his individual lifestream with the God-design, designated for the planet and the race, and when the cup of such a one is lifted up that it may be filled to quench the thirst of other
wayfarers on the path, THAT PERSON IS IMMEDIATELY PLACED UPON
THE ROLLS OF THE MEMBERS OF THE CELESTIAL HIERARCHY, WHOSE
PLANET AND HER PEOPLE.
The voluntary offering from the heart of the lifestream to a spiritual CAUSE is a source of great joy and encouragement to the Brotherhood, because it is the VOLUNTARY cooperation of the members of the human race that the Brotherhood waits for, in order to translate its God-good into form. As has been said many times, they are not permitted to in- trude upon the affairs of men, except through the consciousness of indi- viduals yet belonging to unascended mankind, who, as a free-will offer- ing, desire to be the bridge through which their design is translated into form.
So, dear children, hesitate not to hold up your cups—accept the out- pouring from above, and ask that the nourishment released at your calls, both for yourself and others, may be utilized to the very highest possible degree by the respective lifestreams, and that their own Holy Christ Self may protect the gifts and hold them for the hour when the blessing can most readily unfold the growing spiritual soul-center.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 10, 1957
Beloved Children on the Path of Truth,
The essential difference between mankind and the Ascended Masters lies in the NATURE, predominantly active, which is anchored in the FEEL- ING WORLD. We have all heard of “human” nature, and the NATURE of a man is the determining factor of his PRESENT PLACE in the evolution of his particular lifestream.
Those who have passed from the human nature into the divine, have taken unto themselves the nature of the Godhead itself, and all Perfect- ed Beings share that God-nature in a greater or lesser degree, according to their ability and capacity to blend all their feelings and beings into the original God-nature of the Father.
It is, therefore, essential for evolving humanity to contemplate and understand the active nature of God, in regard to the action and re- action of feeling and thought, determined by experiences, externally and internally.
To throw off the old and put on the new, SYMBOLIZES THE SECOND BIRTH SPOKEN OF BY JESUS, and the incorporation of the God-nature into the actions and re-actions of the human self, is the process by which man and saint are welded into ONE CAUSE, which has been referred to as “The Imitation of the Christ.”
The action of the HUMAN nature will always be diametrically opposed to the action and release of the feeling of the GOD nature. The self- conscious substitution of the higher for the lower can be a daily practice, until by USE, the God nature becomes the predominant, and almost un- conscious, governing power of the lifestream.
A man's nature is composed of what he THINKS AND FEELS, what he KNOWS, and how HE ACTS AND REACTS to circumstances that arise in the course of his life's experience and evolution.
From the elemental substance of the grass and trees, throughout the four-footed kingdom upward, to the very Godhead itself, each expression of life is an individual nature. Those individuals who have become saint- ed, have, by meditative practices, or active exercises, entered into a RE- ALIZATION OF THE NATURE OF GOD. Even perceiving that nature intel- lectually, they became aware of the wisdom and necessity of ASSUMING that God nature in order to become one with the God identity, which is the ultimate goal of all life expression.
To ASSUME the nature of the Godhead has been the delight of every
member of the Ascended Host, and is THE HEART OF THE TEACHING OF THE ASCENSION. That is why it is really immaterial whether the individu- al turns his attention towards the One Source, or any Perfected Being who is a member of the Hierarchy, because they all share in common the God-nature of love, harmony, understanding, peace.
Individuals have achieved God's union through devotion to a saint, an avatar, or the Sun itself, because the NATURE of the Perfected One towards whom their attention was turned, began to infiltrate and blend with their own.
A student becomes a true disciple on the path when there is a PER-
CEIVABLE BLENDING of his FORMER NATURE with the HIGHER, FINER
and MORE BEAUTIFUL CONSCIOUSNESS of the Ascended One, which shows in the action and reaction to circumstances of the individual, and
which manifests in LOVE, TOLERANCE AND KINDNESS TOWARDS HIS
FELLOWMAN. Such a one is in the stages of rebirth.
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 17, 1957
Blessed Children of the Light,
You have all heard at different times the expression “second na- ture.” Well, mankind will do well to accept the “second nature,” which is the spiritual nature, wholly different from the human nature into which they were born, after leaving God's kingdom. I mean by this the nature which the average man assumes at birth, and retains during the course of his life, unless he is visited by the Spirit, and literally born again. IT IS TO CHANGE THE NATURE THAT I HAVE COME. It is to change the nature that I SUSTAIN MY LOVE through your lives, and it is to the establish- ment of your spiritual nature that I have dedicated this portion of my life—freely given.
The vibratory action of the inner bodies has had an independent life within the consciousness of mankind for so long, that when the individu- al first determines to set the pattern of that vibration consciously, pre- ceding the day's activities, directing the flame through the mental, the emotional, etheric and the physical bodies, there is liable to be a re- sistance to a dictated rate of vibration. You will find, then, that the bod- ies will attempt to assume their original nature at the first opportunity, when pressure touches any one of them in the course of the experience during the day. This is why I am bringing to your attention, now, the
vibratory action which can be invoked from the Holy Spirit to enter into your inner bodies, and remain a constant pulsating, fundamental vibra- tion more powerful than any accumulated action of the past.
As you know, during the ministry of the Master Jesus, he gathered about himself a number of lifestreams who, at inner levels, had dedicat- ed themselves to the establishment of a new era called the Christian Dispensation. However, in the short time of his ministry, they did not develop within themselves the conscious contact with their own God- identity to a point where they could sustain it when he was removed from their midst. Yet, the three-year-period of his ministry was set by Cosmic Law, and at the completion of it, the victorious attainment of the ascension was to be the capstone of the pyramid of a perfect life. Jesus, therefore, and the Hierarchy, realized that more than human help had to be given the disciples in order that they might carry on the great work.
At this time Jesus began to make the calls for the Holy Comforter or the Holy Spirit to release the Sacred Fire. This fire, passing through the inner bodies, would raise their vibratory action to a point where they might connect with the subtle vibrations of their Higher Selves, and dur- ing the period of their ministry, have that acceleration of nature which enabled the firm foundation of Jesus' work through them.
TIDE,THE TONGUES OF FLAME RELEASED FROM THE HOLY SPIRIT WAS
AN ACTIVITY OF THE SACRED FIRE,WHICH CAME FORTH IN RESPONSE
TO JESUS’ CALL,AND RENDERED THIS SPECIFIC SERVICE.
The visitation of the Holy Spirit has occurred on this planet not once, but many times. At the time of the disciples of Jesus it was a mass ac- tivity, but it had occurred many times previous to that, and was part of the conscious knowledge which Jesus knew through previous experience in many lives. His application for the dispensation was granted him be- cause the work of the disciples was impersonal service to the incoming age. When a disciple or student has so requested opportunity for cosmic work and the establishment of the kingdom of the Great White Brother- hood, it will never be denied. The actual tongues of flame can be a pal- pable and tangible experience in the life of the aspirant.
Dear children on the path, try to hold in consciousness the realiza- tion that the spirit of breath and the spirit of light abide yet in this uni- verse. The indivisible God-power very eagerly awaits the call of the un- ascended beings that it may manifest.
I might add, here, that breath is life in this physical world, and its
powerful and potent force is yet untapped, although man turns to all kinds of artificial stimulants to step up the vitality of their exhausted bod- ies and inner vehicles.
FROM THE HOLY SPIRIT BEFORE YOU START ANY ACTIVITY,YOU WOULD
BRING A GREAT PEACE TO YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS,AND A GREAT ILLU-
MINATION TO YOUR MIND AND SOUL,FOR ‘I AM’ IN THAT BREATH.
In the East nobody lifts a weighty object without the cooperation of the breath. The tons of energy expended by the heavy people of the West in all movements of the physical bodies, without the cooperation of the breath, is a source of amazement to all who know anything of the uplifting power that is inherently within the breath. People drag their bodies around, scarcely able to move them from place to place, because there is not enough breath within them to make them light and vibrant. This is the reason for lethargy, heaviness, and depression in the vehicles.
People on the spiritual path in the Western Hemisphere are not at all cognizant of the capacity within the breath to raise the soul and the mind and the consciousness to tremendous heights.
Think on this breath of the Holy Spirit of Life! When the breath was breathed into the nostrils of man, it was given to be a resurrecting pow- er, not only of his mind, but in all of his vehicles. Start your day, dear ones, by partaking deeply of this Breath of Life. You will find it a most cooperative servant.
Love and blessings,
MAHA CHOHAN
Beloved Maha Chohan
February 24, 1957
Beloved Children of God,
I bless you for being interested in drawing the rays of purification and of truth into the emotional, mental, etheric and physical worlds of all in the Earth, on the Earth and in its atmosphere. I give you herewith a digest of beloved Serapis Bey's instruction on Transmission Class evening (February 16th, 1957). Love and blessings,
BELOVED SERAPIS BEY speaks:
Now tonight we are honored to have the radiation of the focus of the Spiritual Hierarchy of the Earth at Luxor. As you know, last month beloved Gautama, the new Lord of the World, in honor of truth and of purity, called Hilarion and myself to him and gave us first and second places on the spiritual map for the year, in order that there might be anchored into the emotional, mental, etheric, and physical bodies of all mankind as much truth and as much purity as is possible.
Since the fifteenth of February, the brothers and sisters of the vari- ous retreats have been coming toward Luxor, some in consciousness, some in their inner bodies, and of course, the Ascended Masters and God-Free Beings in their glorious Electronic Light Bodies. Many of the God-Free Beings and those of your loved ones who have made the as- cension have utilized the services at Luxor, as well as those of many of the other Masters, including blessed Jesus, so when everyone who has ascended has been helped to that ascension by the Ascension Flame, every such a one brings a certain gratitude in the energy of his world as he turns his attention towards Luxor.
You will know that same gratitude one day when you pass through the veil into the realms of light. You will know what it means to feel the gratitude within your heart, when you know that you are free from the wheel of birth and death, and that gratitude becomes part of your Caus- al Body, part of your own lifestream, part of the buoyancy which is eter- nal youth.
So, as these beings come back toward us, each brings the memory of his own individual ascension, Jesus bringing the memory of his ascen- sion and all the glory that surrounded him as that magnificent event transpired in the physical appearance world, SAINT GERMAIN BRINGING
VANIAN MOUNTAINS,and every other being who has ascended before or since brings theirs. If they did not ascend at Luxor, there was always a sponsor from Luxor, either a lady or a gentleman belonging to our Brotherhood who assisted them to that victory as they entered into the Ascended Master Realm.
It reminds us of the joy that we all have when we enter Shamballa at the end of the year. As the Masters return to Luxor, they come with joy and laughter, and gratitude. The chelas who are unascended, who have been burned by the disciplines because they did not achieve, come with a different consciousness, sometimes a consciousness of rebellion
and resistance retreat.
Everyone who is in a classroom and doesn't make the grade with his class is bound to have some rebellion, and so the unascended lifestreams of people who were at Luxor and who have come into em- bodiment again and are in touch with the power at Luxor, either while their bodies sleep or now that the students know that Luxor is open while their minds are awake, are bound to feel a bit of disappointment because of their own previous mistakes, errors and failures.
We have asked and have been given assistance, particularly by the Archaii, the beloved Hope, to give a sense of buoyancy to every lifestream who is presently working on sublimating those etheric patterns of past mistakes and temporary failure on life's way. There are very many people all over this planet, metaphysicians and occultists and stu- dents of the spiritual law, who have visited Luxor and have passed, through one, two, three, four or five initiations in this retreat and then either failed the discipline, or for one reason or other decided that they could not continue in it. These individuals invariably have, as all human beings do, blamed the retreat, the Hierarch, the Brotherhood, the cli- mate, anything but themselves. That vibratory action is buried in the etheric consciousness.
As we say in our forthcoming magazine, “Hope,” and as we have discussed so often with Hilarion, when science realizes that the etheric consciousness and the subconscious mind are one and the same, and that this etheric consciousness is a lot older than one embodiment, they will come to a better understanding of the cause and core of distresses and of the effects that appear, such as mental, moral, emotional, physi- cal, and financial distress.
You will remember, as described to you, the Temple of Luxor is square, made up of columns—great columns of tremendous heights. You can visualize them like columns of the temples of Egypt, ages ago. These columns form squares within squares. The innermost square is white, and then the columns extend outward in the colors of the rays, like the colors on your chart. Individuals entering into the retreat at Luxor to honor the Ascension Flame start at the outside of the temple, and they just walk between these columns. There are no doors of course. Before the individual is light of many colors. For instance, starting with the outer court there is just the activity of the Blue Ray, and as the visitor be- comes accustomed to it—he may advance into the next corridor, if he so desires.
That is the activity of the unascended chela who is drawn toward Luxor. First he sees just the outer columns of the great temple, then he sees just before him the beautiful blue light. Some are content to bathe in this blue light and proceed no farther on their spiritual journey. Some of them are content to just enjoy that beautiful radiation. Some do pass through the blue fire into the next band of color (yellow), and so on, until they come to the pure white light, which is the radiation around the Ascension Flame.
Tonight, our guests are the beloved Astrea and the beloved Elohim of Purity. The beloved Astrea is the divine complement of the Elohim of Purity, and has been accepted by the Karmic Board, as one of the four sponsors of 1957. They are our guests tonight. In this great temple, within the innermost square, is the altar on which the Ascension Flame rises. It ascends as beautiful, crystal light, so magnificent, that the eye of an unascended being cannot even see it, it is so pure. The inner sight, or the eye of an Ascended Being can see the little tiny globules of the Ascension Flame, and they are rising upward in constant motion. Within them are dancing little beings, little sylphs and salamanders.
Into this Ascension Flame, there has been directed the prayer force from the whole planet Earth. Every time there is a church service, every time there is an individual prayer, that energy is drawn by the angels belonging to Raphael's legion, Uriel's legion, and so on, and the various beings purify it, and it becomes part of the Ascension Flame. Then it be- gins to ascend in beautiful rhythm, with music within it. I believe that the day will come in the not too far distant future when you can see the dancing, joyous activity of the flame, no matter what particular flame it is, and you will no longer be afraid of it, or consider it so ephemeral.
In this Ascension Flame is Jesus Christ's victory, Saint Germain's achievement, the victory of every one of your ascended loved ones. In the Ascension Flame is your own prayer force, all your wonderful de- crees, and it blazes up into the atmosphere above Egypt, Africa, and all over that particular area, where the conditions in the physical appear- ance world seem so chaotic.
Inside the actual temple, beloved Astrea and the Elohim of Purity stand at either side of the Ascension Flame. They are both in pure, snow white. Astrea, as you know, has beautiful golden hair. It is banded with crystalline substance, with a blazing diamond jewel upon her forehead. The beloved Elohim of Purity is dressed almost the same. Both are in long, white robes. However, the jewel upon the forehead of the Elohim of Purity is a beautiful blue sapphire. These beings radiate tremendous
power. The Elohim helped build not only this Earth, but the other planets of the system as well. Their power is so tremendous, that within the in- ner square, only the Cosmic Beings, the Masters, Ascended Beings and angels abide. Outside the first set of columns the chelas gather behind their Master and look around the corner of the columns, but they do not come too close to that tremendous radiation of the Ascension Flame, and the gathering of the Ascended Host.
When the instruction is given, the chela stands. The Guru is often seated. I, myself, am seated when interviewing the chela, but the aspir- ant, the chela, always must stand. This activity has something to do with the light passing through the spinal column. I would like to ask our hon- ored guests, the beloved Elohim of Purity, one of the four great sponsors for 1957, if he cares to speak into the atmosphere of Earth through the receptive consciousness of these humble people.
THE BELOVED ELOHIM OF PURITY speaks:
Peoples of Earth! Purity shall abide in, through and around the Earth, its evolutions, and every person, place, condition and thing con- nected with it in any way. I have remained with this planet, Earth, have seen her from her birth in the minds and hearts of Helios and Vesta. I have seen the great Amaryllis and forces of nature preparing her to be- come a most beautiful paradise, to be a schoolroom for an evolution des- tined to choose this Earth as a way to learn the truth of mastering ener- gy and vibration in the physical world.
I have witnessed, along with the other Elohim, through the centuries that have passed, the degradation to which the Earth has presently come, and the impurity which has been charged into the elemental life, the inner and physical bodies of mankind, and the atmosphere of Earth. It is my decree, in the NAME OF GOD, to return this Earth to that state of paradise, to that state of God perfection which she expressed when, smiling in the robes of Spring, with the crown of Amaryllis upon her brow, she opened her arms and heart to the first Manu and the first root race in such welcome.
Oh, I love thee, blessed Earth. On that day when thy people didst say they would accept the laggards from the other stars, IF AN ELOHIM
COULD SHUDDER, I WOULD SAY MY VERY BEING DID SO SHUDDER, see-
ing what might result in giving so innocently, and yet, which would cost life so much. I would say to the beloved peoples of Earth, anybody on the planet Earth who is interested in purifying her, anyone who is inter-